Model G-73

REISSUE
August 1, 1951

GRUMMAN AIRCRAFT ENGINEERING CORP, ¯ BETHPAGE, L. I., NEW YORK

 GRUMMAN WARRANTY
We warrant each new airplane sold by us to be free from defects in material and workmanship, our obix~-zioI
under this warranty being limited to making good at our factory any part or parts thereof which shall within thre¢
months after delivery of such airplane to the original purchaser, be returned to us with transportation ch’arges prepaid,
and which our examination shall disclose to our satisfaction to have been thus defective.
This warranty shall not apply to any airplane which shall have b~en repaired or altere~l by others in such a way
as, in our judgment, to affect its stability or reliability, or to any a~rplane which has been subject to misuse, negligence
or accident, or to any airplane sold by us which shall have been loaded beyond the factory rated load capacity.
We make no warranty whatever in respect co motors, tires, brakes, ignition apparatus, starting devices, generators,
batteries, instruments or other accessories produced by others inasmuch as they are usually warranted separately by their
respective manufacturers.
The foregoing states our entire obligation in the premises and supersedes any representation oral or written which
may have been made prior to the date hereof. This warranty may not be enlarged or extended except by an instrument in
writing executed by an officer of the company.

ALL ORDERS TAKEN BY THIS COMPANY ARE SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING TERMS and CONDITIONS:
If delivery is not made within 60 days after the delivery date specified, subject however to the contingencies and
extensions hereinafter prowded for, this purchase may be cancelled by purchaser by giving written notice to the seller
of his election so to do, within five days after said period of sixty days. Failure of the purchaser to give written notice
as provided herein will reinstate the order for an additional period of 60 days. Changes in specifications and orders for
extra equipmen~ not included in the.original order shall serve to postpone the delive.ry if and when considered necessary
by the seller.
In case delivery is not made as above permitted, the deposit herein acknowledged will be returned to the purchaser
subjec~ to the following conditions:
(1) In the event of cancellation by the purchaser as hereinbefore provided, the deposit will be returned
to the purchaser.
(2} If the purchaser fails to comply with each and every condition of this contract, the deposit will be
returned less any loss ~ncurred upon a resale of the airplane by the seller and less any expense which the
seller in its judgment may find expedient vo incur upon the airplane in order co more readily effect such
resale and less any damages which the seller may suffer and/or incur as a result of the breach of the con-
trac~ by the purchaser; the seller shall have the rights of chattel mortgagee in any proper~y of the pur-
chaser in the seller’s possessmn ~o secure the payment of such losses, expenses and/or damages, and to deduct
the amount of such losses, expenses and or damages, from any moneys in the hands of or due from the seller
to which the purchaser may be entitled or in which the purchaser may have any interest whatsoever; and in
the event of any deficiency as a result of any of the foregoing, the purchaser agrees to remain liable for and
to pay such deficiency upon demand.
(3) Delivery ~erms and all other stipulations are made subject to strikes, lockouts, fires, delays in ~rans-
portation or receipt of materials, and any other circumstances and conditions beyond the seller’s control
whether or not here specifically enumerated. The seller shall not in any event be liable to the purchaser for
any amoun~ in excess of the sum paid on account by the purchaser, subject however, to the provisions of the
next preceding paragraph.
In the event the airplane fails to meet the performance guarantees of this contract within 5%, the seller agrees
immediately to make such changes as are necessary to make the airplane meet such guarantees at no cost to the purchaser,
provided, however, that notification of such performance deficiency be received by the seller within two weeks of delivery
()~ the airplane to the purchaser, and provided that the airplane be returned to the seller’s plant for such changes within
this period, and further provided that the airplane when returned is in the same condition as when delivered with reason-
able allowance for normal wear and tear. Due allowance must be made for extra equipment added by the purchaser and
for any changes in specifications from the standard airplane made by the purchaser where it is recognized that such
changes affect the performance of the airplane.
In the event an employee of the seller is furnished ~o operate the airplane for the purpose of instruction, or for any
other reason, the purchaser agrees to assume full responsibility for any damage to the airplane, any other property, or
to any person, including such employee incurred while such employee is s9 en~aged, and agrees to indemnify and save
harmless the seller from any such damages.
This contract is personal to the purchaser and canno~ be transferred nor encumbered without the seller’s written
consent. The purchaser agrees to accept the airplane subject to any usage or wear and tear resulting ~rom delivery. All
deliveries are made flyaway at works, Bethpage, Long Island, New York, where purchaser shall accept and pay for the air-
plane in cash, by certified check or in New York City funds. Agreement by the seller to assist the purchaser in trans-
portatien of the airplane from Bethpage, Long Island, New York, to any other place shall not be construed as changing
the plade of deliver~ or the passage of title to the airplane from Bethpage, Long Island, New York.
Failure on the part of the purchaser to accept delivery of this order upon proper notification by the seller renders
the purcha.ser liable for any expenses incurred in storage, handling or other experises or losses in. holding ~his order
pending delivery.

GRUMMAN AIRCRAFT ENGINEERING CORPORATION

Bethpage, Long Island~ New York
 FOREWORD

This reissue o~ the Mallard Service Manual supersedes the previous issue and
any revision thereto; it covers the early airplanes as well as later airplanes in which
various design changes have been made (such as the revised carburetor air system,
bladder type fuel cells etc.). Some parts of the previous issue of the manual (elec-
trical and communications wiring diagrams) have been deleted from this reissue
as applicable diagrams are supplied when the airplane is delivered and these in-
stallations vary with each airplane. All text which has been revised since the last
issue of this manual has been printed in a lighter face type.
This manual is intended to serve as a reference and guide for Grumman
Mallard (model G-73~ owners, operators and service personnel.
Those who have had experience with Grumman aircraft, military, com-
mercial or private, will find that none of the characteristic qualities of simple
design, efficient operation and ease of maintenance has been sacrificed to the
luxury and comfort of the Mallard.
The manual has been compiled primarily for line maintenance; the various
systems and installations are described briefly, procedures are set down in tabular
form where feasible, and detailed illustrations accompany the text. Particular
attention is given to removal and replacement of assemblies which might be
damaged in handling or might need bench overhaul. Standard and proven
equipment has been designed into the airplane, simplifying replacement.
Section I covers the general description of the airplane (dimensions, etc.);
general handling and servicing (filling tanks, cleaning, etc. ) is covered in Section
II; Section III is devoted to detailed information on the various components and
systems and Section IV is essentially an appendix, covering emergency repairs,
inspection routines, etc.
 ’abl¢ o/

Section I
DESCRIPTION AND DIMENSIONS .......... 1

1. AIRPLANE PRINCIP~ DIMENSIONS ...2 5. LANDING GEAR ................ : ...... 3

2. SURFACE AREAS ....................... 2 6. ENGINES .............................. ~
3. WEIGHTS .............................. 2 7. PROPELLERS ........................... 4
4. SETTINGS AND MOVEMENT RANGES 8. PERFORMANCE AT GROSS WEIGHT ....4
OF CONTROL SURFACES ..............3 9. TANK CAPACITIES .................... 4

Section II
GROUND HANDLING AND SERVICING .... 11

I. ACCESS AND EXITS .................... 11 a. Pre-flight Check ..................... 20

a. Cabin Door .......................... 11
b. Boarding Ladder .................... 11
c. Emergency Exit ...................... 11
d. Bow Compartment Hatch ............. 11
e. Pilot’s Cabin Windows ................ 11
f. Access and Inspection Doors and
Coverplates ........................ 11
2. GROUND HANDLING .................. 11
a. Anti-squat Strut ..... ,. ............. 11
b. Push Points ........................... 11
c. Lifting and Cradling .................. 11
d. Walkways ........................... 11
e. Levelling ............................ 11
f. Tie Downs and Mooring Fittings ....... 1i
g. Towing ............................. 16
h. Hoisting ............................ 16
i. Jacking ............................. 16
3. START AND WARM-UP ................ 20
b. Starting Engines ...................... 20
4. SERVICE. .............................. 21
a. Fuel ................................ 21
b. Oil ................................. 22
c. Hydraulic System Fluid ................22
d. Hydraulic System Accumulator ........22
e. Landing Gear Shock Strut, Shimmy
Damper and Bnmper Dashpot ........22
f. Brake Master Cylinder Fluid ...........23
g. Tire Pressures ....................... 23
h. Battery .............................. 23
i..Lavatory Bdsln Reservoir ...............23
j. Chemical Toilet ...................... 23
k. Cleaning ............................ 23
1. Corrosion Prevention ..................23
m. Lubrication .~. ............. : ......... 27
n. Ground Handling Equip. and Tools .... 29
o. Prdservation of,Engines ...............29
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section ill
SYSTEMS, ASSEMBLIES AND INSTALLATIONS ..... 33

~WING ................................. 33 f, Installation ......................... 80

!~’!~ General .............................
b. Ailerons ............................
c, Flaps ...............................
d. Wing Tip Caps .....................
e. Wing Tip Floats ...................
TAIL SURFACES .......................
a. General .............................
b, Rudder .............................
c, Elevators ............................
d, Fin .................................
e. Stabilizer ............................
3, HULL ......
a, General .............................
b, Nose Wheel-Well Doors ..............
c. Windshield ..........................
Pilot’s Cockpit Windows and
Operating Mechanism .............
e, Cabin Windows ......................
L Hu!l Flooring ........................
g: ~pholstery Panels .........
: Cabin Door .....................
i, Emergency Exit Door ................. 55
4, ENGINE NACELLES ................... i 55
a, General .............................
b. Accessory’Compartment Cowl .......... 55
c, 1Ngose Cowl Spinning . ................. 55
d, Cowl Flaps .......................... 57
e, Firewall and Troughs Assembly ........ 57
f, Nacelle After-body Sections ............ 57
5, LANDING GEAR ....................... 57
a, General ............................. 57
b. Nose Wheel Assembly
c, Main Wheel Assembly ................. 63
d, Brakes
6, POWER PLANT ........................
a, General .............................
b, Engines ...... : :.: ........... : ....... 77
c, Removal--Engine Quick Change Unit .. 77
d, Removal--Engine from Mount ......... 77
e, Maintenance
33 f-1. Engine Preservation ................ 80
33 ~-2, Depreservation ................... 80
33 g, Engine Mount ....................... 80
40 h. Exhaust System ...................... 80
40
i, Power Plant Controls ................ 80A
41
7, PROPELLERS ........................... 84
41
a, General ............................. 84
41
41 a-1, Propeller Distributor Valve .......... 84
41 a-2, Unfeathering Procedure .............. 84A
42 b, Dome and Valve Assembly Removal .... 86
47 c, Hub and Blades Assembly Removal ... 86
47 d, Hub and Blades Assembly Maintenance 86
47 e, Hub and Blades Assembly Installation 86
50 f, Dome Assembly Installation ............ 89
g, Propeller Governor .................. 90
50 h, Propeller Feathering Pump ........... 90
50 8, CARBURETOR AIR SYSTEM ............ 93
50 a, General .............................. 93
50 b, Intake Air Duct ...................... 93
55 c, Carburetor Header .................... 93
d, Heat Control Valve ................... 96A
9. OIL SYSTEM ........................... 96A
55 a, General ............................ 96A
b, Tanks .............................. 96A
c, Emergency Shut-off Valve ............ 96A
d. Oil Cooler ........................... 97
e, Cooler Air Duct Assembly ............. 104
f. Emergency Shut-off Solenoids .......... 104
g, Pressure Gages and Lines .............. 104
10, FUEL SYSTEM .......................... 105
59 a, General ............................. 105
b, Tanks ............................... 105
63 c, System Strainers ..................... !08
77 d, Engine Fuel Selector Valves ........... 108
77 e. Electric Booster Pumps .............. 108A
f, Engine Driven Pumps ................ 108A
g, Emergency Shut-off Solenoid ......... 108A
h, Wing Tip Float Auxiliary Fuel
80 System .......................... 108A
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

’@. Aileron and Elevator’ System ........... 127 t. Propeller De-icer Circuit ..............178
c,,, Rudder System ....................... 130 u. Passenger Cabin Safety Sign Circuit .....178
d.’~\, Trim Tabs System ....................131 v. Automatic Pilot Circuit ............... 178
e. ’~,~Wing Flaps
\ ................... System . 143 w. Electrical System Parts List ............
224
]3. HYD~AULIC SYSTEM ........... 148 x. Spare Bulb List ...................... 228
a. Ge~neral .148 HEATING AND VENTILATING
b. Opet~a[ion ............................ 148 EQUIPMENT .......................... 229
c. Distribi~3ion Unit ................... 149
a,, General ........................ /t .... 229
d. Engine Driven Pumps ......... 149
b.’ Cabin Ventilating Equipment ..... ’. ..... 229
e. Hand Pum~p Selector Valve ............ 149
c. ’~.Heaiing Equipment ........... ~! ....... 229
f. Landing G~r System ................. 149
g. Wing Flap SR,stem .................... 156 16. FIRE EXTINGUISHER EQUIPMENT 241 .....
h. Cowl Flaps Sys~m .................... 156 a. Carbon-dioxide System .241
i. Windshield Wipe~"~ System ..............156 b. Hand Extinguishers ....../. .......... 241
j. ......... i7. RADIO EQUIPMENT ...... .245
k. ,Hand Pump ...... a. Standard Installation " .245
1./ General Maintenance Ids~ructions ...... 165 i8. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND
~
14. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM .................. 173 CONTROLS .255
a. ’General ............................. 173 a. Pilot’s Seat .......................... 255
b. Generator Voltage System ............173 b. Cabin Chair ........ ’ ................. 255
c. D.C. Power Circuit .................. 178 c. Cabin. Divan ......................... 255
d. Engine Primer Circuit ................ 178 "~d. Lounge Table ...... ..................... 255
e. Engine Starter and Ignition Circuit .....178 e. Locker Space ....:. ................... 255
f. Propeller Feathering Circuit ............ 178 L Lavatory Cabinet., ..................... 255
g. Tachometer Circuit .................. 178 g. Baggage Stowage .................... 259
h. Fuel Booster Pump Circuit ............ 178 h. Anchor and Line ..................... 259
i. Fuel Quanuty Indicator Circuit .........178 i. BilgeDrainage’ ........................ 259
j. Fuel and Oil Shut-Off Valves Circuit ....178 j. Parachute Fla~es ....................... 259
k. Engine Section Fire Detector Circuit. ....178 k. Automatic pilot~Sperry A-12
1. Pitot Tube Heater Circuit .178 Gyro-pil6t (Special Equipment) ...... 261
m. Instrument Circuits .................. 178 I. Anti-squat Strut ...................... 263
n. Flare Circuit ......................... 178 m. Propeller And-icing System
o. Cabin Heater Circuit .................. 178 (Special Equipment) ..... : ......... 263
p. Automatic Fire Extinguisher Circuit ....178 n. Oxygen System (Special Equipment) ... 263
q. Lights Circuits ...................... 178 o. Oil Dilution System ,,
r. Ground Circuit .........~ ............ 178 (Special Equipment) ........’),.. ....270
s. Fuel Transfer Pump CircuitmWing p. Wing and Tail De-icing System
Float Tank ........................ 178 (Special Equipment) ............... 270

Section IV
REPAIRS;~.,~EAT,, TREA~EDi STEEL PARTS, INSPECTION, MISCELLANEOUS/. .......... 27’1
REPAIRS ...~ ........ .i. .................. 271 2. HEAT TREA,~ED STEEL PARTS LIST .... 2
a. General Pr’ocedm:e [or Skin Patch a. Wing\/ ............................. 280
Repairs tO,. Hull .................... 271 bo

b. Skin Patch R~pairs to Wing, Fin, c. Hull: \ . ¯ .\. ............................ 280

Stabilizer and,,Floats ................ 271 d. Landing~ear ........................ 280
c. Fabric Repa~ ...~’.,,,,.,,. ..................
271 e. Power Pla~t ..................... 281
ao Airpkme and Engine
inspection Check List-. .............. 286
MISCELLANEOUS ....................... ’. 294
~. Hyd~utlc System Unit Packing
Ring List ..........................
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
11. INSTRUMENTS ........................ 115
a. Genera! ............................. 115
b. Main Instrument Panel ...............115
c. Radio Panel ......................... 115
d. Overhead Instrument Panel ...........115
e. Power Plant Instruments ..............115
f. Flight Instruments .................... 118
g. Unclassified Instruments ...............119
h. Instrument Maintenance ..............122
i. Vacuum System ...................... 122
12. SURFACE CONTROLS ................... 125
a. General ............................. 125
b. Aileron and Elevator System ...........125
c. Rudder System ...................... .!28
d. Trim Tabs System .................... 129
e. Wing Flaps System ................... 141
13. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM .................. 146
a. General ............................. 146
b. Operation ........................... 146
c. Distribution Unit ..................... 147
d. Engine Driven Pumps ................. 14,7
e. Hand Pump Selector Valve ............ 147
f. Landing Gear System .................. 147
g. Wing Flap System ................... 154
h. Cowl Flaps System ................... 154
i. Windshield Wiper System .............154
j. Brakes ............................... 154
k. Hand Pump ......................... 163
1. ¯ General Maintenance Instructions ....... 163
14. E. ECT U AL SYSTEM .................. I75
, , , ___ .i75
a./ ~en~al\../"/.~ ¯ ¯ .~’x ..................
Vd
b. ~v,~i’erato~JVol~d~e S}~em ............. 175
i
180
\ _1 , L--~’[~leCt~icalSys~P~rtsLi~st .... ! ...... \,.181
15. HEATING AND VENTILATING
EQUIPMENT ..................... 187
a. General ............................. 187
b. Cabin Ventilating Equipment .......... 187
c. Heating Equipment ................... 187
16. FIRE EXTINGUISHER EQUIPMENT ..... 201
a. Carbon-Dioxide System ........’ ...... ’{201
b. Hand Extinguishers .........’i ....... .201
17. RADIO EQUIPMENT ................... 205
18. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND
CONTROLS ...................... 209
a. Pilot’s Seat .......................... 209
b. Cabin Chair .......................... 209
c. Cabin Divan ......................... 209
d. Lounge Table ........................ 209
e. Locker Space ........i ................ 209
f. Lavatory Compartment ................ 209
g. Baggage Stowage .....................
213
h. Anchor and Line ..................... 213
i. Bilge Drainage ...................... 1213
j. Parachute Flares ....................... 213
k. Automatic Pilot--Sperry A-12
Gyro-pilot ........................ 215
1. Anti-squat Strut ...................... 217
m. Propeller Anti-icing System ...........217
n. Oxygen System ....................... 217
o. Oil Dilution System .................. 224
p. Wing and Tail De-icing System ........224

Section IV

REPAIRS, HEAT TREATED STEEL PARTS, INSPECTION, MISCELLANEOUS ........... 225

REPAIRS ............................... 225 2. HEAT TREATED STEEL PARTS LIST .... 234
a. General Procedure for Skin Patch a. Wing ........................... ¯ .... 234
Repairs to Hull .................... 225 b. Tail ................................ 234
b. Skin Patch Repairs to.Wing, Fin, c. Hull ................................ 234
Stabilizer and Floats ...............225 d. Landing Gear ........................ 234
c. Fabric Repair ........................ 225 e. Power Plant ......................... 235
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
f. Engine Nacelle ....................... 235 3. HYDRAULIC PACKING RING LIST ..... 237
g. Surface Controls ...................... 235 a. General ............................. 237
h. Hydraulics ........................ 236 b. Specification and ~[dentification ........ 237
i. Furnishings ........................ 236 ~. INSPECTION FORMS .................. 248
 " £i t ef Jll tmtie

Page Page
1. The Mallard in Flight .................. xiv Airplane Hoisting Sling .Assembly
2. Three View Drawing .................... 5 (No. GT-421 ) .......................... 29
3. Wing and Fuselage Stations Diagram ...... 6 27. Engine Unit Hoisting Sling (No. GT-422 ).. 29
4. Tail Surface Stations Diagram ............ 7 28. Main Wheel Doily (No. GT-423) ......... 30
5. Exploded View of Mallard ..............9 29. Engine Work Platform (No. GT-424) ...... 30
6. Entrances and Exits .................... 10 30. Hull Cradle Construction Drawing ......31-32
7. Boarding Ladder ........................ 12 31. Aileron Installation ..................... 34
8. Access Plates and Doors--Side ............ 13 32. Fabric Wire Fastener Installation .........35
9. Access Plates and Doors---Top and Bottom.. 15 33. Wing Flap Installation ..................37
10. Tow Bar .............................. 16 34. Wing Tip Float Installation ..............39
11. Hoisting Sling ............. i ........... 17 35. Wing Tip Cap Installation ...............40
12. Jacking Diagram ......................... 18 36. Fin and Rudder Installation .............43
13. Ground Handling ...................... 19 37. Stabilizer and Elevator Installation ........45
14. Main Wheel Shock Strut Decal ............23 38. Hull Compartmentation Diagram ......... 46
15. Nose Wheel Shock Strut Extension-- 39. Hull Interior Arrangement ...............49
Air Pressure Curve ...................... 24 40. Hull Floor Panels Diagram .......~ ....... 51
16. Service Points .......................... 25 41. P~lot’s Cabin Window Installation ........53
17. Lubrication Chart ....................... 26 42. Hull Upholstery Panels Diagram .........54
18. Wing Jack Point Fitting (No. GT-74) .....27 43. Nacelle Components .....................56
19. Hull Sta. 93 Jack Pad (No. GT-425) ..... 27 44. Cowl Flaps Installation ..................58
20. Hull Sta. 250 Jack Pad (No. GT-426) ..... 27 45. Nose Wheel Assembly Installation ........ 61
21. Hydraulic Accumulator Wrench 46. Nose Wheel Components ................62
(No. GT-70 ) ........................... 27 47. Nose Wheel Shock Strut Details ..........65
22. Hydraulic Hand Pump Smiting Box 48. Main Wheel Assembly Installation ........ 67
Spanner Wrench (No. L~T-103) ...........28 49. Main Wheel Assembly Details ..........68-69
23. Main Landing Gear and Nose Wheel 50. Main Wheel and Brake Components ......70
Strut Bearing Nut Wrench (No. GT-407) .. 28 51. Main Wheel Shock Strut ................71
24. Landing Gear Axle Nut Socket 52. Main Wheel Bumper Dashpot ............ 72
(No. GT-408) ......................... 28 53. Brake Section Views and System Diagram.. 74
25. Goodyear Brake Adjusting 54. Brake Master Cylinder .................. 75
Spanner Wrench (No. GT-409) ..........28 55. Engine Quick Change UnitmRear View... 76
 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure Page
56. Engine Quick Change Unit--Left Side . 78
57. Engine Quick Change Unit Right Side 79
58. Exhaust System and Blast Tubes
Installation ............................. 81
59. Power Plant Controls System ............82-83
60. Propeller Components ................... 85
61. Propeller Removal ...................... 87
62. Propeller Feathering System .............. 91
63. Carburetor Air System Schematic
Diagram .............................. 92
64, Carburetor Air System Installation .......95
65. Oil System Arrangement ................96
66. Oil Tank Installation .................. 99
67. Oil Cooler Installation .................. 100
68, Oil System Schematic Diagram ........... 101
69. Oil Cooler Temperature Regulator
Components ............................ 103
70. Koehler Spring-snap Drain Valve .........105
71. Fuel System Arrangement ................107
71~. Fuel Cell Identification List .............. 108
72. Fuel Selector Valves Indexing Diagram ...109
73, Fuel System Schematic Diagram and Fuel
Celt Installation Details .............110-111
74. Fuel System Management Diagram ........112
75. Wing Tip Float Auxiliary Fuel System ..... !13
76. Instrument Installation--Scheduled
Air Carriers ............................ 117
77. DELETED
78. Instrument Installation Private
Airplanes .............................. 121
79. DELETED
80. Air Speed System Diagram ............... 123
81. Vacuum System Diagram ................ 124
82. Control Wheel and Column ............. 127
83. Control Wheel and Column Neutral
Setting Templates ...................... 128
84. Aileron Control Bungee .................129
85. Aileron Control System ................. 131
86. Elevator and Rudder Controls Systems ....133
87. Elevator and Rudder Control Details ......135
88. Rudder and Brake Pedal Installation ..... 137
89. Elevator and Rudder Tabs Controls
Installation Details ...................... 139
90. Elevator and Rudder Tabs
Controls System ........................ 140
91. Wing Naps Positioning
Mechanism Installation ..................143
Figure Page
92. Wing Flaps Control System ...............144
93. Control Surface Settings and
Cable Tension Diagram ................ 145
94. Hydraulic System Schematic Diagram .....ld8
95. Hydraulic System Flow Diagram ....... 149
96. Hydraulic System Arrangement ...........151
97. Engine Driven Hydraulic Pump ........... 152
98. Hydraulic Hand Pump and Hand
Pump Selector Valve .................... 153
99. Landing Gear Hydraulic Selector Valve ....
154
100. Main Wheel Actuating Hydraulic
Cylinder ............................... 155
101. Main Wheel Actuating and
Locking Hydraulic Cylinder ............. 156
102. Nose Wheel Actuating Hydraulic
Cylinder ............................... 157
103. Wing Flaps Hydraulic Selector Valve .... 158
104. Wing Flaps Actuating Hydraulic
Cylinder ............................... 159
105. Cowl Flaps Hydraulic Selector Valve ...... 160
106. Cowl Flaps Actuating Hydraulic Cylinder . . 161
107. Windshield Wiper Speed
(On-off) Control ..................... 162
108. Windshield Wiper Window Unit ........162
109. Windshield Wiper Control Unit ..........16’3
110. Standard AN Tubing Parts ..............164
11 I. Tubing Servicing and
Installation Details ...........: ...... 165-166
112. Electrical Equipment Arrangement ....... 177
113. Battery Installation ..................... 179
114. Heating and Ventilating System ..........189
115. Cutaway View of Heater Unit .......... 190
116. Heater Regulator Diaphragm Centering
Jig .................................... 191
117. Cabin Heater Installation ................. 193
118. Heating and Ventilating Duct Outlet .......194
119. Heating and Ventilating Duct Watertight
Door .................................. 195
119A. Cabin Heater Automatic Cycling Control
Schematic Diagram .................... 196A
llgB. Cabin Heater System Schematic and Wiring
Diagram ............................. 196B
120. Cabin Heater Control Unit Assembly .....197
121. CO= Fire Extinguisher System ............. 203
122. Radio Antenna Installation ...............207
123. Pilot’s Seat Installation .................. 208
124. Cabin Chair Installation ...............’.210
 LiST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure Page Figure Page
125. Cabin Divan Installation ................211 134. Wing and Tail Surface De-icing
126. Lounge Table Installation ...............212 System Diagram ....................... 223
]27. Bilge Drainage System .................. 213 135. Hull Skin Plating Diagram .............. 227
128. Parachute Flare Installation .............214
136. Wing Skin Plating Diagram ............. 229
129. Automatic Pilot (Sperry A-12) Unit
Location Diagram ....................... 216 137. Tail Surfaces Skin Plating Diagram ....... 230
130. Anti-squat Strut Installation .............219 138. External Patch -Single Row ............ 231
131. Propeller Anti-icing System ........... 220 139. External Patch--Double Row ............ 232
132. Oxygen System Diagram ................ 221 140. Fabric Repair Diagram .................. 233
133. Oil Dilution System Diagram ............. 222 141. Cable Chart ........................ 242-247

xiii
 Section I

DESCRIPTION AND DIMENSIONS

 DESCRIPTION AND DIMENSIONS
The Mallard is an all metal, twin engine, high wing
amphibian designed for private and transport use. It is
powered by two Pratt & Whitney Wasp ’*H" 600 H.P.
radial engines driving three-bladed Hamilton Standard
Hydromatic full feathering propellers.
The fuselage-hull arrangement, comprises a bow com-
partment, the pilot’s compartment, the main cabin and
a baggage compartment. The bow compartment, in
which anchor ~nd handling equipment is stowed, is
equipped with an entrance hatch. The pilot’s corn-,
partment aft of it is separated by a water-tight bulk-
head (equipped with a water-tight door) from the up-
holstered a,~d carpeted main cabin in which divans and
passenger chairs are installed; (the divans may be re-
placed by chairs); a lavatory and baggage compart-
ment are aft of this main cabin.
In early airplanes, ~uel is carried in two integral
tanks in the wing center section box beam; in later air-
planes, fuel is carried in seven bladder type cells in-
stalled in the wing center section box beam. Provisions
may be installed to carry fuel in the wing tip floats.
The tricycle landing gear, wing flaps, parking and
emergency brakes, engine cowl flaps and windshield
wipers are operated by an engine-powered hydraulic
system (equipped with an auxiliary hand pump). Serv-
ice braking is effected by a separate system.
Complete flying controls for two pilots are installed
in the cockpit--a control wheel stanchion is located
on the centerline; the left hand wheel may be thrown
over to the right side, or an auxiliary wheel stowed
under the right seat may be attached quickly without
tools; the pilot’s brake and rudder pedals are adjust-
able; the co-pilot’s rudder pedals hinge out of the way
for access m the bow compartment. The rudder and
elevator tab controls are conventional handwheels;
rarely.needed lateral trim is effected by an infinite posi,
tion torque spring bungee located on the control wheel
stanchion.
Stainless steel cables, running over large diameter
pulleys, are used on all control runs.
Electrical power is provided by two generators (and
a battery) and circuit breakers are supplied in place of
fUseS.
Radio equipment meeting transport operation re-
quirements has been designed into .the airplane. Con-
trol units are installed on a sloping panel below the
main instrument panel
Numerous lockers and cabinets and a portable table
(stowed in the baggage compartment when not in use)
which maybe set up between the divans, are provided
in the cabin. A two quart thermos jug and drinking
glasses are stowed in the right hand wheel-well locker.
The cabin and pilot’s compartment are soundproofed
and two portable fire extinguishers are installed in ad-
dition to the electri~lly controlled engine and heater
co~mpartment extinguisher (s).
A portable bilge pump with which all five watertight
compartments may be drained, attaches to a tubing sys-
tem installed below the floor.
A thermostatically controlled heater is installed and
heating (and some ventilating) o£ the cabin is effected
by outlets under the seats (air for the heater is taken
in through a scoop aft of the cabin). An automatic
blower provides heat or ~resh air until .sufficient air-
speed is attained for heater operation or air circulation.
On early airplanes, ~¢entilating air is taken in by scoops
on the sides of the hull while on later models ventilat-
ing air is taken in by ports in the wing leading edges,
and carried by tubing to mamtally adjustable outlet
valves above the seats.
The lavatory is equipped with a basin with a one gal-
lon reservoir, a mirror and sheff for toilet accessories
and chemical toilet.
 SECTION I

1. AIRPLANE PRINCIPAL DIMENSIONS

Span ........................................................................................... 66’8"

Length Overall ............................................................................. 48’4’"
Height Overall (Resting on Wheels) .............................................................. 18’9’"
Span TaiI Surfaces ............................................................................ 20’
Wing Dihedral (Chord Line) ................................................................... 1.37°
Wing Chord (at Centerline) ................................................................... 10:
Wing Chord (at Construction Tip) ................................................................ 3’4"
Mean Aerodynamic Chord ...................................................................... 86.66"
Wing Incidence £rom Hull Forebody Keel line ................................................... 5°
Angle--Static Ground Line from Keel Line .......................................................
Landing Gear Wheel Base ...................................................................... 14’10"
Landing Gear Wheel Tread ...................................................................... 12’51/4"

2. SURFACE AREAS

Total Wing Area (including 27.4 square ft. of ailerons, 63.6 square ft. of flaps and 56.2 square
feet of fuselage) ........................................................................ 444 sq. ft.
Wing Flap Area ....................................................................... 63.9 sq. ft.
Aileron Area .......................................................................... 27.4 sq. ft.
Total Horizontal Tail Area ................................................................. 78 sq. ft.
Area Forward of Elev. Hinge Line ..................................................... 51.6 sq. ft.
Area Aft of Elev. Hinge Line .......................................................... 26.4 sq. f£.
Total Vertical Tail Area .................................................................. 53 sq. ft.
Area Forward of Rudder Hinge Line ..................................................... 32.9 sq. ft.
Area Aft of Rudder Hinge Line ......................................................... 20.1 sq. ft.

3. WEIGHTS

Airplane XgZeight Empty (less radio) ...........................

Airplanes J1 to J34 8945 pounds
Airplanes J35 to J48 9045 pounds
Airplanes J49 and subsequent 9245 pounds
Useful Load (recommended radio 255 pounds) ................... Airplanes J1 to J34 3550 pounds
Airplanes J35 to J48 3450 pounds
Airplanes J49 and subsequent 3250 pounds
Airplane Gross Weight ................................................................. 12750 pouhds
Unit Loadings
Wing Loading .................................................................... 28.7 lbs/sq, ft.
Power Loading (Take-off Power) ....................... ’ .............................. 10.6 lbs/sq, ft.
 SECTION. I

4, SETTINGS AND MOVEMENT RANGES OF CONTROL SURFACES

Stabilizer ............................................................................... +3.5c incidence

Fin .0° (offset7
Ailerons
Neutral ..................................................................................... 0°
Up ....................................................................................... 21°
Down ................................................................................... 18°
Elevators
Neutral ................................................................................... 0°
Up ....................................................................................... 30°
Down ................................................................................... 10°
Rudder
Neutral .......... . ......................................................................... 0°
Right .................................................................................... 25 °
Left ...................................................................................... 25 o
Trim Tabs
Elevator Up .............................................................................. 7°
Down .......................................................................... 25 o
Rudder Right and LeL+ ................................................................... 20°
Flaps
Up 0°
Down Landing (Full Down) " 45°

5. LANDING GEAR

Wheel Base .................................................................................. 14’10"

Tread ...................................................................................... 12’10"
Main Wheel Units
Shock Struts
Type--Bendix Pneudraulic L.H .................................................... No. 69629
R.H ....................................................
No. 69630
Fluid Required .................................................... Univis No. J43 or Equivalent
(Red Color AN-VV-O-366)
-Wheel and Brake Assembly .................................................. Goodyear No. PD-295
Wheel Goodyear ....................................................... No. 9530113 (9.50 x 16)
Brake--Goodyear ............................................ No. 9540045 or 9540134 (9.50 x 16)
Tires {with regular tubes) Goodyear ......................................... 6 ply Nylon 9.50 x 16
Nose Wheel Unit
Shock Strut
Type Bendix Pneudraulic ........................................................... No. 69631
Shimmy Damper Unit ................................................... Houdaille No, A12923
Fluid Required ..................................................... Univis No. J43 or Equivalent
(Red Color--AN-VV~O-366 )
Wheel Type--Bendix ............................................... No. 145308 (19 x 6.80-10
Tire (low profile with regular tube) ............................. Goodrich 6 ply Rayon 19 x 6.80-10
Wing Tip Floats ................................................................. Grumman No. 108201
Displacement ....................................... 750 pounds each
SECTION I

6. ENGINES

Make and Designation Pratt & Whitney .......... Airplanes Ser No. j1-j50 inclusive and J-52 No. R-1340-S3H1
(Direct Drive) Airplanes Ser No. J51, J53 and Subs. No. R-1340-SIH1

7. PROPELLERS

Make and Designation ................................................... Hamilton Standard Hydromatic

3 Bladed Full Feathering
Hub No ..................................................................................... 23D-40-51
Blades "D" Shank No. ~-=~ A lo
Pitch Settings .....................................
Low ..................... . ......................................... - ....................... 12°
High (Lock Pitch ) ......................................................................... 30°
High (Feathered) .......................................................................... 84°

8. PERFORMANCE AT GROSS WEIGHT (No Wind)

Take-off Distance (clear 50 ft. obstacle) Landing Distance (clear 50 £t. obstacle)
Land--sea level ...................... 1,918 ft. Land--sea level ...................... 2,340 ft.
Land--2,500 ft. alt ..................... 2,147 ft. Land--2,500 ft. alt ...... . ............ 2,790 ft,
Water--sea level ...................... 2,768 ft. Water--sea level ...................... 2,715 ft.
Water :2,500 ft. alt ................... 3,048 ft. Water--2,500 ft. alt ................... 3,175 ft.
Speed (maximum) Service Ceiling
Sea level ............................ 205 mph. Twin ~Engine, METO power ......... 23,000 ft.
6,000 ft. alt .......................... 215 mph. Single Engine, METO power ......... 8,200 ft.
Rate of Climb (twin engine) Rate o£ Climb (slngle engine approach)
At sea level, METO power ...... 1,290 ft./ min. At sea level ..................... 318 ft.imin.
At 5,000 ft., METO power ........ 1,190 ft./min. At 3,500 ft ....................... 275 ft./min.

9. TANK CAPACITIES

Fuel
Airplanes J1-J7 incl., J9-11 incl. (two integral tanks) ...................... 165 U.S. gals (137.3 Imp. gats)
330 U. S. gals total (274.6 Imp. gals)
Airplanes JS, J12-J48 incl. (two integral tanks) ............................... 190 U.S. gals (159 imp. gals)
380 U.S. gals total (318 Imp. gals)
Airplanes J49 and Subs. (two sets of ceils) ............................. 360 U.S. gals total (301.4 Imp. gals)
Oil (two) (each) .............................................................. 10 U.S. gals (8.3 Imp. gals)
Hydraulic Fluid . . ............................................................ 1.8 U.S. gals ( 1.5 lmp. gals)
Wate~ (basin reservoir)
Airplanes J1-J49 incl ....................................................... 2.5 U.S. gals (2 lmp. gals)
Airplanes J50 and subs ................................. ° ................... 1.0 ~.S. gals (.8 lmp. gals)

4
SECTION
 i HINGE

AIRPLANE

77 ’92 !07 125 140 t59 I81 205 250 249 270 295 517 542 368 400
NACELLE

29 65 108 160 22~’ 270 310 351 384 446.5 495

480

5 536
480 523 560
464 509 548
" i ~ 4174~-8 FOREBODY KEEL LINE.

Figure 3--Wing and FuseJage Stations Diagram

 SECTION

ELEV.
H~NGE

~ HINGE HINGE ~ ~_TAB PUSH ROD

ELEV.
HINGE

RUDDER HINGE RUDDER HINGE

STATIONS MEASURED FROM

HULL FOREBODY KEEL LINE.

FiN ~L~DDE~
SECTION

®
®

®
®
@
®
®
®
-®
@
@
®

KEY TO FIGURE 5
EXPLODED VIEW OF MALLARD

1. Wing Tip Cap (one left - one right) No. 106026
2. Aileron (one left - one right) No, 106450
3. Wing Tip Float Pedestal (one left - one right)
No. 108202
4. Wing Tip Float (one left - one right). No. 108201
5. Propeller - Hamilton Standard Hydromatic
6. Engine Quick Change Unit
7, Ring Cowl (one left - one right) No. 108316
8. Accessory Compartment Cowling - Top -
No. 108320-2, Bottom - No. 108320-3, Sides-
No. 108320-1L and -1R
9. Nacelle - Firewall - No. 108425, Trough (Bottom)
- No. 108434, Skin Assy (Bottom) - No. 108454,
Panel (T~p) - No. 108471, Afterbody Assy (Top)
- No. 108452, Skin Assy (Top-Rear) No. 108453
10. Hull No. 107000
I!. Nose Wheel Installation No. 108002 I
i~. Wing Flap (one left - one right) No. 106250
13 Nacelle Assembly (one left - one right) No. 108450
!4. Wing Assembly No. 106001
!5. Fin No. 106703
16. Rudder No. 106705
17~ Rudder Tab No. 106708
18. Elevator Tab (one left - one right) No. 106714
19. Elevator (one left - one right) No. 106711
20~ Stabilizer No. 106709
2!, Door (one left - one right) No. 106819-1
22. Plate (one left - one right) No. 106819
23. Fairing (Skin) No. 107006-4
24, Main Landing Gear (one left - one right)
No. 108001
SECTION
 CABIN DOOR--L.H. SIDE
i
Handle Equipped with
EMERGENCY EXIT Cylinder Lock
DOOR--R.H. SIDE Latch Outside to Secure Door
in Open Position Not Shown.
Latch Hooks to Fitting on Wing-hull Fairing.
Plunger on Door Frame Musl Be Pressed to
Outside Release Release Latch to Close Door
(beneath balsawood panel)
Break Panel and Pull.
Inside Release Handle
Rotate Down and Push

BOW HATCH RELEASE

On Right~ Side of Hull
Below Windshield

BOW HATCH

RELEASE HANDLE
Airplanes J35 and Subs

Pin
BOW HATCH
Release at Aft End).and
ai Cockpit, R.H. Side~. Handle

Figure 6--Entrances and Exits

 Section II

GROUND HANDLING AND SERVICING

 GROUND HANDLING AND S|RVICIN,G

1. ACCESS AND EXITS

a. CABIN DOOR.--The door is located on the left
side of the hull aft of the wing trailing edge, and is
equipped with a turn handle and a snap lock. On later
airplanes, (airplanes J 13, J24, J27, J36 and subsequent)
in addition to the snap lock, three latch pins are instal-
led. A catch is installed to hold the door open against
propeller wash; to release the catch, push the project-
ing rod on the forward door edge.
b. BOARDING LADDER.--The boarding ladder as-
sembly, made up of an. aluminum frame and treads,
hooks into the entrance door sill. To set the ladder in
place, set lugs into the door sill, allowing the brace
strut to bear against the side of the hull. Refer to Fig-
ure 7. The ladder supplied with later airplanes folds
for easy stowage. It is stowed in the baggage compart-
ment when not in use.
c. EMERGENCY EXIT.--An emergency exit door
is located on the right side of the hull, at the aft end
of the cabin. To release the door, turn the red painted
handle and push out the door; to release from out-
side, break balsa wood panel and pull.
d. BOW COMPARTMENT HATCH.NA bow com-
partment hatch, hinged along its forward end, is instal-
led for entrance and exit when operating on the water.
The relefise latch handle is located on the crossbar on
the underside of the hatch; in early airplanes an ad-
ditional handle is located on the right side of the pilot’s
cabin below the cowl. The hatch is for use when
handling anchort mooring or tow lines, or for docking.
e. PILOT’S CABIN WINDOWS.NThe windows
are opened or closed by operating the handcranks.
These windows are not to be used for exits.
f. ACCESS AND INSPECTION DOORS AND
COVERPLATES.---AI1 installations requiring servic-
ing, maintenance or inspection have access doors or
cover plates adjacent, held shut by screw or turn fast-
eners. These doors and plates are located and iden-
tified in Figures 8 and 9.

2. GROUND HANDLING

~l. ANTI-SQUAT STRUTmA retractable strut, in- and No. 428. Cradles, for which construction draw-
stallet~ to prevent. "squatting" if too many persons ings are shown in Figure 30, should be built to
gather in the aft end of the cabin, while the airplane facilitate landing ggar and. hull maintenance. The
is on the ground, is mounted on Sta. 428 bulkhead padded cradles conform to the hull bottom contour.
and retracts into the hiring. The strut is controlled In addition to Stas. No. 140, 250 and 428 .noted, cradles
by a steel cable and lever assembly. The lever is in- may be set at Stas. No. 93 and 233.
stalled on the lavatory compartment bulkhead on early d. WALKWAYS.mThe hull, and wing box beam
airplanes and in ceiling over co-pilot’s head on later air- (Sta. 202 to 240, marked by lines of rivets) surfaces may
planes. To retract strut, move lever right, or push for- be walked on. DO NOT walk on the wing surface aft
ward; to extend, move lever left, or pull aft. of the beam, the nacelles, the fairings or the control
Note surfaces.
Retract strut, to prevent damage, when mov- e. LEVELING.--Leveling brackets, for fore and aft
ing airplane. leveling, are installed in the left hand wheel well. The
b. PUSH POINTS.--USe the landing gear struts, cabin floor and long windows are parallel to the
wing tip floats, and hull surface to push the airplane. leveling line. For lateral (spanwise) leveling, brack-
ets ~re installed on Sty. No. 428 bulkhead, or the
cabin floor may be used.
f. TIE DOWNS AND MOORING FITTINGS.--
Tie-down fittings are insadled on the aft end of the
Do not push on any control surface. fusel~, on the .bott°ms of the wing tip ttoats and
on the inboard s~des, of the main landing gear struts,
c. LIFTING AND CRADLING.--The hull is at the axles. The towing cleat on the h~elage nose
stenciled **CRADLE HERE" at Sta. NO. 140, No. 250 may be used.

I!
 L UGS

/
/
SOCKETS DOOR SILl

SUPPORT HINGES

TO INSTALL LADDER ON AIRPLANE - Set lugs into

sockets in door sill and pull down support to brace

ladder against hull.

Stow in left side of baggage compartment; bungee cord

for stowage is installed on hull

 I. Cabin Deor. 20. Rudder Bearing Bolt.
2. Cabin Emergency Exit Door. 21. Rudder Hinge Bolt.
3. Pilot’s Cockpit Sliding Windows. 22. Rudder Tab Mechanism.
4. Bow Compartment Hatch. 23. Drain Plug--Aft Hull Compartment.
5. Accessory Compartment Panels (4L and 4R). 24. Drain Plug--Baggage Compartment.
6. Hydraulic Unit (tank filler) (L.H. nacelle only). 25. Drain Plugs--Hul!, Cabin Compartment.
Battery (R.H. nacelle only). 2(;. Drain Plug--Hull, Pilot’s Compartment.
7. Nacelle-To-Wing Fillets. 27. Drain Plug--Hull, Forward.
8. Nacelle Afterbody (top) (oil tank, etc.). 28. Drain Plugs--Wing Tip Float.
9. Nacelle Afterbody (bottom) (electrical boxes, prop 29. Wing Tip Light Cover (1L and 1R).
feathering motor, etc.). 30. Rudder Sector.
10. Wing Tip Cap. 31. Anti-squat Strut°
11. Nose Wheel-well Doors (wheels lowered).
12. Main Wheel Fairings (wheels lowered). NOTE
Wing Tip Float and Pedestal Attachment. All drain plugs~ part No. 12141, located on left
13.
hand side.
14. Elevator Cables (L.H. only).
15. Elevator Cables (R.H. only).
]6. Hull-To-Fin Fairing--Elevator Cables.
17. Elevator Sector.
18. Elevator Sector, .Cable A~taChments, ~Fin~A.ttachments.
1~. Rudder ~and ,Rudder ~b ~bles.

c
 KEY TO FIGURE 9
ACCESS PLATES AND DOORS--TOP AND BOTTOM

1. Cabin Door. 20. Flap Actuating Cylinder and Electrical Connection

2. Cabin Emergency Exit Door. (1L and 1R).
3. Pilot’s Cockpit Sliding Windows. 21. Aileron Cables (1L and 1R).
4. Bow Compartment Hatch. 22. Electrical Wiring (1L and 1R).
5. Accessory Compartment Panels (4L and 4R). 23. Aileron Idler Pulleys (1L and 1R).
6. Fuel Tank Filler (1L and 1R). 24. Electrical Connections (1L and 1R).
7. Oil Tank Filler (1L and 1R). 25. Wing Tip Float Pedestal Attachment and Electrical
8. Hydraulic Unit (tank filler) (L.H. only). Connections (1L and 1R).
26. Wing Tip Float Pedestal Attachment (1L and 1R).
9. Battery (R.H. only).
Face of Box Beam (power plant control cables, lines, 27. Aileron Bellcrank (1L and 11{).
10.
fuel selector valve, etc.). 28. Aileron Bellcrank Hinge Bolt (1L and 1R).
11. External Electric Ppwer [~eceptacle (L.H. only). 29. Electrical Connections (1L and 1R).
30. Wing Tip Light Electrical Connection (1L and 1R).
1.2. Hydraulic Pressure Shut-Off Valve.
31. Wing Tip Cap (1L and 1R).
13. Nacelle-to-Wing Fillets.
3~. Wing Tip Light Cover (1L and 1R).
13A. Exhaust Trough (access for oil tank removal).
33. Landing Light (1L and 1R).
14. Nacelle Afterbody (top) (oil tank, etc.).
34. Pedestal Attachment Bracket in Wing Tip Float
15. Nacelle Afterbody (bottom) (electrical boxes, prop (2L and 2R).
feathering motor, etc.). 35. Nose Wheel Well Doors.
16. Electrical Connections (1L and 1R). 36. Elevator Cables.
17. Hydraulic Line Connections (L.H. only). 37. Hull-to-Fin Fairing--Elevator Cables.
18. Fuel Tank Drain Valve (1L and 1R.) 38. Elevator Tab Control Cables (1L and 1R).
19. Rear Beam Inspection (llL and llR). 39. Tab Control Unit.
NOTE
Dotted Lines Indicate Plates on Bottom.
SECTION
 SECTION

TO INSTALL ON NOSE WHEEL---Pull finger rings and SPRING LOADED TUBE

with tow bar in position, so that tubes will fit in axle, AND BUSHING ASSEMBLIES
release finger rings. WITH FINGER RING!
Shear bolt will break if nose wheel is swung past 70*
right or left.
For shear bolt, use only commercial raachine bolt, ¼-20 x
3½".
SHEAR

SPARE SHEAR BOLT

~--- SAFETY CABLE

Figure 10--Tow Bar

g. TOWING. A tow bar assembly (Grumman No.
GT-420) is supplied for attachment to the nose wheel
axle. To install, assemble shaft to yoke with shear
bolt, set yoke over axle ends, pulling tubes out against
spring load with finger rings, and allow tubes to
spring back to hold axle. See Figure 10.
Towing fittings (tie-down rings), to which
cables or lines may be attached, are installed on the
inboard sides of the main axles. A tow or tle-down
fitting is installed on the aft end of the hull and a
towing and mooring cleat is installed on the bow.
h. HOISTING.--A hoisting sling (Grumman Part
No. GT-421) and hoist fittings (eyebolts--Grumman
Part No. 112006) are supplied as special equipment.
Reinforcing fittings and threaded sockets, to take the
eyeboks, are installed at the wing front and rear beams,
on the centerline, on the upper surface. Plugs,
(Grumman Part No. 112007) are installed in the soc-
kets.
TO HOIST THE AIRPLANE.
(1) Remove radio homing antenna.
(2) Remove plugs, and install fittings in sockets,
one at front l?eam, one at rear.
¯ (3) Insert end fittings of sling into eyebolts.
(4) Attach hoist to sling. Refer to Figure 11.
Do not hoist airplane with greater differ-
ential than 50 gallons between fuel. tank
loadings.
i. JACKING.--Wheel jacking points (lugs) for
wheel, tire, and brake maintenance are installed on the
inboard sides of the main struts (at the tie-down ring).
The forward hull jack pad (Grumman part No.
GT-415) is installed on the keel at Sta. No. 93 (the
aft end of the nose whee! well). This fitting may be
used for nose wheel tire and brake maintenance.
The aft hull jack points are at the iitst step, Sta.
No. 250, at the chines. Angles are installed for at-
taching the fittings (Grumman Part No. GT-426) sup-
plied. To install fittings, set lugs into holes in angle
piece (clip on angle piece holds fitting in place).
Refer to Figure 12.
The wing jack points are at the rear beam line
at Sta. No. 115. Fittings (Grumman Part No. GT-74)
equipped with positioning studs and similar to the
hull fittings are supplied with the airplane.
 SECTION |i
1. Cable--No. 106224-2.
2. Steel Swaging Terminal--No. 112008.
3. Tube Assembly--No. 106225.
4. Link (Rear-Long)--No. 106228-2 (2).
5. Link (Fqrward-Short)--No. 106228-1 (2).
6. Hoisting Bolt--No. 112006 (2).
7. Hoisting Bolt Fitting Plug--No. 112007 (2).
8. Attachments--Terminals to Tube Assembly:
Bolt--ANS-16 (2)
Washer--AN960-816 (2)
Nut--AN 365-8 (2).
9. Attachments--Links to Tube Assembly and Links to
Hoisting Bolt:
Bolt--ANS-15 (4)
Washer--AN960-816 (4~
Nut--AN365-8 (4).

CENTERLINE
_ FAIRPLANE

REAR FACE
BOX BEAM

F’W~D. FACE
BOX BEAM

NOTE
Special equipment only--may be ordered from
factory.

Figure 1 1~Hoi~ir~g Sling

 SECTION

WING JACK POINT

FITTING (NO. GT-74)
Install at Wing Sta. 115

AFT HULL JACK PADS

(2 NO. GT-426) ~
Install at Hull Sta. 250
(L and R)

JACK PAD ON MAIN

LANDING GEAR STRUT
FORWARD HULL JACK
PAD (NO. GT-425)
Install at Hull Sta. 93
_ SECTION

HOISTING HULL CRADLE

SLING POINT
(SPEC. EQUIP.) STA. 428
ANCHOR AND LINE A~T HULL
IN BOW COMP’T. T!~-DOWN

WING JACK POINTS

TOWING & MOORING STA. 115
CLEAT (ONE [EI~T-ONE RIGHT)

NOSE WHEEL V~NG TIP TIE-DOWN

TOW AND STEER BAR I~ON TIP FLOAT)
’~ONE LEFT-ONE RIGHT)
ATTACHED

MAIN WHEEL JACK POINT / AFT HULL

FOWARD HULL HULL CRADLE
TIE-DOWN AND TOW JACK POINTS
JACK POINT POINTS

I STA. 93 STAS. 140 AND 250 FITTING

L~ (ONE LEFT-ONE RIGHT)
STA. 250
(ONE LEFT-ONE RIGHTI

Figure 13--Ground ~landling

 SECTION II -
When jacking, chock wheels and make cer-
tain that jacks are proi~_rly set--not at an
angle.
3. START AND WARM-UP
Note
The following procedure is suggested for
safest and most efficient operation of the air-
plane--it is not mandatory.
PREoFLIGHT CHECK.
(1) Remove controls lock and stow.
(2) Set ~attery master switch to ON.
Note
If external power is available, plug in to
right nacelle before turning battery master
switch on.
(3) Generator switches to ON.
Generator switches should never be OFF
except in event of generator failure or fire.
(4) ignition master switch OFF.
(5) Check fuel supply.
(6) Make certain that all scoops, vents etc. are
n.:~acoveredo
(7) Wheels chocked (mai£ wheels only).
(8) Adjust rudder lq.edals and seat as desired.
(9) Check control wheel, column and pedals for
fr~ movement through full throw.
(10) Check that all circuit ’ breakers are set.
No~e
Circuit breakers replace fuses and are nor-
really aiways set. When a breaker trips (and
the reset button pops out) a short or over-
load is indicated. Do NOT hold closed
manually unless safety o£ the airplane de-
pends on that circuit when the button may
be held dosed for a short period at the. pos-
sible expense of the equipment.
(1!) Mixture controls forward to RICH.
2O
N ore
A main wheel dolly (Grumman part No.
GT-423 ) for use in moving the airplane on
the ground, and especially in close quarters
(in hangers etc.) is supplied as special equip-
ment. Refer to Figure 28.
(12) Propeller controls _~orward to INCILEASE
RPM. Propellers must be in low pitch before starting.
(13) Set sensitive altimeter for field.
(14) Night flying--navigation, cockpit and in-
strument lights ON.
b. STARTING ENGINES.
(1) Pull propellers through three or four times
if engines have been standing idle for some time.
(2) Set fuel tank selectors--
RIGHT SELECTORmON-RIGHT ENGINE
LEFT SELECTOR--ON-LEFT ENGINE.
(3) Carburetor air controls-COLD.
(4) Throttles--CRACKED.
(5) Ignition master switch--ON.
(6) Fuel booster pumps--ON (gage shouid show
4-6 psi.).
Note ¯
Start right engine first, as battery (and exter-
ha! power plug) is located in right hand
nacelle and electrical line drop is less.
(7) Primer switch to right--ON (right engine).
Note
Flick switch two or.three times--oftener ~or a
cold engine.
(8) Starter switch to right to ON (right engine).
(9) After one revolution, set right ignition switch
to ON-BOTH.
(!0) Idle engine at 600 rpm.
(1!) Primer switch to left to ON (leftengine).
"(t2 ) Starter switch to left ON (left engine).
(13) After one re~,olution, set left ignition sv~itch
to ON-BOTH.
(14) Set hydraulic selector valve to SYSTEM
(which releases parking brake) and hold airplane
with brake pedals.

¢t5) Open cowl flaps (check positxon v;(~’~:uai~y}.
(16) Idle both engines at 1000 rpmo if oil pres-
sure gage indicators do not show pressu~’e within 30
seconds, stop engines and investigate.
(17) Idle engines at 1000 rpm until oil temo
perature reaches 104°F. A drop in oii pressure when
the throttle is opened indicates that no further warm-
up is necessary.
(18) Check propeller governor controis--w~th
engine speed at 2000 rpm, move propetier control aft
to DECREASE RPM until a drop in rpm is shown,
then return contro! to INCREASE RPM.
(19) Check instruments, with engines running at
1500 rpm, and propellers in low pitch:
(a) Oil temperatures 104°~185°]?o
(b) Oii pressure--60 psi. (rain.), 80-90 max.
(c) Fuel pressure--4-6 psi, (Switch booster
pumps OFF to check engine driven pumps).
(d) Cylinder head temperature 200°F.-
450°F. (max),
(e) Note M.P. as reference for future checks.
(20) Check magnetos--when oil tempo is in
100°F. range, run engines at 2000 rpm--manifold
pressure should then equal field barometric pressure.
(a) Right engine ignition switch from
"BOTH" to "RIGHT" and back to "BOTH", then to
"LEFT" and back to "BOTH". Normal drop-off in
either right or teft position is 50-75 rpm, and should
not exceed 100 rpm. Difference in drop between left
and right should not exceed 30 to 40 rpmo
(b) Repea~ with left engine ignition switch,
(21) Check electrical generating system.
(a) Disconnect external power, if used,
(b) On alrplanes equipped with generato,
warning 1~ghts:
1. With one engine idling, run other engine
SERVICE
a. FUEL--These engines operate on 9! octane fuel.
Airplanes Nos, J!-J7 incl., J9, J!0 and J!! have two
!65 U,S. gals ~137.3 Imp. gals) tanks, 330 U.S. gals
(274.6 1mp. gals) totaI, airplanes Nos. JS, and Jt2oJ48
incl. have two I90 U.S. gals (15%0 trap. gals} tanks,
380 U.S. gals (318 lmp. gals) tota!; airplanes No. j49
and subs. have bladder type ceils, !80 ~U.S. gals { 150.7
Imp. gals) each wing, 360 U.S. gals (301.4 Impo gals)
tota!. The filler caps are on the wing top surface
board of the nacelles. A measuring stick is supplied,
SECTION i~
~p ~nt~1 its generator warning li~ht’goes out. Press
button to obtain voltmeter reading~should ,show 28
volts.
2. Run engine at 2250 rpm~voltage should
remain constant.
3. Repeat steps !. and 2. for other engine.
(c) On iater airplanes without generator warn-
ing lights:
1. Set ammeter selector switch to RIGHT.
W-ith left engine idling, run right engine up to 1400
rpmo Ammeter should show 5 to 60 amperes, depend-
ing on connected load.
2° Press voltmeter button~voltage should
read 28,
3. Run engine up to 2250 rpm~voltage
should remain constant.
4. Repeat steps 1., 2. and 3. with left engine
run up and ammeter selector switch set to LEFT.
(d) With both engines running at 1400 rpm,
rum on a sufficient number of circuits to indicat~ ~
load of approximately 20 amperes.
(e) Set switch to indicate load of the other
generator. This should be 20 ---+ 5 amperes.
(22) Check operation of all electrical equipment.
(23) Check radio equipment. Refer to Section
II1, paragraph 17.
(24) Check hydraulic pressure gage--1400 to
1650 psi.
(25) Check wing flaps operation~pull lock but-
ton on lever down and move control aft to DOWN.
Check /tap position visually and on indicator~and
return control to UP.
Retract "anti-squat" strut before taxiing.
Before filling tanks, make certain that air-
p!ane is grounded, and that the hose nozzle
is bonded to the airplane. 1~ refueling from
truck, ground the truck to the airplane and
make certain that the truck is equipped with
a static discharge chain. The bond between
the hose nozzle and the zdrplane must be lef~
SECTION
connected until fueling has beel~ completed
and the filler caps replaced. Do not charge
batteries, or test radio or electrical ~equip-
ment during fueling.
b. OIL. Aviation Grade 120 (grade 100 in cold
weather). The tank fillernecks are in the right sides
of the nacelles, above the wing, and are covered by
hinged plates. Sounding rods are installed adjacent
to them. Each tank capacity is 12 gals. (ten gals.
of oil plus 2 gals. expansion space).
c. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ELUID.Univis. No.
J43 or equivalent ~Red color, AN-VV-0-366), tank
capacity 1:8 gals. The tank fillerneck is in the top
of the left hand nacelle, and is covered by a large
coverplate held by turn fasteners.
PROPELLER ANTI-ICING FLUID.A de-
natured alcohol ~clution, 95% ethyl, 5%
methyl or iso-propyl. If the system is in-
sta!led, the tank fillerneck will be adjacent
to the hydraulic unit, in the left hand nacelle.
d. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ACCUMULATOR. --
Air, inflate to 1200 psi. The accumulator is located
aft of the reservoir, and reached by removing the same
coverplate.
To check pre-load, remove cap and attach air gage
to valve. To load, attach high pressure air hose.
Use only air or nitrogen, never ox~ygen. If
over-inflated, do not depress valve core
unscrew valve slightly to release air.
e. LANDING GEAR SHOCK STRUT, SHIMMY
DAMPER AND BUMPER DASHPOT FLUID AND
AIR.--Fluid, Univis No. J43 or equivalent (Red color,
AN-VV-O.366 ).
(1) NOSE WHEEL SHOCK STRUT.
(a) Carefully back off hex. cap to release air.
(b) Check fluid level; with strut fully com-
pressed and in the vertical position, fluid should be
at filler plug level. If below, fill to proper level.
(c) The strut is designed for a constant air
pre~ureoextension ratio, irrespective of the loading
condition. Refer to Figure 15.
ed) The following items cover two methods o~
checking and properly inflating the strut. Each as-
sumes that the oil level is correct.
1. Jack ndse of airplane until wheel is free
of the ground.
2. Check air pressure with gage (should
read .50 psi. with strut fully extended and no load).
3. Add air as necessary and seat valve se-
curely.
ALTERNATE METHOD.
1. Measure strut extension; from bottom face
of torque fitting nut to center of lower torque arm
attaching bolt, and check air pressure.
2. Refer to curve (Figure 15) arid compare
air pressure reading with that required by measured
extension.
3. Add air as required, and again check ex-
tension and pressure until both items correspond with
a point on the curve.
4. Seat hex cap snugly with wrench, and
check valve and filler.
(2) SHIMMY DAMPER.
(a) Break lockwire and remove filler plug.
(b) Force fluid into reservoir until indicator
rod protrudes 5/16".
(c) Replace filler plug and lockwire. Refer
to Figure 47.
(3) MAIN WHEEL STRUT.
(a) Remove protecting cap from filler plug and
carefully back off hex cap to release air.
(b) Make certain strut is £ully compressed and
check fluid level: fluid should be at level of filler -plug.
If below, fill to proper level (with strut fully com-
pressed and in three point position).
(c) Attach high pressure air hose to valve and
add air to obtain extension shown in Figure !4 (decal.)
after rolling airplane forward.
(d) Check valve and filler plug seats for leaks.
l~e~lace protecting cap on filler plug.
Note
When testing shock strut adjustment etc., al-
low 15 minutes between landings to allow
wheels and brakes to cool.
Use only air to inflate strut. If strut is over-
inflated do not depress valve core unscrew
¯ valve body slightly to release excess air.

(4) LANDING GEAR BUMPER DASHPOTS.
--Fill with Univis. No. J43 fluid or equivalent (Red Afta cleaner, or equivalent, to remove stains from up-
Color--AN-VV-O-366). The dashpots are located holstery, carpeting, etc.
in the main wheel pockets.
f. BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER FLUID.--Fill WINDOWS.--Wash off care,tully with water, and
with Univis. No. J43 or equivalent (Red Color-- polish with a soft cloth.
AN-W-O-366). The cylinders may be reached from
the cockpit.
BENDIX PNEUDRAULIC SHOCK ST RUT
MF’D BY BENDIX AVIATION CORP. SOUTH BEND, IND. U.S.A.
FOR GRUMMAN AIRCRAFT ENGINEERING CORPBETHPAGE, LLN.Y.
69629 -30
BENDIX PART NO.
WARNING
RELEASE AIR IN STRUT BEFORE DISASSEMBLING
TO CHECK FLUID LEVEL
I.REMOVE HEX CAP ~,ND RELEASE AIR,
E.MAKE SURE STRUT IS COMPLETELY COMPRESSED.
S.AOD AN-VV-O-336 RED FLUID OR EQUIV, TO FILLER HOLE
LEVEL WITH STRUT IN THREE POINT LANDINO POSITION.
TO INFLATE STRJT
I.ATTACH HIGH PRESSURE AIR HOSE TO AIR VALVE
?..ADD AIR TO OBTAIN EXTENSION SHOWN IN DIAGRAM
AFTER ROLLING AIRPLANE FORWARD.
&SEAT HEX CAP SNUGLY WITH WRENCH,
4.CHECK VALVE AND FILLER PLUG SEATS FOR LEAKS,
Figure 14--Main Wheel Shock Strut Decal.
g. TIRE PRESSURES.
Main wheel tire 60 psi.
Nose wheel tire---80±5 psi.
h. BATTERY.Fill with clean, drinkable water, or
distilled water, if available.
i. LAVATORY BASIN RESERVOIR.--In airplanes
J1-J49 inclusive located on baggage compartment for-
ward bulkhead; on airplanes J50 and subsequent lo-
cated behind hinged mirror in toilet curtain partition.
Fill with clean water.
j. CHEMICAL TOILET. Clean, flush out, and put
in approximately one gallon Of Pinoloid (or equiva-
lent) and water solution (one to four ounces Pinoloid
to one gallon of water).
k. CLEAN’ING.
(1) EXTERIOR.--After operating from salt
water, hose off the airplane thoroughly. Wash .the
surfaces with water and Murphy’s Oil ’Soap, or equival-
ent. After cleaning thoroughly, polish with Ken-
nite polish, or equivalent, for a gloss finish.
SECTION !1
(2) INTERIOR.~For interior cleaning, use
(3) GLASS WINDSHIELD AND PILOT’S
(4) PLEXIGLAS WINDOWS.
(a) Flush with plenty of water, using the bare
hand to dislodge any dirt or salt.
(b) Wash with soap and water free from any
dirt or abrasive, with a soft cloth or chamois. Go
over the surface with the hand to detect and ~emove
any dirt before it can scratch the plexiglas.
(c) Dry, preferably with a dry chamois. Do
not continue to rub after the plexiglas is dry, as an
electrostatic charge may be built up to attract dust
particles which may scratch the surface. If the sur-
face becomes charged, pat or blot gently to remove the
charge and’ the dust.
(d) Asco Plastic Glass Cleaner, or equivalent,
may be used for stubborn stains.
Do not use acetone, benzine, carbon tetra-
choride, fire extinguisher fluids, gasoline,
lacque~r thinners or window cleaning sprays
as they will soften the material and cause
crazing.
1. CORROSION PREVENTION.InTo prevent cor-
rosion, aluminum parts are anodized before assembly
and the airplane is completely painted; unpainted
parts are covered with Par-al-ketone B rust-proofing
compound. A can of Par-al-ketone B should be kept
available, and the compound brushed at.periodic checks
onto unpainted or exposed parts or at points where
corrosion is apt to occur.
If the airplane is operated constantly from salt
water, it should be thoroughly hosed with fresh water
as often as possible; flush off not only the outer sur-
faces, but especially the wheel wells, wheel well doors
and all recesses. The nose wheel doors are equipped
with coverplates, held in place with screws, which
should be removed so as to flush out the inside of the
door.
Make certain to replace coverpla.tes, and drain
plugs.
I0
 SECTION II

OIL BASIN
OIL BATTERY FUEL
RIGHT ENGINE (ONE LEFT-ONE RIGHT) LEFT ENGINE RESERVOIR
WATER WATER
GRADE |OO OR 120 91 OCTAN E GRADE 100 OR 1:20

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
EXTERNAL RESERVOIR
ELECTRIC POWER UNIVIS J43 OR EQUIV.
PLUG AN-VV-0-366

PROPELLER
ANTI-ICING FLUID
THERMOS (IF INSTALLED)
BOTTLE ALCOHOL-95% METH., 5% ETH.
OR ISO-PROPYL

CHEMICAL
~OXYGEN TOILET
(IF INSTALLED) PINOLOID OR EQUIV.

NOSE WHEEL STRUT CABIN HAND

HYDRAULIC FLUID FIRE EXTINGUISHER
UNIVIS J43 OR EQUIV.
AN-VV-0-366

MAiN WHEEL STRUT

SHIMMY DAMPER C:O2
HYDRAULIC FLUID HYDRAULIC FLUID
FIRE EXTINGUISHER UNIVIS J43 OR EQUIV.
UNIVIS J43 OR EQUIV.
2 BOTTLE SYSTEM ON AN-VV-0-366
AN-VV-0-366
AIRPLANES No. J32 AND
SUB,~EQUENT

BRAKE CYLINDERS MAIN WHEEL MAiN GEAR DASHPOT

NOSE WHEEL (TWO OR FOUR) COCKPIT HAND FUEL TANKS
TIRES HYDRAULIC FLUID (ONE LEFT-ONE RIGHT)
TIRE HYDRAULIC FLUID FIRE EXTINGUISHER UNIVIS J43 OR EQUIV.
AIR UNIVlS J43 OR EQUIV. AIR (IF INSTALLED)
AN-VV-0-366 91 OCTANE
AN-VV-0-366

Figure 16--Service i~ints 25

SECTION II

LUBRICANTS
1. RECOMMENDED GREASES -- All purpose non-
emulsifying water-proof.
3O SYMBOL
a. AN Standard ......................... AN-G-15
38 b. Intava ........................ General Purpose
~!~ 34 35 36 37 APPLICATION c. Shell .................. Shell Aero Grease No. 6
d. Socony-Vacuum Mobilgrease Aero General Purpose
SYMBOLS e. Texas .................. Regal Starfak Special
33 2. SUBSTITUTE GREASES---if the above are not
available.
28 SYMBOL
GREASE GUN a. Gulf ........ Gulflex Waterproof (heavy bodied
but otherwise satisfactory)
b. Texas .......... Marfak No. 2 (not water proof)
41 3. GENERAL PURPOSE OIL
OIL CAN SYMBOL
n. AN Standard ......................... AN-O-6
b. Intava ............................. Utility Oil
BRUSH e. Texas .............................. TL 727 Oil
29 d. Any good grade oil of SAE No. 10 viscosity.
4. ENGINE LUBRICATING OIL
SYMBOL
Any good grade oil, No. 100 (winter) or No. 120
NOTES (summer) viscosity.
21 5. GRAPHITE GREASE
Lubricate all items every 50 hours SYMBOL
6 unless otherwise noted. a. AN Standard .......................... AN-G-6
2. b. Texas ................ Aircraft Starter Grease
Clean Zerk fittings before applying c. Any good gra.phite grease.
gun, and force lubricant through 6. HYDRAULIC FLUID
45 5 until new grease appears at part. SYMBOL
24 49 Remove excess lubricant from a. AN Standard .................... AN-VV-O-366
hinges .etc.. to prevent accumu- b. British Specification .....’ ............. DTD-585
lation of dirt. Wipe exposed hy- c. Colonial Beacon .................... Univis
19 draulic cylinder pistons and sh~ck d. General Petroleum ......Mobil Aero Hydrol HFA
strut barrels with hydraulic fluid e. Intava ................. Hydraulic Fluid No. 1
5O daily. f. Magnolia ..............Mobil Aero Hydrol HFA
3. g. Socony-Vacuum ........Mobil Aero Hydrol HFA
3 2 Marvel Mystery Oil may be used h. Shell ...................... Aero Shell Fl~id 4A
effectively as a penetrating Hght i. Standard Oil of N.J ................... Univis J43
oil on parts where minor corrosion J. Texas .................... Aircraft Hyd. Oil AA
has occurred or as a corrosion pre- 7.- SUBSTITUTE HYDRAULIC FLUID--These fluids
15 ventive on working parts (tab actu- may be used provided atmospheric temps, do not go be-
ators etc.). It may be sprayed on. low 0~F. They may be mixed with the fluids listed under
Note 4. 6 above.
Main Wheel Bearings. 21. Nose Wheel Position Indicator Rod (2). All unpainted exposed parts (con- a. Army Standard .................... AAF 3580
2. Main Wheel Axles. 22. Nose Wheel Actuating Cylinder--Forward. If A-12 Auto-pilot installed, fairleads ~vith lub-
Nose Wheel Actuating Cylinder--Aft. "trol cables, bolts, turnbuckles, etc. b. Navy Standard .......................... M-339
3. Main Whee! Drag Truss--Inboard (2). 23. ricators are installed at Sta. 140, 180 and 384. ’ except shock strut barrels) must be
24. Nose Wheel Door Hinges (2L--2R). c. Colonial Beacon ........... Univis 40 or 40 Red
4. Main Wheel Drag Truss--Outboard (on strut). 38. Tab Actuator Screwjacks (2 Elev., 1 Rud.). covered with corrosion preventive d. Standard Oil of N.J ....... Univls 40 or 40 Red
5. Main Wheel Actuating CylindermTop. 25. Nose Wheel Shock Strut. 39. Tab Hinges (2 Ele~., I Rud.). compound. Par-al-ketone B, or
26. Nose Wheel S~immy Damper. e. General Petroleum ......Mobil Aero Hydrol HF
6. Main Wheel Actuating Cylinder Idler. 40. Anti-Squat Strut Control (cockpit Sta. 384) J1-J49. Texaco Rustproof Compound L f. Magnolia ............... Mobil Aero Hydrol HF
7. Main Wheel Actuating CylindermBottom. CAUTION 40A. Anti-Squat Strut Control (cockpit ceiling) J50 and (brushed on). g. Soeony-Vacuum ..........Mobil Aero Hydrol HF
8. Main Wheel Strut Hinge-at Wing. ])o not use gr~ease. subs. 5.
9. Main Wheel Locking Mechanism (4). h. Shell ....................... Aero Shell Fluid
2~. Cockpit Window Slides. ’ 41. Anti-squat Strut Eustti~tgs and Arms (4). After salt water operation, all gun i. Texas ...................... Aircraft Hyd. Oil A
10. Main Wheel Strut Knnekle Joint (2). ’28. Cockpit Window Regulators. 42. Cabin Door Hinges. type lubricators (painted yellow)
11. Main Wheel Locking CylindermT6p. 29. Pilot’s and Co-pilot’s Seat Slides. In an emergency, commercial kerosene with
43. Cabin Door Latch. should be greased to eject possible engine oil added (10 parts kerosene, 1 part oil)
12. Main Wheel Shock Strut. 30. Emerg. Shut-eft (oil and hyd. fluid) Handles (2). 44. Flap Mechanism Fork and Bellerank. water and prevent corrosion.
13. r~ain Wheel Dashpot. 31. Emerg. Shut-dr (oil and hyd. fluid) Levers (2) and may be substituted. It must be strained through
45. ]~ngifie Oil Tanks--Aviation Grade 100, 120. 6. a chamois before use, and replaced as s~on as
14. Nose Wheel Bearings. Power Plant Levers and Beilcranks on Firewall. All pulleys and sealed bearings are
15. Nose Wheel Scissors--Fork (2). 32. ,Fuel Selector ~hain and Sprockets (2). 46. Hydraulic System Res. (every 25 hours). possible because of possible corrosion. Tests
lubricated when assembled and have shown that the engine driven hyd. pumps
16. No~e Wheel Scissors (2). 33. Emerg. Exit ~oor Latch Pins (4). 47. Auto-pilot Servo Unit ~hains and Sprockets normally require no further lub-
17. Nose Wheel Scissors--Outer Cyl. Aft Side. 34. Control Cable Watertight Fairleads Sta. 428 (5). (if installed). may be run for 15 hours rain. with reservoir
rication. empty, with no damage except possibly to "O"
18. Nose Wheel Outer Cyl.--Caster. 35. Control Cable Watertight Fairlead Sta. 446½. 48. Brake Master Cyli~ders (every 25 hours).
I[9. Nose Wheel Shimmy Damper Shaft (2). 36. Control Cable Watertight Fairleads Sta. 509 (4). 49. Pedals (4). ring packings.
20. Nose Wheel Door Linkage Fitting (5). 37. Control Cable Watertight Fairleads Sta. 560 (2). 50. Control Column Chains and Sprockets.

Figure 17--Lubrication Chart

m. LUBRICATION.
The drain plugs should be removed from the
hull and wing tip floats and, and if water is found,
the compartments should be flushed with fresh
water.
Check. interiors of nacelles for signs of corrosion;
as a preventive measure, spray a light film of Marvel
SECTION
Mystery Oil or equivalent over the engine crankcase,
mount, accessories and cowling interiors (not’ on the.
cylinder barrels or fins).
Frequent applications of grease to the pressure
lubricators will force water from bearing surfaces etc.,
and prevent corrosion.

WING JACK POINT FITT1NG (No. GT-74) FORWARD HULL JACK PAD (No. GT-425)
Install at Wing Sta. 115. ~[nstal! at Hull Sta. 93.

Figure 18--Wing Jack Point Fitting (No. GT.TCi)

AFT HULL JACK PADS (2-No. GT-426) USEDFOR ASSEMBLY ANDDISASSEMBLY OF

Install at Hul! Sta. 250 (L and R) THE ACCUMULATOR.
NOTE
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT MAYBE ORDER-
ED FROM THE FACTORY. *

27
 USED TO TIGHTEN
SHOCK STRUT BEARING
NUTS.
USED TO ADJUST HYDRAULIC HAND PUMP
STUFFING BOX NUT.

Figure 22--Hydraulic Hand Pump Stuffing Box Figure 23--Maln Landing Gear and Nose Wheel
Spanner Wrench (No, GT.I03) Strut gearing Nu~ Wrench (No. GT-407)

USED WITH A ONE INCH SQUARE DRIVE OR

A ROD FOR THE MAIN WHEEL AXLE NUT.

USED TO REMOVE BRAKE CYLINDER HEAD.

Figure 2~--L,anding Gear Axle Figure 25--Goodyear Bral¢e Adjusting Spanner

Wrench (No. GT-~09)

n. GROUND HANDLING EQUIPMENT AND
SPECIAL TOOLS. 70).
(1) The following items of ground handling
equipment are provided for Mallard airplanes:
(a) One No. GT-420 .Nose Wheel Tow and
Steer Bar. Refer to Fig. 10.
(b) Two No. GT-74 Wing Jack Point Fittings.
¯ (c) One No. GT-z~25 Hull Sta 93 Jack Pad.
(d) Two No. GT-426 Hull Sta 250 Jack Pads.
(2) The following special tools are provided in
the Mallard tool kit (container NO. GT-410).
(a) One No. GT-103 Hydraulic Hand Pump
Stuffing Box Spanner Wrench.
(b) One No. GT-407 Main Landing Gear and
Nose Wheel Shock Struts Bearing Nut Wrench.
(c) One No. GT-408 Landing Gear Axle Nut
Socket.
(d) One No. GT-409 Goodyear Brake Adjust-
ing Spanner Wrench.
(3) The following special ground handling equip- engines that will be idle for any length of time, refer to
ment items have been designed _or the Mallard and Section III, paragraph 6F and to Pratt and Whitney
may be obtained at the factory on special order:
NOTE
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
MAY BE ORDERED
FROM THE FACTORY.
SECTION !1
(aS Hydraulic Accumulator Wrench (No. GT-
(b) Hoisting Sling Assembly (No. GT-421).
(c) Engine Unit Hoisting Sling (No. GT-422).
(d) Main Wheel Dolly (No. GT-423).
(e) Engine Work Platform (No. GT-424).
(4) One kit of propeller tools .(Hamilton Stand-
ard) and one kit of engine tools (Pratt & Whitney)
are supplied.
(5) The following instruction manuals ~nd data
are also supplied with the airplane:
Service and Operating Manuals
Weight and Balance Report and Log Book
Engine Operation and Propeller Service Manuals
Engine and Propeller Log Boks (two each)
Applicable Radio Instructions, Wiring and Control
Panel Diagrams
o. PRESERVATION OF ENGINES.InTo preserve
Maintenance Manual, Part No. 1186!1~
NOTE
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
MAY BE ORDERED
FROM THE FACTORY.
SLING FITTINGS TAKE UPPER ENGINE
MOUNT TUBES AND PROPELLER HUB
(No. GT-422)
29
SECTION

NOTE
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
MAY BE ORDERED
FROM THE FACTORY,

POSITION OF SUPPORT PLATES

WHEN DOLLY IS IN PLACE UNDER
WHEEL ( LEFT WHEEL SHOWN)

Figure 28--Main Wheel Doily (No. GT-423)

NOTE
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
MAY BE ORDERED
FROM THE FACTORY.
WING STA. NO. 55.5 OR N0.128.75
(PLATFORM INSTALLS EITHER SIDE
OF NACELLE~
WING BOLT ./
(TO SELF LOCKING NUT
INSTALLED N ON AIRPLANES ORDERED WITH WORK
PLATFORM--SELF LOCKING NUTS ARE IN-
PLATFORM SUPPCRT ~TALLED ON THE WING UPPER CAPSTRIP
(~/~ O.D. X .O8 3 C.M. STL.TUBI
AT STAB. 55.5 AND 128.75, L AND R, TO TAKE
WINGBOLT ON PLATFORM SUPPORT. PLUGS
ARE INSTALLED IN BOLT HOLES IN SKIN.
WING L.E..

BOARD ASSEM

BLOCK
SPONGEWITH NEOPRENE~’
RUBBER PAD
BEARS AGAINST LOWER
SURFACE

Figure 29--Engine Work Platf’~rm (Ne. GT-424)

 SECTION

CONTOUR AS PER TEMPLATE,

/4x ~’5×T2 PLYWOOD PAD ~tITF~ FELT 8, CANVAS

~3 PIECES- BOLT TOGETHER

TAPER PLYWOOD & DURAL
TO FIT CHANNEL
×~Ox 5~-C,R.STEEL PLATE
27- C.R.STEEL PLATE
DURAL FACING WELD (8)

x~Jx72 PLYWOOD
3PCS. BOLT TOGETHER,
34 TAPER PLYWOOD & DURAL
TO FIT CHANNEL

NOTE :
USE ONLY AT STA.g3

GOTHAM EXTENSION JACK

!/4 ~ 3 =~60 OR EQUIVALENT IN CUTAWAY 8,
72
C. R. STE EL WELD TO BOTTOM PLATE. r-I
PLATE (2)
36
_~

STA. 93HULL CRADLE-NO. GT-431

MAY BE PURCHASED FROM FACTORY

TEMPLATE FOR ST.&, 93 CRA[~..E

CONTOUR AS PER TEMPLATE.

PAD WITH FELT 8iGANVAS

3/4× 31X72 PLYWOOD

3 P tECES _ I/2D.X23.V2C R STEEL ROD (4)

NUT 8~ WASHER (24)-

(4)

(2)

3/16X 3x 4 ANGLE (8)

NOTE
CLEARANCE FOR KEEL. STA.250 HULL CRADLE- NO, GT-432
MAY BE PURCHASED FROM FAGTORY

D.X73"STEELROD(2)
17
HULL STA. 250--CRADLE

NOTE
USE ONLY AT STA.250

TEMPLATE FOR STA. 250 CRADLE

CONTOUR PER TEMPLATE E~LOW

 SECTION

TEMPLATE FOR I
I STA. 428~ CRADLEI

3/4x 21x22~/8 PLYWOOD

3PCS.-BOLT TOGETHER
TAPER PLYWOOD & DURAL
TO FIT CHANN
CLEARANCE FOR KEEL.
I/i6 x I x 18 DURAL
FACING (4)
15/8x 3x43 CHANNEL. (2)

Y4C.R. STEEL PLATE. 2~4x5

I/4x 1 I/4 X 22 I/2 C,R,S.B 4R
WELD AS SHOWN.(2)
~zl6X3X 4 ANGLE (2)
GOTHAM EXPANSION JACK
(OR EQUtVALANT.)
94 X 4X 8 C.R.S. PLATE 22 I/4 x 24 PLYWOOD
WELD TO ANGLES 3PCS- BOLT TOGETHER
WELD JACK TO TAPER TO FIT CHANNEL.

(4)
(NOTCH 8~ MITRE AS
SHOWN.)

23~2
\
NOTE: \
USE ONLY AT STA428. \

NOTE
STA. 428 HULL CRADLE-NO. GT-433
MAY BE PURCHASED FROM FACTORY
.HULL STA. 428 ~ CRADLE

32
 Section II!

SYSTEMS, ASSEMBLIES AND INSTALLATIONS

 SYSTEMS, ASSEMBLIES AND INSTALLATIONS

1. WING

a. GENERAL--The all-metal, full cantilever wing The wing tip floats (750 pounds displacement
is made up of three assemblies, a center section and each) are mounted by streamlined ~edestals at wing
two outer panels. Sta. 270. There are no external braces. The float as-
The center section consists of a box beam and sembly is attached by bolts. The floats may be modi-
right and left trailing edge sections. The box beam fied to provide additional fuel tanks--refer to Fuel
frame, covered with a stressed skin, is made up of System, (10).
solid forward and aft faces and solid and stamped out Note
ribs; heavy extrusions are used for the beam capstrips To remove wing leading edge section be-
and spanwise bottom stringers, while fighter bent up tween hull and nacelle, for access to installa-
sections are used on the top. tions, remove 72 recessed head screws.
On airplanes No. -J1-J48 inclusive, there are right
and left integral fuel tanks (formed by the forwa.rd and b. AILERONS.
rear faces of the box beam, the skin and the ribs) which (1) REMOVAL.
extend from Sta 34 outboard; on airplanes J1-J7 inclu- (a) Remove one bolt assembly to disconnect
sive, and J9-Jll inclusive the tanks extend out to wing control linkage pushrod at wing trailing edge.
Sta 107 ribs; on airplanes J8 and J12-J48 inclusive the (b) Supp?rt aileron, to .prevent damage, and
tanks extend to Sta 125. The ribs at sta 26 are sealed remove bonding jumper and one bolt assembly from
to prevent fuel leakage into the hull--drain lines lead each of three hinges.
to the wheel wells (overboard). (c) Remove aileron.
On airplanes number J49 and subsequent; fuel is (2) MAINTENANCE.
carried in fourteen (seven right, seven left) bladder
type cells installdd in the box beam and extending from For repair,(a) Check fabric for cuts, tears or abrasions.
sta 34 to sta 140. (See paragraph 10 Fuel Syste~n.) refer to Section IV.
The trailing edge sections extend outboard from (b) Check attachment and push-rod security.
the hull line and are made up of stamped out support- Check that nuts are secure.
ing ribs covered with stressed skin--they are attached (c) For adjustment and control linkage infor-
to the box beam with rivets and screws. The leading mation, refer to Surface Controls, (12).
edge sections from the hull line to the inboard sides (3) INSTALLATION.
of the nacelles are attached with screws so as to be (a) Set aileron in place and make up bolt as-
removable for access to installations on the forward semblies at three hinges. Install bonding jumpers.
face of the beam. Frames (aluminum alloy sheet
assemblies) are installed for supports for the nacelles. (b) Attach push-rod to control linkage with
The outer panel units are made up of a series one bolt assembly.
of stamped out ribs and bent up channels (the span- c. FLAPS.
wise stringers) to which the stressed skin is riveted. (1) REI~,IOVAL.
Each removable tip cap is attached with two bolts. (a) Remove one bolt assembly to disconnect
The outer panels are attached to the center sec- actuating cylinder piston at lower leading edge.
tion by rivets through the spanwise stringers; the as- (b) From left flap only, remove rod connecting
sembly is not designed for removal in the field. The flap to operating mechanism, at inboard end of flap.
wing is attached to the hull by rivets and bolts through (c) Support flap, to prevent damage, remove
heavy reinforce~d vertical channels at hull Sta 202 and bonding iumpers" and bolt assemblies from each of
233 (the forward and aft faces of the box beam). Fair- three hinges and remove flap.
ings are installed between the wing and the fuselage. (2) MAINTENANCE.--See Aileron Mainten-
The fabric covered ailerons consist of an aluminum ance above; item (a), regarding fabric, does not apply.
leading edge skin and a beam which carries stamped Check metal skin for damage. Check that neoprene
ribs and a bent up trailing edge; the fabric is attached strip (seal) on wing is secure and undamaged.
by special fabric wire fasteners. The flaps are similar (3) INSTALLATION.
in construction but are metal covered. Each surface is
hinged at three points. (a) Set flap.in place and make up bolt assem-
blies at three hinges. Install bonding jumpers.
33
 SECTION i~i

1. Outer Wing Panel. 11. Attachments--Push Rod to Hinge Fitting:

2. Aileron Assembly. Bolt AN4-24A.
3. Hinge Assembly, Sta. No. 270--No. 106326. Washer AN960-416 (2).
Nut AN365-428.
4. Hinge Assembly, Sta. No. 317--No. 106327.
12. Push Rod Make-ul~ Iflspection Holes.
5. Hinge Assembly, Stao No. 368---No. 106325.
NOTE
6. Hinge Fitting, Sta. No. 270--No. 112004-1.
Attach bonding jumper NAF1065-D5 at mid hinge
7. Hinge Fitting, Sta. No, 317--No. 112003. with screws AC530-6-6 (2) and washers AN960-
8. Hinge Fitting, Sta. No. 368--No. 112004-2. A6L (2)
9. Attachments--Hinge Fittings to Hinge Assemblies:
Bole AN4-11A (3)
Washer AN960-D416L (3)
Washer AN960-D416 (3)
Nut AN365-428 (3). O
10. Push Rod--No. 109401.

ATTAcEH MENT OF
HINGE TO BRACKET

~4
 SECTION [~

NOTE
BEFORE INSTALLATION, IMMERSE
SLEEVING 8~ WIRE tN CLEAR DOPE;
AFTER INSTALLATION COAT SLEEVING
AND WIRE WITH CLEAR DOPE.

FABRIC------~ I ± I I =OR.O25RIBS
RIB I~,~ ~D FOR~O51RtBS

DETAIL OF WIRE FABRIC ATTACHMENT

(55T5)
WEB SLEEVING
(NO.I090

COTTON FABRIC COVER

(AN-COO-G-599
COTTON SURFACE
I~"COTTON TAPE (27T-14)
~ TAPEI

CELLOPHANE COTTON SURFACE

TAPE (27T-t4)

RIB FABRIC ATTACHMENT WIRE

(SEE DETAIL)

WIRE FASTENING BEING INSTALLED

FRONT TO REAR,ONE LOOP AT FOURTH BEND
A
) BEND
~ECOND BEND
FIRST BEND
RIB,

GOES INTO
END GOESINTO HOLE, THIS END
OUT FIRST FOR
REMOVAL

~-----RIB (REE)
WIRE FASTENING IN PLACE
FOR CLARITY, CLOTH B TAPE NOT SHOWN IN THIS VIEW,
 KEY TO FIGURE 33

WING FLAP INSTALLATION

Wing Flap Assembly No. 106251 (1L and 1R). 6. Rod-end Bearing--No. 109590, on Follow-up Rod to
2. Flap Hinge Brackets (3).
Control Mechanism.
3. Flap Hinge Fittings on Wing (3).
7. Attachment--Rod-end to Fitting:
4. Attachments--Fittings to Brackets:
Nut--AN365-428.
Bolts--Inboard and Outboard AN5-12 (2), 8. Control Horn--No. 112053-1.
Mid AN5-13 9. Hydraulic Actuating Cylinder--No. 109551.
Washers--AN960-D516L (3) 10. Attachments--Cylinder Piston Clevis to Horn:
Washers--AN960-D516 (3) Bolt~AN4-13
Nuts--A~365~524 ~Nasher AN960-416
5. ’Threaded
Nut--AN310 -4
board End of L.H. Flap Only. See Note 2.
Cotter--AN380-C2-2.
NOTES
1.
Attach Bonding Jumper NAF1065-D5 at Mid
Hinge with Screws AN515-6-6 (2) and Washers
AN960-A6L (2).
2.
On airplane serial no. J22 and subsequent the
!flap position indicator actuator operating arm is
attached to this fitting, with spa~er G5-D4-8 in-
stalled between the arm and the nut. On earlier
airplanes the actuator is installed forward and a
different linkage is installed. Refer to Figure 91,
Wing Flaps Positioning Mechanism Installation.
 DETAIL DETAI L
ATTACHMENT OF ROD ATTACHMENT OF HINGE
END TO FITTING TO BRACKET

Figure 33--Wing Flap Installation

SECTION

KEY TO FIGURE 34
WING TIP FLOAT AND PEDESTAL INSTALLATION

1. Wing Outer Panel AssemblynNo. 106003. 15. Attachments---Fitting to Front Angle.

2. Wing Tip Float Pedestal--No. 108202~ and Rear Channel:

3. Wing Tip Float--No. 108201. Bolts--AN24-11A (4)

4. Wing Rib SEa. ~o~ 270. ........... Washers--AN960-D416L (8)

Nuts---AN365:428 (4).
5. Front Pedestal Attaching Fitting.
16. Attachments---Bulkhead to Angles:
6. Rear Pedestal Attaching Fitting.
Upper--Bolts--AN4-7A (2)
7. Main Pedestal Attaching Fittings (2 outboard,
2 inboard of rib). Washers--AN960-D416 (2)

8. Pedestal Attaching Flange. Washers---AN960-D416L (2)

9. Attachments--Pedestal.to Wing: Nuts--AN365-428 (2)

BoltsqAN4-10A (4) (2 front, 2 rear) Lower--BoltsnAN4-6A (2)

Bolts--AN4-!IA (16) (sides) Washers--AN960-D416L (4)

Washers--AN960-D416L (20) Nuts~AN365-428 (2).
Washers--AN960-D416 (20) 17. Attachments--Side Attaching Angles to Pedestal
NutsqAN365-428 (20). (when float is modified to serve as auxiliary fuel tank) :
10. Front Attaching Angle. Bolts (Clevis)--AN23-9A (2, top); AN23-SA
(12, below).
11. Side Attaching Angles.
Washers--AN960-A10L to channel nuts on at-
12. Rear Attaching Channel. taching channel
13. Attachment Fitting on Float. 18. Tank Filler Cap (installed when float is modified
14. Float Sta. No. 5 Bulkhead Assembly. to serve as fuel tank).
19. Fuel Feed Line.
20. Fuel Vent Line.

NOTE

Seal all large openings between float and pedestal

with fabric and dope. Seal small openings with
rubber compound.
2.
On airplanes with floats modified to serve as
auxiliary fuel tanks, side attaching angles, No.
108232 (item 11), are left attached to float Sta.
No. 5 bulkhead assembly, No. 108210 (item 14)~
so as not to break tank sealing. Side attaching
angles are removed from pedestal by removing
clevis bolts, AN23 (14), (item 17). Fuel and
vent lines must be disconnected.

If special tie-down rings (No. 112011, special order

only) are installed at forward pedestal-to-wing
connection, AN4-12A bolts replace AN4-10A noted
in item 9 above.
 SECTION III

Wing Sta
268.25

Figure 34-Wing Tip Float Installation

SECTION
(b) Attach connecting rod from control mech- (c) Remove eight bolts attaching float to ped-
anism to inboard end of left hand flap. estal.
(c) Attach cylinder piston to fitting on flap ~ o~e
with one bolt assembly. Install cotter pin. If the floats have been serving as auxiliary
d. W~NTG TIP CAPS. fuel tanks, the side attaching angles in the
(1) REMOVAL. pedestal are left attached to the floats, and
(a) Remove two neoprene g}ommets (bolt hole removed by removing 14 clevis bolts attach-
caps) with screwdriver. ing angle to pedestal. The fuel lines must
be disconnected.
(b) With socket wrench, remove two attach-
ing bolts. (2) MAINTENANCE.--Remove drain plugs and
(c) Pull off tip cap. check each compartment of float interior for water;
Note if present, drain and flush out with fresh water. If
the float appears to have been bumped or scraped
To replace running light bulb, loosen tip cap check carefully for chipped paint, bent and wrinkled
attaching bolts enough to free tip cap to per- skin or cracks. The float .should be tested carefully
mit removal of the plexiglas cover--it is not for leaks. If float leaks, remove and repair.
necessary to remove the tip cap.
(3) INSTALLATION.
(2) INSTALLATION.
(a) Set tip cap in place and install two bolts (a) Attach float pedestal to wing structure
with socket wrench with 20 bolts.
(b) Attach float to pedestal with eight bolts
(b) Snap two neoprene grommets (bolt hole (or six bolts and 14 clevis bolts, if used as auxiliary
caps) in place.
tank).
e. WING TIP I~LOATS. (c) Dope on fabric patches to cover access
(1) REMOVAL. holes in pedestal.
(a) Remove 20 bolts attaching Pedestal to For information on integral fuel tanks and fit-
lower wing surface. tings,, refer to l?uel System, (10).
(b) Remove fabric from openings in pedestal For information on the engine nacelles, cowl-
(for access to bolts). ing, etc., refer to Engine Nacelles, (4).

1, Wing Ti~ Cap No. 106026.

2, Wing Outer Panel.
5, Wing Sta. 394 Rib.
4o Anchor N!~t on Sta. 394 Rib.
S, Locking Strips on Tip Cap (1 upper--1 lower)°
S. Wing Tip Light Cover (plexiglas).
7~ Attaching Bolts~G301 (2) With Self-Locking Stop
Nuts--AN365-428 (2) and Washers--AN960-D416
(2) under Bolt Head.
8. :Neoprene Grommet (plug) No. 32092.

Figure 35--Wing Tip Cap installation


2. TA~L SURFACES
a. GENEtLAL.--The tail surfaces are conventional
in design with aluminum alloy used throughout (ex-
cepting the fabric covering of the movable surfaces).
The fin and stabilizer are similar, each being made up
of a front and rear support beam, stamped out ribs
and an aluminum alloy skin; the attaching fittings are
riveted to the beams.
The rudder and elevators are each made up of an
aluminum alloy sheet leading edge piece tied into a
beam assembly, a torque tube, a series of stamped out
ribs and a trailing edge frame. Each surface is cov-
ered with doped fabric attached with a special fabric
wire fastener and an all-metal trim tab, operated by
a screw-jack type actuator, is attached by a piano type
hinge.
The stabilizer is attached to the hull torque box by
four bolts (two forward and two aft); the fin is at-
tached to the hull torque box at its forward end and
to the stabilizer at its aft end. The elevators are each
hinged at two points to the stabilizer, and attaching
collars on the ends of the torque tubes are bolted to
the control sector mounted on a fitting on the hull.
The rudder is hinged to the fin at two points, and
attached at its base to a bearing support installed in
the hull.
b. RUDDER.
REMOVAL.
(a) Remove bonding jumpers, one at base of
rudder from bearing support and one at top, and dis-
connect contr.! cables from control horn.
(b) Remove rubberized fabric seal from rud-
der by removing 62 screws.
(c) Remove bolt attaching lower bearing to
bearing support.
(d) Remove four botts from upper hinge and
one from center hinge and remove rudder.
(2) MAINTENANCE.--Check security of hinges
and bearing fitting. Check fabric for cut~ tears and
worn spots. For fabric repair, refer to Section IY.
For information on controls and adjustment, refer to
Surface Controls, (12).
(3) INSTALLATION.
(a) Set rudder in place, inserting tab control
square tube into square tube in fin traili~g edge (tube
slip fits and is not attached) and install one bolt in
center and four bolts ia upper hinge°
SECTION
(b) Attach rubberized fabric seal on fin aft
beam to rudder leading edge with 62 screws.
(c) Install (through access opening) bolt
through rudder lower bearing and bearing support in
hull
(d) Attach control cables to sector with two
boks.
(e) Attach bonding jumpers (two) to lower
bearing support and to top with one screw each.
c. ELEVATORS.
(1) REMOVAL.
(a) Remove bonding jumper between elevator
and stabilizer at outboard end.
(b) Remove two bolts attaching torque tube
and collar to sector.
(c) Remove one bolt from each of two hinges.
Remove elevator.
(2) MAINTENANCE.--See Rudder Mainten-
ance above.
(3) INSTALLATION.
(a) Set elevator in place lining up torque tube
co!lar with holes in control sector and inserting tab
control square tube into square tube in stabilizer trail-
ing edge (tube slip fits and is not attached) and at-
tach two hinges with one bolt assembly each,
(b) ~nstall two bolts, attaching torque tube
collar to sector (bolts attach collars of both elevators).
(c) Attach bonding jumper, elevator to stabili-
zer, with one screw.
d. FIN.
(1) REMOVAL.
(a) Remove rudder. (Remove radio antennae,
if installed).
(b) Remove fin-to-hull cover (48 screws).
(c) DLsconnec~ .rudder tab control cables.
(d) Remove two bolts attaching aft fin beam,
and two bolts attaching forward fin beam to stabilizer
and lift fin away.
(2) I~L&INTENANCEomNo maintenance is nec-
essary, except to see that rudder hinge attachmenr~ and
rudder tab control assembly are ~ecure0 For repair
formatio~ refer to Se~ion
(3) INSTALLATION.
(a) ~et fin in ptace, over elevator co~tro!
tor~ and attach forward fittings to stabilizer with ~o
 SECTION
bolts, and aft fittings to fittings on hull torque box (2) MAINTEN~LNCE.--No maintenance is nec-
with two bolts. essary except to see that elevator hinge attachments
(b) Install fin-to-hull cover with 48 screws. and elevator tab control assemblies are secure. For
(c) Attach rudder tab control cables. repair information, refer to Section IV.
e. STABILIZER. (3) INSTALLATION.
(1) REMOVAL. (a) Set stabilizer in place and attach forward
(a) Remove rudder, elevators and fin. and aft beams to fittings on hull torque box with four
...................... (b) RemoVe elevator ontrol cable and fittings bolts (two forward~two aft),
(two upper and two lower) from sector by removing (b) Install elevator control sector to fitting on
two bolts, and draw cables forward clear of pulleys on hull with one long bolt.
fin, and into hull: (Attach string to cable to pull (c) Lead upper elevator control cables up from
cable clear). hull, over small pulleys on bracket on top of fin, and
(c) Disconnect elevator tab control cables (one aft to sector, attaching with one bolt each. (Attach
rlght--one left). string to cables for ease of handling).
(d) Remove two bolts attaching front stabili- (d) Lead lower elevator control cables up from
zer beam, and two bolts attaching aft stabilizer beam, hull and aft to sector, attacht~ng with one bolt.
to hull torque box. Lift stabilizer clear and remove. (e) Attach elevator tab control cables.

KEY TO FIGURE 36
FIN AND RUDDER INSTALLATION

Fin Assembly. 10. Attachments--Rudder Center Hinge to Fin Fitting:

2. Hull. Bolt~AN5-55
WashersmAN960-516 (2)
8. Fin Attaching Fitting on Hull. Nut--AN385-524.
4. Attachments---Fin Aft Beam Fitting to Hull: Attachments--Rudder Top Hinge to Fin Fitting:
Bolts--AN10-17 (2) Bolts--AN4-6 (4)
Washers---AN960-1016 (4) Washers--AN960-416 (8)
Nuts---AN365-1018 (2). Nuts--AN365-428 (4).
Fin Attaching Fittings on Stabilizer.
Rudder Fitting on Hull
12.
Attachments--Fin Forward Beam to Stabilizer:
Bolts---AN10-22 (2) 13. Attachments---Rudder Lower Bearing:
Washers~AN960-1016 (4) Bolt--AN6-20
Nuts---AN365-1018 (2) Washers--AN960-616 (2)
Nut--AN365-624.
Fin" to Hull Cover Doors (IL and IR).
Attachments--Doors to Anchor Nuts on Fin and 14. Tab Actuator, Square Tube Slip Fits into Square
Hull. Shaft on Fin.
Screws--ANSl0-8-7 (48) 15. Rubberized Fabric Fin-to-Rudder Seal.
Cover Pl~tes (IL and 1R). 16. Attachments Fin-to-Rudder Seal (To Right Side of
Attachments to Cover Doors: Rudder Leading Edge):
Screws--AN510-8-7 (8).
Screws Goodrich No. 47-B-8212 (62) (dip prime
9. Rudder Assembly. before installing).
17. Bonding Wire--Attached to Bearing Support with
Screw AN530-6-4 and Washer AN960-D6L.
18. Rudder Trim Tab. (Similar to elevator t~im tab. Re-
fer to stabilizer and elevator installation, figure 87.)
SECTION
 KEY TO FIGURE 37

STABILIZER AND ELEVATOR INSTALLATION

1. Stabilizer Assembly. 13. Elevator Hinge--Inboard.

2. Hull. 14. Attachments--(To fitting on stabilizer):
3. Attachments--Aft Stabilizer Beam to Fitting on Hull: Bolts--AN4-11 (2L and 2R)
Bolts--AN8-13 (2)
Washers--AN960-416 (4L and
Washers--AN960-816 (2)
Nuts---AN365-428 (2I. and 2R).
Nuts--AN365-820 (2).
Attachments--Forward Stabilizer Beam to Fitting 15. Bonding Wires--NA~ 1065-D5 (2L "and 2R):
on Hull: Attached to Sta:,. Beam with
Bolts--ANl2-128 (2) Screws--AN530-6-4 (2L and 2R)
WashersmAN960-121~6 (4) Washers--AN960-D6L (2L and2R).
Nuts--AN365-1216 (2).
16. Square Shaft (tab control mechanism) Slip Fits into
5. ~Elevator Sectors. Item 17.
6. Sector Attaching Fitting on Stabilizer.
17. Tab Actuator; (1L and 1R) Square Tube.
7. Attachments--Sector to Fitting on Stabilizer:
Bolt--AN4-12 18. Elevator Trim Tab (1L and 1R).
Washers--AN960-416 (2) 19. Attachments--Tab Piano Hinges to Elevators:
Nut--AN365-428. Screws--AN505-6R-6 (32L and 32R)
8. Elevator Torque Tube End Fitting. Washers~AN960-DL6 (32L and 32R)
9. Attachments---Fittings to Sector: Nuts---AN365-632 (32L and 32R).
Bolts--AN6-17 (2) 20. Attachments--Tab Horns to Eleva~tors:
Washers--AN960-616 (4)
Bolts---AN4-I3A (1L and 1R)
Nuts--AN365-624 (2).
Washers--AN960-D416 (2L and 2R)
10. Elevator Assembly.
Nuts--AN365-428 (1L and 1R).
11. Elevator Hinge---Outboard.
12. Attachments (to fitting on stabilizer): 21. Attachments--Tab Control Push Rod to Tab Horn:
Bolts--AN4-11 (2L and 2R) Bolts--AN4-12A (1L and
Washers--AN960-416 (4L and 4R) Washers--AN960-416 (2L and 2R)
Nuts--AN365-428 (2L and 2R). Nuts--AN365-428 (1L and 1R).
ViEW OF FORWARD
ATTACHMENT TO
HULL (LOOKING AFT.)

Figure 37--$tabiiizer and ~le~,a~or Instal~atlon ~

 ®

~ NOSE WHEEL WELL

NOSE COMPARTMENT
(PILOTS COCKPIT)
(~ LOWER HULL COMPARTMENT
(FORWARD CABIN)
Q MAIN CABIN
Q BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT
!
Q AFT HULL COMPARTMENT L----EM ERGENGY
EXIT DOOR
HEAVY L~NES INDICATE WATERTIGHT BULKHEADS. (R.H. St DE/~

I I I STA.
STA. STA. STA. STA. STA. STA. STA. STA
41 53 93 140 :~84 428 5O9 560

Figure 38--Hull Compartmentafion Diagram


3. HULL
a. GENERAL.raThe all-metal semi-monocoque fuse-
lage-hull is made up of a series Of vertical bulkhead
and frame assemblies supported by channe! type string-
ers---the keel and chine members are heavy extrusions
.... and covered with stressed skin plating ..................
Solid bulkheads are installed throughout the lower
section, and solid bulkheads separate the pilot’s cabin,
the main cabin and the baggage compartment. There
are five water tight compartments, the no-s~ section in-
cluding the pilot’s cabin, a section below the forward
end of the main cabin, the main cabin, the baggage
compartment and the section aft o~ the baggage com-
partment (from Sta 428 to 495).
The doors between the pilot’s and main cabin, and
between the main cabin and the baggage compart-
ment are watertight. Vents (openings with ducts
leading to the wheel wells) are installed in the hull
second step for more etficient water operation.
The nose wheel assembly is mounted on trunnions
installed just aft of Sta. 53; the uplock and actuating
cylinder are mounted forward of Sta. 93; the wheel
well doors open along the centerline. A bow hatch,
which may be used for entrance and exit in water
operation, is hinged at its forward end.
A retractable ~’anti-squat" strut on Sta 428 bulkhead
retracts into the fairing. On airplanes J1-J49 inclusive
it is controlled by a flex shaft and push-pull handle on
Sta 384 at-the door; on J50 and subsequent it is con-
trolled by a cable from a handle in the cabin roof.
The windshield is a two-piece plate glass assembly;
the pilot’s cabin windows slide open and closed in"
vertical channels and are controlled by a handcrank
and lever mechanism. The control column and pedals
are mounted below the floor boards. The main instru-
ment panel and radio panel are installed at Sta. 93,
and the upper instrument and control panel is above
the windshield.
Heavy vertical members and drag angles are installed
from Sta. 230 to Sta. 250 for attachment of the wing.
The main landing gear drag links and locking assem-
blies are located in this section, in recesses in the
sides of the hull, into which the gear retracts.
The main cabin is provided with two divans (which
may be ieplaced by chairs) and adjustable chairs; lock-
ers and cabinets are installed in the forward corners
and amidships (at the wheel recesses). Adjustable
lights, serving tables, and a portable table stowed in
SECTION
the baggage compartment when not in use, are stand-
ard equipment. The plywood floor (designed for
quick removal for access to installatlons) is carpeted
and the sides and roof are soundproofed and upholster,
ed. Ten fixed plexiglas windows are provided in the
cabin.
At the aft end, from Sta 340 to 384, a basin with a
reservoir, a cabinet and a chemical toilet are installed
(the lavatory compartment). A sliding curtain is in-
stalled, which may be pulled across the open section of
Sta 384 bulkhead to shut the lavatory compartment off
from the main cabin.
The entrance door on the left side is hinged at two
points at Sta. 340 and equipped with a double latch
and lock an emergency exit door or hatch is installed
opposite the entrance door, on the right hand side.
The baggage compartment, in which the boarding
ladder assembly is stowed when not in use, extends
from Sta. 384 to Sta. 428 and is provided with shelves,
two plexiglas windows and a light.
From the heater compartment aft of the watertight
bulkhead at Sta. 428 (the second step) the hull is
oval in sectionmthe a~t end from Sta. 509 to 550 forms
a torque box for mounting the tall surfaces.
Fairings are installed between the wing and hull,
from the rear step (on the hull bottom) to the oval
section, and from the top of the hull to the fin.
Bilge drainage lines are installed in each of the
hull lower compartments; the lines from the forward
compartments are led to the right side of the nose
compartment at Sta. 86 at the floorboards; the lines
from the mid and aft compartments are led to the left
side of the cabin aft of Sta. 340 (below the entrance
door step). The portable bilge pump may be attach.
ed to these points.
b. NOSE WHEEL-WELL EK)ORS.
(1) REMOVAL.
(a) Remove one bolt attaching actuating link
rod from landing gear strut and remove two bolts
(each door) attaching hinge to fuselage structure,
(b) Remove door.
(2) MAINTENANCE.--Check that door is not
twisted or out of line, causing poor fit and consequent
leakage. See *&at sealing is not damaged (water-
tight). Check for a~y distortion of skin or loose rivets
caused by striking underwater objects~ etc. l~or
pa~r refer to Sectiou ~V.
SECTION III

KEY TO FIGURE 39

HULL INTERIOR ARRANGEMENT

i. Bilge Pump (stowed in clips - attach to tubing 30. Stowage Compartment.

outlets for use). 31. Chemical Toilet (with hinged ~eat cover).
2. Anchor and Nylon Rope. 32. Basin.
3. Radio Units (under hinged cove.r). 33. Mirror.
4. Co-pilot,s Pedals. 34° Basin Reservoir (smaller reservoir located
5. Map Case. in rear compartment aft bulkhead on later
6. Pilot,s Pedals. airplanes.
7. Instrument Panel. 35. Door to Heater Compartment.
8. Heater Duct Outlets (pilot,s cabin). 36. Heater Unit.
9. Windshield Wipers. 37. Fi~re Tubes.
I0. Control Wheel and Column.
10A. Co-pilot,s Control Arm (stowed under seat).
II. Radio Control Switches etc. (on cowl).
12. Engine Controls etc, (overhead panel).
13. Pilot’s and Co-pilot,s Seats.
14. Hand Fire Extinguisher.
15. Stowage Locker. ITEMS NOT NOTED
16. Pilot,s Cabin Door.
17. Divan (with cushions and safety belts). Baggage Stowage Straps.
18. Divan Removable Section. Radio Equipment.
19. Ventilator Controllable Valves. Boarding Ladder Stowage.
20. Cabin Table. Coat Hangers (in aft baggage compartment).
21. Heater Duct Outlet (main cabin). Landing Gear Control (on bulkhead back of pilot,s
22. Drinking Glasses (stowed in racks). seat).
23. Thermos Bottle. Hydraulic System Hand Pump (back of co-pilot,s
24. Serving Shelf. seat).
25. CO2 Fire Extinguisher Cylinder. Hy~Iraulic System Hand Pump Selector Valve (on
26. Ash Receivers. floor between seats).
27. Cabin Chair (with safety belt). Flare Switches (on bulkhead above pilot,s seat).
28. Hand Fire Extinguisher. Bow Hatch Release Handle (on the right below
29. Lavatory Compartment Curtain. cowl).
 $~CT~ON ~

Figure
 SECTION
(3) INSTALLATION.
(a) Set door in place and attach forward and
aft hinges with one bolt each.
(b) Attach actuating link to wheel shock
strut°
C. WINDSHIELD.
( 1 ) REMOVAL.
(a) Remove 14 recessed head screws from out-
side and remove retaining plate on centerline.
(b) Remove 15 screws and remove retaining
strip at bottom of glass.
(c) Remove 14 screws and remove retaining
strip at top of glass.
(d) Remove 12 screws from side frame (rivet-
ed in place) holding outboard edge of glass.
(e) Tap inboard e~d of glass panel from in-
side to free it from sealant.
(f) Remove panel by working inboard and for-
ward.
(2) MAINTENANCE.--Refer to Section II for
cleaning etc. If panel is badly scratched, replace.
(3) INSTALLATION.
(a) Check that sealing tape is in place (tite-
pak tape).
(b) Insert glass panel from inboard to out-
board, sliding panel into place in frame.
(c) Install upper and lower retaining strips
with countersunk head screws.
(d) Install retaining strip on centerline with
screws.
d. PILOT’S COCKPIT WINDOWS AND OPER-
ATING MECHANISM.--The cockpit windows are
3/16" laminated safety plate glass (Grumman part No.
107253) set in an abaminum a!loy frame and sealed
with stretchable suede and Minnesota Mining and Mfg.
Co. 3M adhesive (No. EC 711) and cellulose ~cotch
tape. The mount assembly (Grumman part No.
107025-2 ) rides up and down in channels, one forward
(No. 107282 )’ and one aft (No. 107289), with a roller
assembly riding a track in a guide (No. 107280)
riveted to the forward channel. A regulator (No.
107294) installed in the frame assembly (No. 107025-1)
is fitted with a crank handle to crank the window up
and down.
(1) REMOVAL;
(a) Remove window
(b) Remove five screws on forward channel
(also through upholstery panel)°
(c) Remove crank handle by punching out
pin in shaft. DO NOT ALLOW PiN TO DROP IN-
TO BILGE.
(d) Remove upholstery panel, taking care not
to drop spring and washer on handle shaft behind
upholstery.
(e) Remove kick plates near floor.
(f) Remove forward guide roller pin.
(g) Remove s~ad in window frame (stop f~r
mechanism lever).
(h) Using handle, crank mechanism lever for-
ward so glass panel will drop.
(i) Window slides down--and out.
(2) MAINTENANCE.rail glass is cracked or
broken, remove and replace. If regulator assembly
is defective or damaged, remove and repair or replace
with new part.
(3) INSTALLATION.
(a) To install window and mechanism reverse
removal proceedure described above.
e. CABIN WINDOWS.
(1) REMOVAL. -- Remove frame attaching
screws, and work window assembly free.
(2) MAINTENANCE.RRefer to Section
Cleaning.
(3) INSTALLATION.--Apply one coat of "ECo
711" (Minnesota Mining & Mfg. Co.) or equivalent,
cement to edges of rubber seal in contact with window
frame and with huh skin reinforcing piece; install
window and frame with countersunk head screws (to
self-locking nuts and eyelet washers).
f. HULL FLOOKING.--The hull floor from Sta. 93
aft to Sta. 428 is made up of plywood panels. Carpet*
ing is glued to all the panels except the two in the
baggage compartment--St~, 384 to Sta. 428. The
bow compartment i!oor, Sta. 53 to Sta. 93 is fabricated
aluminum alloy sheet~ The panels are fastened in
place by standard (ANS10) flat head screws. In the
forward cabin between Sta. 140 and Sta. 180 access
to the bilge and lines is had through four circular cover
plates. Provisions are made in various panels for in*
sta!latlon of heater duct outlets. Refer to Figure 40.
go UPHOLSTERY PANELS.~The entire hull in-
terior from Sta. 93 to Sta. 384 is covered by upholstery
panel~ or Flexwood glued to the surfaces.
The upholstery panels a~e made up of various
materials on .020 aluminum alloy sheet. The padded
pane~ have 1/4" thick white .cotton wadding over
the aluminum ,beet0 Ad~ the panel~ are ~nat~ in
 1. Cockpit Right Side Outboard Panel--No. 107340-1. 15. Rear Cabin Left Side Inboard Panel--No. 107333L.
2. Cockpit Right Side Inboard Panel--No. 107340-2. 16. Kickplate Attaching Strip--No. 107496-1 (1L and 1R).
3. Cockpit Left Side Outboard Panel--No. 107339-2. 17. Rear Cabin Rt. Side Outboard Panel--No. 107332-2R
4. Cockpit Left Side Inboard Panel--No. 107339-1 18. Rear Cabin Left Side Outboard Panel--No. 107332-2L.
5. F’w’d Cabin Access Cover Sta. 150--No. 107490-1 (6). 19. Lavatory Comp’t Right Sidle Panel--No. 107337-3R.
6. F’w’d Cabin Access Cover Sta. 170--No. 107463-1. 20. Lavatory Comp’t Center Panel (f’w’d)--No. 107337-1.
7. F’w’d Cabin Right Side Panel No. 107336-2Ro 21. Lavatory Comp’t Center Panel (rear)--No. 107337-2.
8. F’w’d Cabin Center Panel--No. 107336-1 22. Lavatory Comp’t Left Side Panel--No. I07337-3L.
9. Forward Cabin Left Side Panel--No. 107336-2L. 23. Baggage Comp’t Right Side Panel--No. 107338-2.
10. Mid-Cabin Right Side Panel -No. 107335-1R. 24. Baggag, e Comp’t Left Side Panel--No. 107338.1.
11. Mid-Cabin Center Pane~No. 107335-2. 25. Cabin Heater Outlets (8).
12. Mid-Cabin Left Side Panel--No. !07335-1L. 26. Cockpit Heater Outlets (2).
13. Rear Cabin Right Side Inboard Panel--No. 107333R. 27. Opening for Control Column.
14. Rear Cabin Center Panel--No. 107332-1. 28. Access to Hydraulic Fittings

/
STA.
STA. STA. STA STA. ST~
93 STA. STA. 384
140 180 2~0 2_50 320 340

Figure 40--Hull Floor Panels Diagram

 KEY TO FIGURE 41

PILOT’S CABIN WINDOW INSTALLATION

Glas~No. 107253. 10. Regulator Crank Handle (attached to regulator

Mount Assembly-No. 107025-2.
Guide Assembly-No. 107280,
Channel-No. 107282.
Channel-No. 107289.
Roller.No. 107292 (installed on mount assem, with
belt AN23-14Ao washer G338-3, nut AN365-1632).
Water Drain Tube.
Regulator-No. 107294 (hstalled on frame assem.
with fllltster head screws AN502-416-0 (3), washers
AN900-410 (3) and lockwired).
Frame Assembly-No. 107025-1.
shaft with escutcheon pin).
11. Regulator Arm (in track in mount assem.-arm in
down position shown in dotted lines).
12. Attachments-Frame assembly to Forward Channel
(through upholstery panel and frame to channel):
Screw-Phillips No. 4 ½ Oval Head Self-tapping (4).
Washer-Simpson No. 603-4 (4).
13. Regulator Arm Stop Pin-No. 112334.
14. Window Trim.
15. Bulkhead.
16. Kickplato.
 /
/
/
/
/

~:igure 41--Pilot’s Cabin Window Installation

!
 RIGHT HAND SIDE.
.~FORWARD
$’~.1.5 VIEW LOOKING
255.5 ;540 3,84 FORWARD AT

Panel No. 11035’6-’21 (1L-1R). 16. ’ ..... -17 (R.H. only),

2. ..... -2 (1L-1R). 17. ’ ...... -20 (L,H. only).’
3. ...... -22 (1L-1R). 18. ’ ..... -15 (L.H. only).
...... -1 (1L-1R). 19. "~ .... -16 (L.H. only).
5. ...... -3 (1L-1R). 20. ’ ..... -14 (L.H. only).
6. ...... -23 (1L-1R). 21. ’ ..... -12 (L.H, only).
7. ...... -4 (1L-1R). 22. ’ ..... -13 (L.H. only).
8. ...... -5 (1L-1R). 23. ’ ..... -11 (L.H. only).
9. .... " -6 (1L-I~). 24. Headlining Insul. Blanke~ Assems~
10. -10 (R.H.~ only). No. 11024-1
11. ’.’ " " -7 (R.H. only). 25. No. 11024-2 " " "
12. ...... -2~ (R.H. only). 26. No. 11024-3 ......
13. , ’ .... ’ -8 (R.H. only). 27. Panel No. 110356-19.
...... -5 (R.H. only). 28. ’ ..... -18.
15. ...... -9 (R.H. only).

place by snap fasteners and are readily removable for
access to control cables or other equipment.
The head lining panels for the cabin ceiling have
muslin loops on the back which slip over tubular
bows. The bows in turn are made fast to sockets on
the structure at the window head line and give the
panel the desired contour. The edges of these panels
are held by snap fasteners. Refer to Figure 41.
(1) REMOVAL.--Pull edgeof panel free (snap
pins from channels) and lift supporting bows out.
Slide upholstery off bow.
(2) MAINTENANCE.--Clean with Afta cleaner
or equivalent.
(3) INSTALLATION.--Set one end of support
bow in place, slide linen loops of upholstery onto bow,
set other end of bow in place and then set snaps into
channels by pressure along edge of panel.
h. CABIN DOOR.
(!) REMOVAL.--OPen door, remove two bolts
from hinges and remove door.
4. ENGINE NACELLES.
a. GENERAL.--The engine nacelles, centered at
wing Sta. 92, house the engines and engine accessories,
the oil tanks and lines, the hydraulic power unit (in
the left nacelle) and the battery (in the right nacelle).
Each nacelle is made up of the nose spinning or anti-
drag cowl, the accessory compartment cowling (four
pieces), the firewall, the exhaust trough, the cooling
air exit trough, the four cowl flaps, the wing-to-
nacelle fairings and the nacelle after-body sections
(upper and lower) on the wing surface. All sections
are aluminum alloy, except the firewall, the troughs,
and the upper after-body access doors Which are made
of corrosion and heat resistant steel
b. ACCESSORY COMPARTMENT COWL.
REMOVAL.
Each of the four accessory compartment cowl
pieces is held in place with 12 quick-turn
fasteners and may be lifted off after releasing
each fastener with a half-turn (counterclock-
wise) of a screwdriver. To replace, set the
pieces in place, and tighten each fastener
with a hal~ turn clockwise.
(a) Remove e~ch of the four cowling pieces
by freeing the turn fas*eners.
SECTION li|
(2) MAINTENANCE.--If latches or lock are
defective, remove assembly and repair or replace with
new part.
(3) INSTA_LLATION.--Set door in place and
install two bolt assemblies in !~inges~
L EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR.
(1) !~EMOVAL.--Rotate handle and push door
OUt.
(2) MAINTENANCE.--Check that release ro-
tates freely, and that mechanism clears.
For information on equipment (pilot’s chairs,
cabin divans and chairs, cabinets, lockers,
toilet, basin, etc.), refer to Miscellaneous
Equipment and Furnishings. For information
on other installations, refer to Landing Gear,
Power Plant, (Controls), Oil System, Instru-
ments, Surface Control,, Hydraulic System,
Electrical System, Heating and Ventilating
System, and Radio Equipment as applicable.
(b) Remove two upper support channels by
removing three bolts from forward end and two bolts ~
from aft end of each.
(c) Remove two lower support channels by
removinK three bolts from forward end, and one bolt
from aft end of e~ch,
(2) MAINTENANCE.~No maintenance is neces-
sary except to see .that panels and channels are not
bent or warped and that fasteners are not damaged.
If holes are elongated, so as to prevent secure fasten-
ing, the part must be replaced.
(3) INSTA.LLATION.
(a) Install two lower support channels with
two bolts at aft end to cowl flaps support, and with
three bolts at forward end to nose cowl spinning.
(b) Install two upper support channels with
three bolts at forward end to nose cowl spinning, and
with one bolt through bushing on fitting on firewalL
(c) Imtall four cowl pieces with 12 turn fas-
teners each.
c. NOSE COWL SPEWNLNG.
(1) REMOVAL.~Remove propeller, remove
nine bolts from m~ounting bracket, on engine cylinders
a~d remove cowl spitming.
 1. Nose Spinning (Anti-drag Cowl) No. 108316.
2. Panel Support Channels; Upper No. 108318-~[
Lower No. 108318-2 (1L-1R).
3. Top Engine Section Cowl Panel No. 108320-2.
4, Bottom Engine Section Cowl Panel No.
5. Side Engine Section Cowl Panels No. 108320-1L
and -IR.
6. Nacelle-to-Wing Fairing (Outboard) No. 108457.
7. Nacelle-~o-Wing Fairing (Inboard) No. 108456.
8. Cowl F.|aps Installation No. 108400.
9. Top Afterbody Panel No. 108471.
10. Top Afterbody Door; No. 108466 Left Hand, No.
108468 Right Hand.
11. Top Afterbody Skin (Ol~tboard) No. 108452-2.
12. Top Afterbody Skin (Inboard) No. 108452-3.
13. Top Afterbody Rear Skin No. 108453 (right nacelle
with battery vent spoiler shown).
14. Bottom Afterbody Rear Skin No. 108454~

Figure 43--Nacelle Components


(2) MAINTENANCE.No maintenance is neces-
sary-if cowl spinning is dented or otherwise damaged
it should be repaired or replaced.
(3) INSTALLATION. ~Set cowl spinning in
place over engine and install nine bolt assemblies to
attach fittings to nine brackets on cylinders. Install
propeller.
d. COWL FLAPS.
(1) GENERAL.raThe ~four cowl flaps (each en-
gine) cover the air exit trough there are no flaps on
the upper (exhaust) trough. Each is mounted on two
hinges equipped with bearings and attached to a sup-
port frame which in turn is attached to the engine
mount. Each flap is opened and closed by a push-
pull rod bolted through a bearing to a bellcrank
mounted on the firewall. The bellcrank is rotated by
a hydraulic actuating cylinder. When the control
handle in the cockpit is set to OPEN or CLOSE, the
hydraulic selector valve allows pressure to either ex-
tend the cylinder piston and open the flaps or retract
the piston and close the flaps.
(2) REMOVAL.
(a) Disconnect pushrpull rod from flap fitting,
by removing one bolt, remove two bolts from hinges,
and remove flap.
(b) To remove bellcrank and push-pull rod
assembly, remove one bolt assembly attaching hydraulic
cylinder piston and remove bolt assembly through
bellcrank mounting bearing.
5. LANDING GEAR
a. GENERAL. -The tricycle type landing gear is
fully retractable and is operated by hydraulic pressure.
The control handle, with solenoid actuated safety latch
or thumb latch on later models, is installed on Sta. 140
bulkhead, behind the pilot’s seat To lower the gear
on earlier models the red release button must be pushed
to free the latch; on later models the thumb latch must
be moved to free the handle. ~
The landing gear control handle must be
left either in the full "up" or full "down"
position; NEVER IN THE MID POSITION.
Leaving the controI at the mid position might
Permit pressure ,bleed into the landing gear
"up" hydraulic system and cause nose wheel
collapse.
Normally; engine driven pump or hand pump
pressure is available through ;he normal system of
SECTION ill
(c) To remove hydraulic cylinder release hy-
draulic pressure, disconnect two hydraulic lines and
remove two bolts, one at each end of cylinder.
(d) To remove support frame, remove four
bolts (two each side) attaching frame to engine mount
tubes.
(3) MAINTENANCE.No maintenance is nec-
essary on flaps, pushrods, or bellcrank, except to see
that no part is bent or out of line. The sealed bearings
are seLf-lubricating. For hydraulic cylinder mainten,
ance, refer to, Hydraulic System, (13).
e. FIREWALL AND TROUGHS ASSEMBLY.-
This assembly (except the exhaust trough section) is
not designed for removal in the field. If damaged,
repair or replacement is a shop job. The firewall is
riveted to the wing leading edge and to support frames
mounted on the wing skin. The exhaust trough is
installed with screws, so that oil tank removal may
be facilitated.
f. NACELLE AFTER-BODY SECTIONS. The
upper nacelle after-body sections are riveted to the
wing skin. Each upper section is equipped with a
plate held in place by rum fasteners for access to the
oil tank and lines and to the hydraulic power unit on
the left side and the battery on the right side. The
lower sections are equipped with access plates for elec-
tric~l equipment (propeller feathering pump, nacelle
junction box, etc.),
tubing. In an emergency the gear may be lowered
by hand pump pressure through an emergency system
of tubing to shuttle valves on the actuating cylinders.
The nose wheel is suspended by a fork and axle
and is designed to caster through an arc of 140°. A
centering device, incorporated in the shock strut, as-
sures wheel alignment on initial contact. The Hou-
daille shimmy damper, mounted on the barrel of the
shock strut, reduces any tendency to shimmy when the
airplane is rolling.
The nose wheel assembly is a Bendix No. 145308
19 x 6.80--10 low profile split wheel carrying a Good-
rich 19 x 6.80--10 6 ply rayon tire and tube.
The main wheel assemblies are suspended from
wing Sta. 77 by a hinged shock strut which is supported
laterally by a side strut to the huI1 structure above the
chine line at Sta. 237-1/2. The actuating cylinder is
installed between the fuselage column and a bellcrank
on the side strut. A down lock cylinder, mounted on
the upper portion of the shock strut, operates a mech-
anical lock across the knuckle on the inside of the strut.
$7
 1. Firewa|L Flap Assembly-No. I~)8401-6.
2. l~ydraullc Actnating Cylinder-No. 109553. Flap Assembly-No, 1084(}1-7.
Attachments, Cylinder to Firewall: Flap Assembly-No. 108401-8.
Bushing~GS-4-56 11. Flap Assmb|y-No. 108401-9.
Bolt-AN24-32 12. Attachments-Flap Assembly to Support (two
Washer-AN96OA416L each flap) :"
~ Nut-AN32~-4 Bolt-AN23-12A (8)
Cotter-AN380-C2-2 Washer-AN960-D1 OL (16)
3. Bellcra~-No. 108411. Nut-AN364.1032 (8),
Attachments-Bellcrank to Actuating Cylinder. 13. Rod Assembly-No. 108412-1.
BoIt-AN24-16A Attachment-Rod to Bellcrank:
Washer-G338-~ Bolt-AN24-24A
Washer-AN960-D416L Washer-AN960-D416L
Nut-~3~-428 Spa~r-G5-D4-32
4. Bellcrank Shpport Assembly-No. 108410. Wash~-G338-4
Attachments-Bellcrank to Support: Nut-AN364-428.
Bolt-ANSi33 Attachment-Rod to Flap Assembly,
Washers--AN960-516 (2) Bolt-AN23-15A
Spacer Tube-No. 108400-1 Washer-AN960-10
Nut-AN365-524 Nut-AN364-1032.
5. Engine Mount Tube. 14. Rod Assembly-No. 108412-2.
6. Clamps-N6. 108408-2L and 108408-1L’ (clamps Attachments-Rod to Bellcra~:
108408-2R and 108408-1R on lower r~ght engine Bolt-AN24-19A
mount tube not shown). Washer-AN960-D416L
Attachments-Clamp to Engine Mount Tube: Spacer-GS-D4-12
Bolt-AN4-12A (2). Washer-G338-4
Washer-AN960-416 (2). Nut-AN364-428.
Nut-AN365-428 (2). 15. Attachments-Rod to Flap as I~m 13.
7. ~wl Flap Support Channel Assembly-No. 108404. Rod Assembly-No. 108412-3.
Attachments-Rod to Bellcra~ and to Flap
Attachments-Channel Attachment Arm to Clamps as Item 13.
on Engine Mount: 16. Rod Assembly-No. 108412-4.
Bolt-AN3.4A (2). Attach~nts-R~d t~ Bellcru~ and t~ F~
Washer-AN960-D1OL (2). as Item 14.
Nut-AN365.1032 (2). 17. Hy~aulic Lines.
NOTE
Broken lines indicate flal~s in open position.
NACELLE
STA. 4013
16

I
I
I
I
I
/

/
/
./
 \ %
b. NOSE WHEEL ASSE~3LY.
(1) REMOVAL.
(a) Remove two (one each s~de) AN4-11 bolt
assemblies to free whee!-we!l doors.
(b) Remove special bolt (Grumman part No.
112520) ~assembly to disconnect actuating cylinder
from top of strut.
(c) Remove two AN5-23 bolt assemblies secur-
ing pins (Grumman part No. 112519) to shock strut
attaching yoke.
(d) Remove entire assembly.
The following procedure is applicable for
further disassembly, as may be required, for servicing
or replacing any of the component parts.
(2) REMOVAL--WHEEL AND TIRE.
(a) Remove horizontal (fore and aft) 1/4"
bolt assembl), from starboard side of fork.
(b) Remove 5/16" stop nut at port side of
axle and remove retainer.
(c) Slide axle out of fork and wheel, and re-
move wheel.
TO REMOVE TIRE.
(a) Remove wheel fairing plates.
(b) Deflate tire.
(c) Remove 12 bolt assemblies, split wheel,
then lift out the tire.
TO REMOVE SHIMMY DAMPER,
(a) Remove one AN4-11 bolt assembly to free
shimmy damper arm.
(b)Remove four AN5-7 bolt assemblies and
remove shimmy damper,
(3) SERVICE INSPECTION AND MAiNTEr tion by disengaging wing shaft and operating the
NANCE.
(a) Check nose wheel tire for 80 -+= 5, pounds
air pressure. Inspect for excessive wear or cuts.
(b) Check wheel assembly for cracks and rim
burrs. Replace defective wheels.
(c) Inspect shock strut for structural defects
or failure. Check for air leaks at the valve and fluid
leaks around the packing.
(d) The proper operation of the nose wheel
is contingent upon proper servicing of the shock strut
which includes correct quantity of oil and air under
sufficient pressure.
(e) To check correc~ oil level release air preso with Mallard Service Bulletin No. 6.
sure by backing off the hex. cap with care. Wkh strut
fully compressed and in a vertical position the oil
(Univis No. 343 or equivalentmred color, ANoW-
0-366) should be at the level of the filler plug.
Back off hex. cap carefuHympressure can
make cap a projectile.
(f) The shock strut on this airplane is designed
for a constant air pressure-extenSion ratio irrespective
of the loading condition. Refer to Figure 15.
(g) The fo!lowing information covers two
alternate methods of checking the proper inflating
of the shock strut. Each method assumes that the
quantity of oil ~s correct.
1. Jack the nose of airplane until the wheel
is free of the ground.
2. Check the air pressure by gage--should
read 50 psi (fully extended and no load).
3. Add air, as necemary, and seat the valve
securely.
The second method requires only an accurate
air gage and a scale and a source of high pressure air.
1. Measure extension of shock strut.
Points of measurement are the bottom face of
the torque fitting nut and the center of the
lower torque arm attaching bolt.
2. Measure air pressure with gage.
3. Refer to curve (Figure 15) and compare
recorded air pressure for the measured extension with
that required on the curve.
4. Add air, as required, and again check strut
extension and air pressure until both items correspond
with a point on the curve.
(h) Check shimmy damper for proper opera-
damper by hand. If the dampe~ offers immediate re-
sistance on reversal of motion there is no pocketed air.
If damper requires additional fluid as per decal on
barrel, break lockwire and remove filler plug. Force
fluid (Univis. No. J43 or equivalent--red color, AN-
VV-0-366) into reservoir until indicator rod protrudes
5/16" in accordance with the instruction plate. Do
not disassemble shimmy damper as special tools are
required.
(i) At 100 hour inspection disassemble nose
wheel and check bearings for corrosion. Chrome
plated bearing cups should be installed in accordance
(j) At each 100 hour inspection, or if nose
wheel shimmy is evident, balance the nose wheel as
shown in figure 46,
 (k) To prevent entrance of water into shimmy
damper, apply rubber cement (3M EC-870 or equiva-
lent) around outside of damper at top cap joint and
force cement into breather hole.
(4) ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION.
(a) Install the shimmy damper by making up
four AN5-7 bolt assemblies to the strut barrel and
attaching the wing shaft with one AN4-11 bolt as-
sembly. ’"
(b) Install tire on one half of wheel, place
other half in position, and make up 12 bolt assemblies.
Inflate tire to 80---+5 psi. Install fairing plates, hold

KEY TO FIGURE 45

NOSE WHEEL ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION

1. Shock Stru~ (on airplanes J1, J2 and J3 Bendix 11. Attachments--Indicator Tube to Indicator
No. RXR-6032; on Mrplanes J4 and subsequent -sembly Bellcrank:
Bendix No. 69631). Rod End Clevis--AN486-4
2. Houde Shimmy Damper No. A12923. Bolt--AN23-10
Attachments--Shimmy Damper to Strut: Nut--AN320-3
Bolts--ANS-7 (4) Cotter~AN380-C2-2.
Nuts--AN310-5 (4) 12. Wheel Position Indicator (visible from co-
Cotters--AN380-C2-2 (4). pilot’s seat).
3. Attachments--Shimmy Damper Arm Link to 13. Hydraulic Actuating Cylinder No. 109556.
Fitting on Strut: 14. Hull Fitting.
Bushing--G25H4-9 15. Attachments--Actuating Cylinder to HuH
Bolt--AN24-18 Fitting:
Nut--AN320-4. Bushing--G25H-9-209
Bolt--ANg-36
4. Wheel--Bendix No. 146003 with Goodrich Low
Profile 19 x 6.80-10 6 Ply Rayon Tire and Nut--AN310-9
Regular Tube. Cotter--AN380-C4-4.
16. Attachments---Actuating Cylinder to Shock
5. Hull Structure with Nose Wheel Support Bush-
ings Installed. Strut:
Bolt--No. 112520 (extended head bolt act-
Pins--No. 112519 (2) at_ Hull Sta. 53. uates position indicator micro switch when
Note gear is full down)
Shim G325-20B, installed on either or both Nut--AN 310-10
sides of yoke to give tota! clearance of .032 Cottor--AN380.C4-4.
max., .015 rain. 17. Fittings for Hydraulic Line Attachment.
7. Attachments--Shock Strut Yoke to Pin (Left 18. Position Indicator Micro-switch.
Side) : 19. Nose Wheel Well Door (1L and 1R)
Bolt--AN5-22 20. Door Hinge (2 per door).
Nut--AN310-5 Attachments--Door Hinges to Hull:
Cotter--AN380C2-2 Bushing--G25H4-8 (4)
8. )kttachments--Shock Strut Yoke to Pin (Right Bolt--AN4-14 (4)
Side) : Washers--AN960-416 (4)
Eyebolt--AN45-21 Nuts--AN310-4 (4)
Washer--AN960C516L Cotters--AN380-C2-2 (4).
Nut--AN310-5 21. Fittings (Nos. 112503 and 112502) Installed
Cotter--AN380C2-2. on Shock Strut.
9. Wheel Position Indicator Assembly (welded 22. Fittings (Links) No. 112501 (1L and IR).
tubing). Attachments--Fit’tings !No. 112502 and No.
10. ~ttachments--Indicator Tube to Shock Strut 112503 to No. 112501, and No. 112501 to Door:
Yoke: Bushing~--G25H4-7 (4)
Bushing--lgo. 112540. Bolts---AN4.11 (4)
Clevis t~olt--AN21~-ll} Washers---AN960-4!~ (4)
Nut--AN$21l~$ " Nuts--AN310-4 (4)
Cotter--AN380-C2.~ Cotters--AN~80-C2-2 (4).
SECTION
 AN 970 - 5
NOTE
Balancing Nose Wheel to Correct Shimmy AN365-52~

1. With tire inflated, statically balance nose AN960-51(

wheel to within 1-1/2 ounces. ,.~--.. AN970-5
2. H wheel is out of balance, rework AN5-17A / Reworked
bolts and AN970-5 washers as shown in 3/8
detail.
3. Remove (as needed to balance) one or more
of wheel bolts (Bendix No. 145182, attach -
ments under item 5).
4. Replace bolt with reworked AN5-17A bolt
carrying reworked washers as needed
until wheel balances to within 1-1/2 17A
ounces. Reworked
5. If more than one bolt is needed, insert
additional bolt or bolts from opposite
side of wheel and 180o from other bolt.

1. Wheel Fairing - Bendix No. 146022 (4)

Attachments:
Screw - Bendix No. 145841 (8)
Retainer - Bendix No. 58729 (16)
2. Spacer - Bendix No. 68867 (2)
3. Washer Bearing Seal - Bendix No. 146470 (2)
4. Bearing Cup (chrome plated) - Bendix No. 146466 (2)
and Cones and Rollers - Bendix No. 146468 (2)
CA UTION 5. Nose Wheel Assembly - Bendix No. 146003
Attachments:
Deflate tire if nose wheel halves must Bolt - Bendix No. 145182 (12)
Washer - AN960-516 (Bendix No. 145181} (12)
be disassembled. 6. Nut - AN172-S-8 (Bendix No. 172-8-8) (12)
See Note on Wheel Balancing

Figure 46--Nose Wheel Compone.ts


wheel in position and insert axle through fork from
starboard side--install ¼" bolt at starboard side.
Make up 5/16" stop nut at port side of axle.
Note
Make up 5/16" stop nut, secure and back off
until wheel revolves freely in fork.
(c) Install nose wheel assembly by placing
yoke on shock strut in position and inserting pins
(No. ~12519) into support fittings and making up
AN5-23 bolt assembly at each end.
(d) Attach actuating cylinder with special bolt
(No. 112520). Make up AN4-11 bolt assembly to
attach each nose wheel well door.
c. MAIN WHEEL ASSEMBLY.
( 1 ) REMOVAL--WHEEL AND TIRE.
(a) Remove wheel fairing plate and axle nut
cap.
(b) Remove axle nut, washer and cotter and
pt~ll wheel off.
(2) TO REMOVE TIRE.
(a) Release air from tube.
(b) Remove 12 bolt assemblies, split wheel
then lift out the tire.
(3) REMOVAL-,ENTIRE ASSEMBLY.
(a) Disconnect and cap all hydraulic lines and
ports and disconnect electrical lines.
(b) Disconnect door (No. 108034) assembly
by removing AN24-11 bolt assembly at fitting on door.
(c) Disconnect the side strut from the shock
strut by removing the G155H14-72 bolt, bushing, nut
and cotter.
(d) Disconnect the hydraulic cylinder from
the side strut by removing the AN6-13. bolt, bushing,
nut and cotter assembly.
(e) Remove the side strut by removing two
hinge pins (No. 112508) after disengaging the AN26-
32 bolt assembly from each.
(f) Free the wing fairing door (No. 108033)
from top of* shock strut.
(g) Disconnect shock strut from wing fitting
by removing AN30-46 bolt assembly.
(3) SERVICE INSPECTION AND MAINT£-
NANCE.
(a) Check tire for 60 ___ 5 psi air pressure.
(b) Check wheel assembly for cracks and rim
burrs. Replace defective ~heeh.
(c) Inspect shock strut for structural defects
or failure. Check for air leaks and fluid leaks around
packing.
SECTION
(d) With proper quantity of oil (filler plug
level, strut in normal airplane-on-ground position and
fully compressed) the shock strut should show 9-
13/16" extension, after airplane is rolled forward.
Points for measurement of extension are--top
face of inner cylinder bearing nut and center
of filler plug.
(4) ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION. wRe.
verse steps listed above under REMOVAL.
(5) LANDING GEAR DASHPOT. m An hy-
draulic dashpot assembly is installed in each main
wheel well to cushion the shock and noise of the gear
assembly when it locks in the up position on retraction.
The unit is a self contained assembly made up of
the following parts: a cylinder body, a piston with
a rubber bumper face on the piston rod terminal, a
compression positioning spring and a reservoir with
a restrictor fitting to the body. Refer to Big. 52.
The assembly is installed to the support assembly
and normally requires very little servicing.
(a) Check that bumper has retained resilience
and will be effective.
(b) Check that spring force will fully extend
piston.
(c) Check that there is sufficient hydraulic
fluid in the assembly.
It is impossible to overfill the reservoir. With
the piston fully extended, fill reservoir slowly
until the piston body is full and the oil level
reaches the bottom of the filling tube of the
adapter on the top of the reservoir.
d. B1LAKES.--The brakes on the main wheels are
part of the Goodyear P.D.-295 Wheel and Brake
sembly and are dual disc, hydraulically operated.
For nOrmal~0peration the systems are independent
of the hydraulic system and operate in the conveno
tional manner--toe pressure on the rudder pedals com-
presses pistons in the master cylinders which in tam
direct fluid under pressure to the respective brake
cylinders.
In scheduled air carrier airphnes the
pedals are similar to the pilot’s pedals and are
with master brake cylinders also. Tubing from. these
brake cylinders is teed into the respective lines from
the pilot’s brake cylinders by means of st~mdard
valves. Refer to Fig. 53.
SECTION

KEY TO FIGURE 47
NOSE WHEEL SHOCK STRUT DETAILS

1. Nose Wheel Shock Strut and Fork and Axle 23. Snubber Valve--No. 69782.
- Assembly--No. 69631. 24. CammNo. 69780. Lower cam and key
2. Upper End Fitting( actuating cylinder assembly No. 69779.
attachment)m No. 69638. 25. Key--No. 54362.
3. Trunnion (Installed to Fuselage)ruNe. 69640. 26. Packing Washer--No. 69772.
4. Ring (wheel well door actuator attachment) 27. Leather Back Up Ring--AN6246-36 (2).
--No. 69642. 28. "O" RingmAN6227-36.
5. Houde Shimmy Damper Assembly 29. Packing AdaptermNo. 69778~
--No. A-12923.
30. "O" Ring--AN6227-38.
6. Wing Shaft--No. 1--9383.
31. Lower Bearing--No. 69777.
7. Outer Cylinder BarrelmNo. 69636.
32. Wiper RingmNo. 69776.
8. Diaphragm--No. 69648.
33. Lower Bearing Nut--No. 69775.
9. Piston Tube---No. 69646.
34. Metering Pin--No. 69774. Gasket--No. 53051
10. Orifice---No. 69751.
35. Diaphragm--No. 69766.
11. Piston--No. 69752.
36. "O" Ring Gasket--AN6230-3.
12. Retaining Pin--Nov 69750.
37. Seal Compressing Ring~No. 69781.
13. Lock ScrewmNo. 69754.
38. Diaphragm (seal compressing) Nut--No. 69773.
14. Torque Fitting Thrust WashermNo. 69755.
39. Axle Assembly--No. 69784.
15. Torque Fitting Bushings No. 112543-2 (Upper) and Bolt (locked in place)--ANS-TA
No. 112543-1 (Lower)
16. Torque Fitting BushlngmNo~ 69760. Nut---AN365-524.
17. Torque Fitting Retaining NutmNo. 69753. 40. Axle Collar~No. 69867.
18. Lock Screw--No. 69750 (2). 41. Axle Cap--No. 69863.
19. Lock Wire---No. 53247. 42. Axle Retaining Assembly (port side)
20. Inner Cylinder Assembly--No. 69769. Bolt--AN24-30
21. Upper Cam (Centering)--No. 69783. Nut--AN320-4
Cotter~AN380-2C-2.
22. Lock Screw--No. 65323 (4).
Note

Part numbers are Bendix numbers.

Torque arm fitting bushings No. 112543-2 (Up-

per) and No. 112543-1 (Lower)replace Bendix
bushings No. 69761 (two upper and ~wo lower).
If replacing, holes in bushings must be lined up
with lubricator fitting holes when installing.

If axle (item 15) is worn replate as follows:

Remove existing plating and grind ends (sur-
faces contacted by yoke 3 1/16 inches le~t side,
2 3/4 inches right side) to 1.234±.001 then hard
chrome plate entire part bringing end diameters
to 1.2495 ~-.0003--.0002.
 KEY TO FIGURE 48

MAIN WHEEL ASSEMBLY iNSTALLATION

Io Main Landing Gear Shock Strut Assembly--No. 10. Lock Fitting.

11. Hydraulic Lines to Actuating Cylinder (3) (flex
2. Attachment--Strut to Fitting at Wing Sta. 77 (refer hose).
to figure ~9, detail A). 12. Hydraulic Lines to Actuating and Down Lock Cylinder

~. D rag Link AssemblymNo. 108007°

. Attachment--Strut to Link (refer to figure 49, de-
(3). (Flex hose attached to strut by guides Nos.
109557-1 and 109557-2 and wrapped with Koroseal
tail B). string to prevent chafing ai contact points.)
5. Attachments--Inboard Ends (1 forward, 1 aft) of 13. Electrical Wiring to Wheels Down Micro-switch.
Link to Fittings on Hull (refer to figure 49, detail C). Note
6. Hydraulic Actuating Cylinder No. 109555. Hydraulic lines to brake carried by drag link.
Attachment--Cylinder Piston to Arms on Drag
14. Rubbing Strip (phenol-laminate).
Link:
Bushing--G25-H6-12 15. Door~No. 108033 (attached to lower wing skin with
Bolt--G155-H6-14 hinge--G141-5-10~ (for linkage to strut refer to
Nut--AN310-6 figure 49, detail E).
Cotter--AN380C3-3. 16. Wing Fairing--No. 108035.
Note Attachments--Fairing to Strut:
Clamp (upper) No. 108045.1, Attached to Strut
Down position microswitch actuating clip No.
108026-5 attached to aft arm with bolt AN520- with Bolt; AN4-15A and Nut AN365o428; Fair-
10-8 (2), nut AN365-1032 (2) on airplanes J1-J23 ing Attached to Clamp with Bolts AN3-4A
inclusive only. Washers AN960-I0 (2), Nuts AN365-!032 (2),
Clamp (lower) No. 108045-2 Attachments Iden-
7= Attachment--Upper End of Actuating Cylinder to
ticaL
Locking Mechanism (refer to figure 49, detail D).
17. Hull Fairing~Nu. 108036.
Bumper Dashpot (refer to figure 49, detail D; and
figur~ 52). Attachments~Fairing to Strut:
Clamp (upper) No. 108(}45-3, Clamp (lower)
Hydraulic Actuating and Down Lock Cylinder No.
No. 108045-4, Attachments Identical to Item 1~.
109552.
Note
Attachments--Cylinder Piston to Bellcrank As-
sembly : Adjust fairing to match wing and hull contour
with gear retracted. Trim lower edge of fair-
Bushing--No. 112515
WashernNo. 112517 (2) ing to match wheel cut-out.
Bolt--AN4-14 18. Door~No. 1080~4.
Nut--AN310-4 19. Door Linkage---Turnbuckle Assembly~Barrel AN155o
Cotter--AN380-C2.2 32L, Inboard Eye---No. 112530, Outboard Ey~--No.
Attachments--Upper End of Cylinder to Fitting 112532.
on Strut: Attachments--Inboard ]~ye ~ Drag Ling:
Bushing--G25-HS-9 Bushing~N~. 112539, Bolt~AN24-18, Washer~
B~lt~ANS.15 AN96t}-41~, Nut--AN320-4, Cotter~AN380-C2o2.
Washer--AN960-DS16 (2) Attachments--Outboard Eye to Deor:
Nut--AN310-5 Bushing--No. 112539, Bolt--AN24-11, Nut~
Cotter~AN380-C2-2. AN32~}-4, Cotter~AN380.C2-2o
SECTION
SECTION Ill

"DETAIL A"

ghock Strut.
2. Drag Link.
3. Bushing--G25-H14-400.
4. Bolt--G155-H14-72.
5. Washer AN960-I416(2).
6. Nut AN310-14.
7. Cotter AN 380C4-5.

"DETAIL B"

1. Shock Strut.
2. Drag Link.
3. BushingmG155H-14-72.
4. Bolt--G251:I-14-400.
5. Washer--AN960-1416 (2).
6. Nut---AN310-14.
7. Cotter--AN380-C4-5.

"DETAIL C"

1. Drag Link--Aft Attachment Shown.

2. Fitting on ~ulL
3. Pin AssemblynNo. 1125~)8.
4. "O’,,Ring--AN6227-19 (2).
5. Shimu--~ R~uired to Establish .00~ Min. t~
Max, clearance Between Drag Link Bearing u~ ~ead
of ~i~ a~d Op~si~e Fitting; .~5 Min. ~o .025
Clearanc~ ~w~n Drag L~k Inner Sidv and
~g S~uc~
~. ~AN~-~2 (2).
7. Nu~A~364-624 (2).

]f misalignment makes reaming necessary to

clean up the hole, bolt AN7-23 with one washer
AN960-716 and nut AN365-720 may be used in
place of items 6 and 7.
 SECTION I!i

"DETAIL D"

1. Actuating Cylinder
2. Hull Structure
3. Lock--No. 108928-1.
4. Idler No. 108929.
5. Attachments--Cylinder to Mechanism:
Bushing--No. 112509A
Bolt--No. 112510C
Nut--AN310-6
Cotter--AN380C3-3
6. l~ydraulic Line Fittings.
7. Attachments--Lock Mechanism to Hull:
Bushing--No. 112507
Bolt--AN4-34
Nut--AN310-4
Cotter--AN380-C2-2.
8. Up-Lock Fitting on Hull.
9. "Up Position" Micro Switch.
10. Bumper Dashpot Assembly--No. 109571
(t~efer to figure 52).
Attachments--Dashpot to Hull:
Bolt--AN4-34A (2)
Washer--AN960-D416L (2)
Nut--AN365-428 (2).

"DETAIL E"

1. Shock Strut.
2. Door Assembly--No. 108033(L/R).
3. Fork--No. 112528.
4. Fork--No. 112529.
5. Attachments--Fork Assembly to Strut:
Bushing--No. 112523
Eye Bolt--AN44-31
Washer--AN960.516
Nut--AN364-524
NOTE
Grind threaded end of eyebolt to allow only
one thread to protrude through nut fibre.
6. Eye Bolt Assembly on Door Fitting:
Bushing--G25H-5-106
"Eye BoltmNo. 112527
Washer--AN960-516
Nut--AN310-5
Cotter--AN380-C2-2.
7. Attachments and Fork Assembly to Eye VIEW
Bolt on Door:
Bolt--AN24-11 LOOKING OUTBOARD
(LEFT SIDE ASSEM)
Nut--AN320-4
Cotter~AN380-C2-2.

Figure ,~9 ($hee~ 2 of 2 Sheefs)--~En Whee~ ~ssem~){y Derails

 ~I. Outboard Timken Bearing Cup--No. 374.
12. Outboard Timken Bearing Cone--No. 375.
13. Axle Washer--Bendix--No. 110-S-3.
14. Axle Nut--BendixmNo. 111-S-3.
15. Grease Retainer--Bendix--No. 51203.
16. Cotter--Bendix--No. 69845.
17. Hub Cap---No. 510719.
18. Hub Cap Lockwire--No. 510779.
19. Fairing Assembly--No. 9530112.
20. Attachments for Wheel Halves (separated to remQve
tire) :
Bolt--AN6-13A (12)
Washer--AN960-616 (12)
Nut--AN365-624 (12).
NOTE
Part numbers are Goodyear unless otherwise
noted.

1. Plate and Axle (on strut).

2. Brake Assembly--Goodyear No. 9540045 or 9540134.
3. Disc Guide--Inboard Half.
4. Disc Guide--Outboard Half.
5. Attachments--Brake Assembly (and disc guides)
to Mounting Flange on Strut:
Bolt--AN6-!3 (9) and AN6-14 (3) through
guides.
Washer--AN960-616 (12).
Nut--R1S624 (Boots Nut) (12).
6. ISetaining Ring Lockwire--No. 511389-4.
7. Felt Seal (No. 510526-37) Retaining Ring Assembly
--No. 511407-4.
Inboard Tiniken Bearing Cone--No. 39250.
9. Inboard Timken Bearing Cup--No. 39422.
10. Wheel ’(and brake) Asvembly--Goodyear P.D. 295
with GoodYear 9.50-16 Tire and Tube.

Figure 50--Main Whee~ and Brake Components


1. Universal Link Assembly - No. 69842.
2. Installation Attachment Assembly:
Bolt - No. 118-3-392.
Washer - No. 907251K1.
Nut - No. 175-5-5.
Cbtter - No, 67935.
3. Lock Ring - No. 68379.
4. Bearing Nut - No. 69806.
5. Outer Bearing - No. 69807.
6. Leather Back-up Ring - AN6246-38.
7. "O" Ring - AN6227-38.
8. Leather Back-up Ring - AN6246-36.
9. "O" Ring - AN6227-36.
10. Spacer Tube - No. 69812.
(arc weld in four places).
11. Metering Pin - No. 69820.
12. Piston- No. 69809.
13. Orifice- No. 69810.
14. Outer Cylinder Assembly - No. 69816.
15. Metering Pin Gasket - No. 53051.
16. Knuckle Pin Retaining Assembly:
Bolt - AN24-32
Nut - AN320-4
Cotter - AN381-2-8
17. Leg Assembly- No. 69824.
18. Knuckle Pin - No. 69846.
19. Nut - AN3~65-624.
Figure 51--Main Whee! Shock Strut
NOTE
Part numbers are Bendix numbers.
20. Diaphragm- No. 69818.
21. Lock Screw z No. 53437.
22. Snubber Valve - No. 69808.
23. Reinforcing Tube - No. 69802.
24. Spacer Tube Washer - No. 69813.
(are weld in four places).
25. Packing Washer- No. 69772,
26. Packing Adapter - No. 69778.
27. Wiper Ring - No. 69776.
28. Inner Cylinder Assembly - No. 69798.
29. Tube - Wing Door Actuating Rod.
30. Filler Plug Assembly - No. 53047.
NOTE
Plug covered with section of Ivi-flex tubing on
installation, to prevent chafing of hydraulic line.
 1. Body--No. 112858. 10. Bumper--No. 112867.
2. Piston--No. 112859. 11. Retainer--No. 112864.
3. Spring--No. G101-215. 12. Screw--AN505-12 (4).
4. Spacer--No. 112862. 13. Nut--AN365-832 (4).
5. Nut--No. 112861. 14. Back-up Ring--AN6246-17.
6. Washer--No. 112866. 15. "O" Ring--AN6227-17.
7. Scraper Ring--AN6231-5. 16. R,estrictor--No. 112865.
8. NuthAN316-gR. 17. "O" Ring--AN6T27-9.
9. Terminal--No. 112860. 18. Reservoir--No. 109531.
19. Cap---AN820-8.

Figure 52--Main Wheel l~umper Dashpot


No#e
Since there is no spring to position the shuttle
valve body when there is no pressure in the
system it is essential that only one set of brake
pedals be actuated at a time. This avoids the
inadvertant centering of the body in a neutral
(center) position and blocking off pressure
from both sets of pedals.
In an emergency or for parking, the brakes may
-be operated by the hand pump: set HAND PUMP SE-
LECTOR VALVE to "BRAKE--PARKING AND
EMERG.", and operate pump. Fluid will be directed
to the brakes through emergency lines and shuttle
valves mounted on the brake housings. Gage indica-
tion of. 600 psi ~s sufficient to set brakes.
Note
To release parking brake, set hand pump
selector valve to "SYSTEM".
(1) SERVICE INSPECTION AND MAINTE-
NANCE.--The brake units should be inspected vis-
ually at regular 25 hour periods for proper adjustment
and any signs of seal leakage. The adjusting pin pack-
ing nut must be kept tightened to 25 foot pounds
torque.
..... At 100 hour periods the brakes should be looked
over more thoroughly without disassembly unless
necessary. Check for corrosion or broken parts and
security of nuts, bolts and safety wire. Blow out any
foreign particles o~ dirt around linings with air. Re-
place liriings only if necessary, when adjusting pin has
receded almost flush with face of the adjusting pin
packing nut. Inspect seals (item 8, figure 53) for
¯ leakage (from sand, dirt, etc.) every 100 hours if water
operation is frequent; every 300 hours if infrequent.
If seals leak, replace. The brake should be completely
disassembled and inspected at 400 hours. There are no
special adjustments necessary. No lubricants are needed.
(a) RELINING THE BRAKES.~he brake
linlngs should be rep!aced when the adjusting pin,
with the brakes off, is almost flush with face of the
adjusting pin packing nut.
1. Remove wheel, disc guides and annular
brake discs.
2. Remove worn linings and replace.
To facilitate reassembly it will be found ad-
vantageous to place ~ inch round pieces of
hose as spacers between the lining pads until
the discs may be put in place.
3. To remove oil or grease from discs and lino
ings, wash with carbon tetrachloride.
SECTION
(b) TEST PROCEDURE.--With the whee!
and brake fully assembled and spun by hand, observe:
1. Free lateral floating of brake discs.
2. That wheel is free when pedal is released.
3. Thai the discs are aligned properly.
4: That there are no hydraulic leaks when
the brakes are applied.
(2) BLEEDING BRAKE SYSTEM.--The fol-
lowing information covers the normal servicing of the
brake systems on new installations or in cases where
the systems have been drained when the braking ele-
ments have been changed.
Do not allow fluid to get on brake cylinder.
(a) Remove filler plug on master brake cylin-
der.
(b) Fill master cylinder with fluid (Univis.
No. J43 or equivalent--red color, AN-VV-0-366).
(c) Operate brake pedals several times.
(d) Open bleeder plug on housing and attach
bleeder hose to fitting.
N o~e
It is assumed that a container is available to
catch the surplus fluid. The end of the
bleeder hose should be submerged in this con-
tainer to avoid a possible return of air into
the system when the pedal is released.
(e) Pump pedals until no air bubbles appear--
this requires about two quarts of oil.
(f) With peda!s depressed m close and lock
bleeder plug and remove hose. As a further precau-
tion, at this point, the bleeder screws of the indi-
vidual cylinders may be backed off until the fluid runs
a clear red and the screws tightened.
(g) Release pedals and drain excess oil from
master cylinders by removing the two side ptugs.
When oil ceases to flow, at level of side plugs, replace
plugs and lockwire, and install the filler plug.
On airplanes with co-pilot brake pedals all
master cylinders may be filled up to the filter
plugs--top of cylinder.
To service the hand pump system for emer-
gency or parking brakes--ope~ bleeder plug on hous-
ing, attach bleeder hose and operate hand pump.
Usually flushing with about two quarts of oi! will
dispel all the air.
SECTION Ill

(Part Numbers are Goodyear) TUBING IDENTIFYING COLOR BAND--BLUE-YELLOW-BLUE.

1. Wheel Assembly--Goodyear No. 9530113 (9.50 x 16).
2. Housing--No. 9540047.
3. Disc Guide Assembly (outboard half)--No. 9520587.
4. Disc Guide Assembly (inboard half)--No.9510343.
5. Brake Lining--No. 511785-2 (12).
6. Rotating Brake Disc--No. 530935-1~6 (2).
7. Spacer Assembly--No. 9510101 (3)~
8. Split Ring Seal--No. 512038-1 (3).
9. "O" Ring--AN6227-29 (3).
10. Piston--No. 9510095 (3).
11. Adjustmen~ Pin--No. 511810-2 (3).
12~ Piston Plate---No. 9510097 (3).
13. Piston Spring--No. 9510098 (3) .......
14. Piston Cap--No. 9510096 (3).
15. Locking--Truarc--No. NAS:50-112 (3).

16. Seal--AN6230-3 (3).

17. Cylinder Head--No. 9510094 (3).
18. Washer--Gasket--No. 511820-1 (3).
19. Adjusting Pin Gasket--No. 511814 (3).
20. Adjusting Pin Lock Nut--No. 511815 (3).
21. Lockring--Truarc--No. NAS-50-212 (3).
22. Washer--No. 511846-4 (4). 29. Housing--No. 9540132.
23. Bleeder Screw--ANS02-10-4 (4). 30. Disc Guide Assembly No. 9520885.
24. Gasket--AN902-8 (2). 31. Brake Lining--No. 511785-26 (12).
25. Inlet Bushing--No. 512054 (2). 32. Rotating Brake Disc--No. 530935-16 (2).
26. Adapter Gasket--AN~02-4 (2). 33. MQvable Center Carrier--No. 9520884.
27. Bleeder Adapter--N~. 511951. 34. Bleeder Plug Adapter--No. 9510271.
28. Bleeder Plug--No. 512203. 35, Ble~der Plug--No. 512203.
28a. Sprin~--No. 9520912(4) Attached with screw AN502- 36. Pilot’s Pedals.
10-4(4) (lockwired). 37. Co-Pilot’s Pedals ........
38. Pilot’s Brake Master Cylinder.
39. Co-Pilot’s Brake Master Cylinder.
N OTE 40. Hydraulic Hand Pump.
Items 29 through 35 are installed on brake as- 41. Hand Puml)Selector Valve.
sembly No. 9540134. These parts are not inter- 42. Shuttle Valves.
changeable with equivalen~ parts listed above. 43. Shuttle Valve (on brakes).
44. Pressure Gage.

G~odyear Brake A~sembly No. 9540045

(airplane nos. J1-J8 inc!., Goodyear Brake Assembly No. 9540134
(airplane Nos. J9, J20, J27 and subs)
J10-J19 incl., J21-J26,~incl ~(~)~/~ 1-I~--7:7- - -- ~

Eigure 53--Brake SectiOn Views and System Diagram

74
SECTION II~
 1. Fuel Feed Line (Tank to Engine

Driven Pump)

2. Engine Driven Fuel Pump

3. Carburetor
ii
: 4. Vacuum Pump

5. Vacuum Line to Oil Separator

6. Tachometer Generator

7. Vacuum System Oil Separator

8. Lef~ Magneto
i
9. Left Magneto Blast Tube

10. Oil Tank Vent Line

11. Fire Extinguisher Ring

12. Starter
13. Location of Generator (Studs)
14. Right Magneto Blast Tube

15. Oil Line - Cooler Return to Tank

i6. Oil Line - Out of Engine to

Temperature Regulator

i7. Right Magneto

t8. Oil Cooler

19. Oil Line - Crankcase Breather

20. Oil Line - Into Engine from Tank

21. Carburetor Hot Air Intensifier

Tube (Right Manifold)

22. Carburetor Header

23. Carburetor Hot Air Intensifier

Tube (Left Manifold)

Figure 55--Engine Quick Change Unlt--Rear View


6. POWER
a..GENERAL. The Mallard. is powered by two
Pratt & Whitney Wasp "H", radial, nine cylinder en-
gines driving Hamilton Standard Hydromatic full-
feathering, three-bladed propellers. The engines are
installed on welded steel tubing mounts which, in
turn, are mounted on fittings on ~the. wing beam by
dynamic suspension mounts. Each engine carries its
own two fuel pumps, (engine driven and electric)
strainer and drain valve, proPeller governor, twin mag-
netos, generator and starter (a single storage battery
is located in the right nacelle).
A hydraulic system pump and tachometer generayor
are mounted on each engine and propeller feathering
pumps are located in the nacelles. Individual oil sys-
tems, consisting of a tank, a cooler with an automatic
temperature regulator, cooler air ducts and lines and
fittings are installed in the nacelles.
b. ENGINES.Airplanes J 1-J49 inclusive are equip-
ped with two Pratt-Whitney R-1340-S3H1 engines
rated at 600 H.P. at 2250 r.p.m. -or take-off (at 3000 ft.)
and 5.50 H.P. at 2200 r.p.m. (at 5000 ft.); airplanes J50
and subsequent are equipped with two Pratt-Whitney
R-1340-S1H1 engines rated at 600 H.P. at 2250 r.p.m.
for take-off (6200 ft.) and 550 H.P. at 2200 r.p.m. (at
8000 ft. ).
The engine, its accessories, cowling, and mount form
a ’~quick change unit" which may be removed from
the airplane at the firewa11, materially reducing en-
gine change time.
c. REMOVAL ENGINE QUICK CHANGE UNIT.
~ote
Use of the Engine Work Platform (Grumman
part No. 6T-~24) supplied as special equip-
ment, will.facilitate power plant work. Refer
to Figure 29.
(1) Set all switches to "OFF", throttles closed,
mixture levers closed, fuel selector valves to "OFF",
and pull emergency shut-off valves to clom.
(2) Remove accessory compartment cowling.
(3) Remove propeller.
(4) Disconnect electrical plug at firewall, .and
conduit leading inboard along wing leading edge
(magneto-ignition switch line) from back of engine
junction box.
(5) Disconnect main fuel feed line at "in" end
of strainer.
SECTION
PLANT.
(6) Disconnect four oil lines at firewall: oil-in,
oil-out, oii vent, and propeller feathering oil.
(7) Disconnect hydraulic lines (two).
(8) Disconnect propeller control cable from pul-
ley on governor.
(9) Disconnect throttle, mixture and carburetor
heat control rods from bellcranks at firew~ll.
(10) Disconnect cowl flap push-rods ifour) from
cowl flaps.
(11) Disconnect following lines (at fitting near-
.................. pressure, oil pressure, manifold
pressure, fire extinguisher and vacuum.
(12) Install hoisting sling No. GT-422 (Refer
to Figure 27) to propeller hub and engine mount
tubes and take up on sling to support engine unit,
allowing removal of attaching bolts.
(13) Remove bolts (four) from dynamic mounts.
(14) Check that all lines etc. have been cleared
and swing engine unit clear with hoist.
d. REMOVAL ENGINE FROM MOUNT (QUICK
CHANGE UNIT DIS-ASSEMBLY).
(1) Remove cowl flaps, support ring, and four
accessory compartment support channels.
(2) Remove speed ring (nose cowl spinning).
(3) Remove oil cooler, oil tubing and ducts.
(4) Remove carburetor air header and ducts.
(5) Remove fire extinguisher tubing.
(6) Remove throttle and mixture push rods from
levers on carburetor.
(7) Remove exhaust assemblies.
(8) Removb generator and blast tube, and mag-
neto blast tubes.
(9) Disconnect electrical lines to magnetos, gen-
erator, starter and tachometer generator and remove
electrical junction box.
(10) Remove starter, tachometer generator, fuel
pump, hydraulic pump and vacuum pump.
(11) Remove carburetor (break lockwire, remove
eight nuts from studs and remove feed line).
(!2) Remove primer distributor.
(13) Check that all lines are removed (cleared).
(14) Support engine with sling.
(15) Remove eight bolts attaching engine to
mount ring and remove engine.
 SECTION ill

i, Carburetor Ram Air Duct 12. Vacuum Line

2. Fire Extinguisher Ring 13. Tachometer Generator
3. Left Exhaust Collector 14. Vacuum Pump
4. Left Magneto Blast Tube 15. Fuel Pressure Line
5. Carburetor Hot Air Intensifier 16. Primer Solenoid
Tube (Left Manifold) 17. Vacuum Relief Valve
6. Oil Separator to Exhaust Line 18. Carburetor to Primer Line
7. Vacuum System Oil Separator 19. Carburetor Header
8 Oil Separator Drain Line 20. Carburetor Header Overflow Valve
9, Engine Electrical 3unction Box
I0. Manifold Pressure Line
II. Oil Pressure Line

Figure 56--Er~gir~e Quick Char~ge Unit--Leff Side

78
 SECTION I!!

i. Propeller Governor Line 7. Oil Cooler Air Ducts

2. Oil Cooler 8. Fire Detector
3. Oil Temperature Regulator 9. Carburetor Hot Air Intensifier
4. Right Exhaust Collector Tube (Left Manifold,
5. Carburetor Hot Air Intensifier 10. Carburetor Heat Control Valve
Tube (Right Manifold) ii. Carburetor Header
6. Right Magneto Blast Tube

l:igure 57--Engine Quick Change Unit-R~gh~ Side

79
SECTION
e. MAINTENANCE.--For all information on serv-
icing, maintenance, and adjustment of engine or car-
buretor, refer to Pratt & Whitney Service Manual.
f. INSTALLATION.To install engine to the
mount and assemble the engine quick change unit, and
install the unit on the airplane, reverse the procedures
described above.
f-1. ENGINE PRESERVATION.If engines are to
be idle for seven days or less no special preservation is
necessary but propellers mUs~ be ~ned o~er thru four
complete revolutions every second day. If engines are
to be idle for more thar~ seven days, but will be oper-
ated definitely within thirty days proceed as follows:
(1) Remove spark plugs and rocker box covers.
With exhaust valves open, thoroughly spray exhaust
valves and rocker box parts with corrosion preventive
mixture.
(2) After spraying, rotate crankshaft at least four
revolutions to work mixture into exhaust valve guides.
(3) Spray mixture into each cylinder, with piston
at bottom of stroke so as to cover all interior surfaces.
Follow by an additional spraying without rotating the
crankshaft. If crankshaft is rotated, each cylinder must
be resprayed Replace rocker box covers.
(4) Install cylinder dehydrator plugs in spark
plug holes.
(5) Re-install rocker box covers.
(6) One pound minimum of dehydrating agent
must be put in and anchored in the exhaust outlets and
carburetor air intake scoops. These openings must be
plugged or covered and sealed, as must the intensifier
tube inlets and exhaust stack drains.
f-2. DEPRESERVATION,
(1) Remove seats, plugs, dehydrating plugs and
bags.
(2) Slowly rotate crankshaft four or five revolu-
tions in normal direction.
(3) Drain off or remove excessive corrosion pre-
ventive mixture. Use hand pump if necessary.
(4) If any valves are sticking, lubricate stems gen-
erously with a mixture of gasoline and lubricating oil.
Continue to rotate crankshaft until all evidence of
valves sticking has been eliminated. If mixture does
not free valves, make necessary repairs.
(5) Install spark plugs and prepare engine for
operation.
g. ENGINE MOUNT.--The engine mounts (one
left, one right) are welded chrome molybdenum steel
tubing assemblies; each is equipped with four specially
designed flexible mounts which attach to fittings on the
nacelle firewalL
The flexible mount rubber bushings should be re-
placed after every. 800 (approx.) hours service or at any
time prior thereto if inspection reveals hairline cracks
in the rubber or separation in the bend between the"
rubber and metal bushings. On airplanes J1-J47 in-
clusive, the rubber bushings are held in position by
peening of the 6nds of the housings; as the lips must
~e straightened to remove the bu~ings and then re-
peened, the lips are easily cracked. To overcome this
difficulty the lips should be cut off and replaced with
bolted retainer plates as shown on Grumman drawings
No. 108303 and 112683. Airplanes J48-J52 inclusive
have these plates installed in place of the peened lips.
On airplanes J53 and subsequent, the rubber .bushings
are held in place by bowed retaining rings (Waldes
Kohinoor No. 5001-50) replacing retainer plates.
As the life of the rubber bushings in the engine
mounts and the cowl assemblies is shortened by con-
tact with oil or Par-al-ketone, the rubber bushings and
adjacent parts which contact them are coated with 3-
M E.C.-711 cement. This is done when the airplane is
assembled, and should be redone whenever the parts
are disassembled.
h. EXHAUST SYSTEM.--Each engine is equipped
with two exhaust manifolds, discharging at the top
of the nacelle; the right hand manifold coltects from
cylinder nos. one, two, three and four--the left hand
manifold collects from cylinder nos. five, six, seven,
eight and nine. Each manifold is a welded assembly
made up of stacks from the cylinders and a collector;
the material is corrosion resistant steel. Each manifold
carries a heat intensifier tube for carburetor heat; air
is carried from forward of the cylinder baffle to the
top of the tube by a flexible tube, attached by a clamp,
down through the manifold by the corrosion resistant
intensifier tube and aft from the bottom of the manifold
by a flexibe tube to the carburetor header heat valve.
The manifold assemblies are mounted by attach-
~ng each stack to its respective cylinder and by support
tubes to the engine mount. A boss.is installed on the
upper part of the left hand manifold for the attach-
ment of the vacuum pump discharge line and bosses
are installed at the bottoms of both manifolds for oil
drain lines. These drain bosses are not installed on
J52 and subsequent airplanes.
(1) REMOVAL.
(a) Remove accessory compartment cowling
and cowling support channels (four).
(b) Remove carburetor heat intake air tubes
(two each manifold) from bottom and top of intensi-
fier tube by freeing hose clamps.
 (c} If attached, remove oil drain lines from
bottoms {one each manifoId) and vacuum pump dis-
charge line from left hand manifold,
(d) Remove brass nut and pal nut attaching
bracket on stack to each of nine cylinders.
~ e} Remove bolt assembly attaching manifold
assembly to brace tube to engine mount (top).
(f) Remove bolt assembly to free tie channel
between manifolds at top.
(g) Pull manifold aft and clear.
The intensifier tube may be removed from
the manifold by removing two bolt assem-
blies (upper and lower) and working tube
out of manifold.
(2) MAINTENANCE.--If any part is cracked,
burned out or weld has failed, replace. Check tight-
ness of attaching clamps, bolts and nuts.
(3) INSTALLATION.
(a) Set manifolds in ptace (stacks in exhaust
ports).
(b) Attach support tubes at top (one bolt as-
sembly each side) holding manifold to engine mount.
(c) Install tie channel between manifolds (at
top).
(d) Attach brackets on stacks (nine) with one
brass nut and one pal nut each.
(e) Attach intake (top) and outlet (bottom)
tubes to instensifier tubes (1R-1L) with hose damps.
(f) If manifolds are provided with bosses (air-
planes previous to J52) attach oil drain lines to bosses
on bottoms of manifolds and vacuum pump drain line
to boss on upper end of left manifold.
i. POWER PLANT CONTROLS. All controls are
operated by cables. The throttle, mixture, propeller
and carburetor air systems are similar; the paired con-
trol handles rotate grooved friction pulleys which
move cables attached to be!lcranks. A friction adjust-
ment (restrictor ! is installed to put drag on the throt-
tle l~orizontal mounting shaft. The fuel selector sys-
tem cable ends are attached to chains which rotate
sprockets on the selector valve shafts. The emergency
shut-off valve controls are cased flexible shafts actuated
by "T" handles. The cowl flaps are controlled hy-
draulically-for information refer to Engine Nacelles
(4), and Hydraulic System (13).
On airplanes J30 and subsequent, the single carbure-
tor air system control has been replaced by separate
controls, with accompanying cables, for each engine.
On airplanes J32 and subsequent the rue! and oil shut-
off system has been revised.
(1) THROTTLE AND MIXTURE SYSTEMS.-
From the paired grooved friction pulleys, to which the
control handles are attached, the cables run up and
aft over support pulleys to the fr.ont face of the box
beam and outboard along the beam to bellcranks in
the nacelles; push rods connect the bellcranks to the
engine levers.
(2) PROPELLER SYSTEM.--The propeller sys-
tem is identical to the throttle and mixture system
save that at the nacelle additonal beltcranks are in-
stalled from which cables run forward to the propeller
governor pulleys. Clamps are installed to secure the
cables in place on the pulleys.
80A
 1. Right Magneto Blast Tube - No. 109245-2 through
Grommet AN931-16-22 in Baffle. Nipple (Attachment
to Magneto) ANS16-16-12D.
2. G’eherator Blast Tube - No. 109034-11. Attached with
AN748-91 Clamp (2). Rubber Extrusion No. 109034-12 in Baffle.
3. Scoop - No. 108545-1L Lefti~?108545-1R Right. At-
tachments to Inter-cylinder Baffle
Screw - AN526-8-10 (8)
Washer - AN960- DSL (16)
Nut - AN365-832 (8)
4. Flexible Intensifier Blast Tube - No. 10854~:! Left,
108543-2 Right. Attaching Clamp AN737-56 (2 per Tube).
5. Elbow - No. 108546-1L Left, 108546-R Right
6. Attachments, Elbow (Item 5) to Intensifier Tube
Bolt - AN4-16 (2)
Nut - AN310-4 (2)
Cotter - AN3802C-2 (2)
7. Support Channel - No. 109036. Attachments to
Welded Clamp on Tailpipe
Bolt - AN4-5 (2)
Washer - AN960-416 (2)
Nut - AN310-4 (2)
Cotter - AN3802C-2 (2)
8. Brace - No. 109037-11 Left, 109037-10 Right.
Attachments, Brace to Welded Clamp on Tailpipe
Bolt - AN4-6 (2)
Washer - AN960-416 (2)
Nut - AN310-4 (2)
Cotter - AN3802C-2 (2)
Attachments to Clamp (Item 9) on Engine Mount
Bolt - AN4-14 (2)
Washer - AN960-416 (2)
Nut - AN310-4 (2)
Cotter - AN3802C-2 (2)
9. Clamp Assembly (on Engine Mount) - No. 109237-4
Left, 109237-3 Right, Half Clamp No. 109236-3 (1L-IR)
Attachments;
Bolt - AN4-12 (4)
Washer - AN960-416 (4)
Nut - AN365-428 (4)
10. Exhaust Manifold Assembly - No. 109025-33 Left,
109025-34 Right
11. Exhaust Stack Support Clips - No. 109027 (9). Attach
P & W Brass Nut and Pal Nut
12. Carburetor Air Intake Duct
13. Flexible Tube. Intensifier to Carburetor Heat Control
Valve - No. 108543-3 Left, 108543-4 Right. Attach-
ing Clamps, AN737-56 (2 per Tube)
14. Carburetor Header
15. Left Magneto Blast Tube - No. 109245-1 through Grom-
met AN931-16-22 in Baffle. Nipple (Attachment to
Magr!~to) AN816-16-12D

Figure 58~Exhaust System andBlast Tubes Installation

 SECTION Iii
Airplane No. :I30 and subsequent
Airplane No. J32 and subsequent
1. Propeller Governor Controls.
2. Throttles.
3. Throttle Restrictor Knob.
4, Fuel Mixture Controls.
5, Fuel Tank Selector Control.
6. Carburetor Heat Control.
7. Overhead Control Panel and Pulley Assembly.
8, Idler Pulleys on Sta 140 Bulkhead.
9. Emergency Shut-off (engine oil and hydraulic
fluid).
10. Engine and Propeller Controls Pulley and
Bellcrank Assembly (on forward face of wing
box beam).
11. Fuel Selector Valve (on forward face of wing
box beam, sta 46).
Figure. 59 (Sheet
,¸ 82
Airplane No. :[30 and subsequent
ubsequent
~To Emergency Shut-off (cockpit)
Airplane No. 732 and subsequent
12. Lever and Cable Assembly (emergency
shut-off, on forward face of wing box beam).
13. Firewall Engine and Propeller Controls
Bellcrank Bracket.
14. Firewall Carburetor Bellcrank Bracket
(upper).
15. Firewall Carburetor Bellcrank Bracket
(lower).
16. Firewall Propeller Control Pulley Bracket.
17. Pulley on Propeller Governor.
18. Emergency Shut-off Cables and Bellcrank
Assembly (in fuselage forward of box beam).
19o Engine Oil Emergency Shut-off Valveo
20. Hydraulic Oil Emergency Shut-off Valve.
 SECTION III

SCHEMIATIC VIEW OF ITEM IO

CLOOKING AFT)

PROPELLER FEATHERING
THROTTLE
MIXTURE
CARBURETOR HEAT
FUEL TANK SELECTOR
EMERGENCY ENGINE AND
HYDRAULIC OIL SHUT-OFF

Figure 59 (Sheet 2 of 2 Sheets)-Power Plant Controls System

SECTION
(3) CARBURETOR AIR.SYSTEM.On air-
planes J1-J29 inclusive the carburetor air system is
similar to the throttle, mixture and propeller systems
with a single control for both engines; on.airplanes
J30 and subsequent, two controls and cable systems are
installed, one for each engine. A be!lcrank and push-
rod linkage in the nacelle carries action down to the
carburetor header.
(4) UEL SE* CToR-v vE SS;STEM The
control handles, located on the overhead panel operate
grooved friction pulleys from which cables run .aft to
the ~ront ~ace of the box beam and outboard; chains,
which rotate sprockets mounted on the selector valve
shafts, are attached to the cable ends.
(5) EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF VALVE SYS-
TEM.~’T’’ handles, mounted on the face of Sta. 140
bulkhead, (over ~he pilot’s and co-pilogs heads) are
attached ~o cased flexible shafts which act on belt-
cranks to rotate the valve shafts when the handles are
pulled. On akplanes J1 ~o J31 inciusive the valves
mus~ ~ reopened by hand. On a~planes J32 and sub-
sequent, the valves may be reopened by pushing
"T" handles back to the original position.
(6) ADJUSTMENT. The control Bdkranks,
pulleys and brackets are drilled for the insertion of
3/16 inch drill rod positioning pins m hold the con-
~rols in neutral position for riggin& See fi~re 59. To
se~ up the systems proceed as £olloWs:
(a) Set up both si&s of one system at a dine,
i.e., both thro~ies.
(b) Insert positioning pin through holes in
bracket and control pulley and through bracket and
be!!crank at firewaIL
(c) Install cables (lead cables through pulleys
with a string to facilitate installation), and tighten
turnbuckles.
~o~
Make certain that cables run as shown in
figure 59, over proper pulleys and on mp of
pulley when so indicated.
7, PROPELLERS
a. GENERAL. The propeller installations on both
engines are identic~!. Each installation consists of a
right hand rotating, 8 ft. 6-5/16 in. three bladed, quick
~eathering Hamilton Standard propeller, hub No. 23D-
40-51 with "D" shank blades, No. 6533A-18; a gover-
nor unit, Hamilton Standard No. 4Kll-U4T; and a
(d) Operate co~,~t’rol and check action at other
end.
(e) Tighten cables (except propeller pulley
cable, see step g below) to 50 pounds tension approx.
allowing slight "cash:ion" at both ends of handle
throw.
(f) ’The other engine control systems (mixture
and propeIler) are similar. The mixture control pulley
has tw¢o holes and two positioning pins are necessary.
Nole
The controls movement ranges are as fotlows:
throt~:le lever----45 ° from max. ope~. to dosed;
mixture lever--35 ° from Lull rich to idle cut-
off; propd!l.er t**er--42° from low pitch to
high pitch. Propeller governor pulley rotates
through 1~7°~3 .
Check ~uel sel~.ctor system--that selector
valve is in pr0p{ r setting when handle is in
selected positiom See figure 72.
Check carburetor air.system that bellcrank
is a!l the v-ay into "cold" and "hot" when the
control handle is set a~ "cold" and
Check emergency shut-off system that valve
is closed when "T’ handle is pulled the cable
must be tightened to overcome lag. Check
open position.
(g~ Erratic propeller operation (lack o£ syn-
chronization) may be caused by improper tension of
the pulley cables. These cables should have 12 pounds
tension. If a tensiomever is not available the cables may
be adjust~ by feel as fol!ows: adjust so that the upper
and lower cables may be drawn together easily with the
fingers a,: a point 27 inches £orward of the firewall
(approximately over the ignition harness ring). Ad-
just the pulley cables only, as the cables along the lead-
ing edge will autommically assume the correct tens,on.
feathering pump, Hamilton Standard No. 59664-11.
a-1. PROPELLER DISTRIBUTOR YALVES. If
engines or propellers are changed make certain that’the
threads on the distributor valve (figure 60, item 4)
match the internal threads on the end o£ the engine
propelle~: shaft. Pra’~t & Whitney engines No. 328044

and subsequent have ~’S.A.E. No. 40" shafts with 2-1/4
inch O.D. threads: engines with serial numbers below
this have "AN re-operated" shafts with 2-3/8 inch O.D.
threads. If the engines are changed, the propeller
distributing valves must be changed.
An adapter bushing, part No. HSP73913 may be pur-
chased from the Hamilton Standard Propeller Co. and
installed in accordance with their Service Bulletin No.
156, to adapt I’AN re-operated" propeller shafts with
2-3/8 inch threads to distributor valves with 2-1/4 inch
threads. Information on cost and installation may be
obtained from the Hamilton Standard Propeller Co.
No~e
Hamilton Standard Propeller Special Service
Release No. 15 has been made up especially
for the Model 23D40 lock pitch propeller used
on the Mallard. Copies may be obtained from
either the Grumman Service Department or
or from Hamilton Standard, who will also
supply information on the necessary test rigs
required. Please note that the Grumman com-
pany finds it advisable to perform the cleaning
and testing procedure described on page nine
and subsequent o£ this service release at every
100 hour engine inspection.
Oil for feathering is carried from the engine oil
tank to the feathering pump and thence under pres-
sure to the governor through flexible lines. The pro-
peller controls are located above the pilot’s head in
the cockpit adjacent to the engine controls.
The average blade angle is from 12° !ow pitch to
30 high pitch with approximately 18° constant speed
°
angle range. The full feathered position is 84°.
This installation embodies a "lock pitch" or posi-
tive high pitch feature; the distributor valve is so
designed /hat in the mov4ment from low to high
pitch, at the 30° pitch position the drain ports from
the outboard side of the piston are .blocked by the
center set of rings on the distributor valve and the
resulting hydraulic lock prevents further movement
towards a higher pitch..ln the full feathering action,
the increased pressure from the feathering pump forces
the" piston through the hydraulic !ock by opening the
relief valve, which is set at 200 psi.
If one engine should fail on take-off, the lock pitch
£eature~ limiting the propeller high pitch angle to 30°,
assures minimum drag from the failed engine and,
at the same time, permits high propeller thrust in the
event o£ engine recovery.
,SECTION
a.-2. UNFEATHER!NG PROCEDURE.
(1) Set fuel selector valve to "best tank".
(2) Set mixture control to "IDLE CUT-OFF".
(3) Set generator switch to "ON".
(4) Set carburetor heat control to "COLD".
(5) Set propeller control to governing rpm (1800
to 2000 rpm--aft side of control on dividing line be-
tween red and green sectors).
(6) Set throttle to ’~CLOSED".
(7) Push feathering button :in and hold until
rpm’s build up to 600-800 max, then release.
(8) Set ignition switch to "ON--BOTH".
(9) Wait until engine windmills up to 1300-1500
rpm then move mixture control forward to "RICH".
This engine speed can be reached normally at an air-
speed of 130-135 mph. If the mixture control is op-
erated at a lower rpm, there is danger, of overloading
the engine and causing a damaging backfire.
(10) Open throttle slowly.
(11) Use same procedure to warm up the engine
after unfeathering as is used on the ground; i.e., check
oil pressure, oil temperature and head temperature
before drawing high power.
No~e
This procedure is given for the purpose o~
making periodic checks of the system and its
operation. To avoid overloading the engine
sump, do not repeat this test until the engine
has run -ot at least two minutes at 1000 rpm
approx.
In cases where the propeller has been feathered
because of a damaged engine, be careful when
unfeathering as returning the engine to opera-
tion may cause further damage. It may prove
impossible to feather the propeller again be-
cause of damage to the engine oil passages.
Never start an engine on the ground when the
propeller is feathered or in "locked pitch" or
"high pitch" positions. Bring the feathered
propeller back to "locked high pitch" with
the feathering motor and then down to flat
pitch with the "paddies". Make certain to
drain the engine sump to avoid li)ading the
engine with oil.
84A
 SECTION ~

1. Dome Breather Hole Nut Lockwire.

2. Dome Breather Hole Nut.
3. Dome Assembly.
4. Distributor Valve Assembly.
5. Distributor Valve--Pro_ueller Shaft Gasket.
6. Propeller Retaining Nut Lockwire.
7. Propeller Retaining Nut.
8. Barrel Assembly.
9. Blades--No. 6533A-18.
 SECTION
b. DOME AND VALVE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL.
(1) Take off the dome breather hole nut lock-
wire and remove the breather hole nut, making some
provision to take care of oil from dome. Using blade
persuaders, turn blades to high pitch position.
(2) Install the dome lifting handle Hamilton No.
54101; then take out the dome retaining nut lock-
screw cotterpin and remove the nut lock screw.
(3) Back off the dome retaining nut and lift off
the dome assembly on a line parallel with the shaft,
being very careful not to damage distributor valve.
(4) Remove propeller retaining nut lockwire.
Unless the propeller retainlng nut lockwire
is removed before the valve is turned, the
locking splines may be damaged.
(5) Back off the propeller retaining nut two or
three turns to relieve any compressive effect on the
propeller shaft. Using a Hamilton Standard propeller
combination wrench, No. 56122, and a retaining nut
wrench, No. 54819, remove valve from shaft.
This valve must be inspected and cleaned
every 100 hours, as per Hamilton Standard
Propeller Special Service Release No. 15.
c. HUB AND BLADES ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
( 1 ) Install the propeller hoisting sling, Hamilton
Standard No. M-462.
(2) Back off the propeller retaining nut and the
attached front cone. When the propeller retaining
nut is backed off the propeller shaft, the outboard
ledge of the front cone will contact the hub snap-ring
and start the propeller hub and blades assembly off
the rear cone.
(3) Cover propeller shaft with thread protector,
or wrap with tape if protector is not available.
(4) Remove spider-shaft oil seal ring, seal and
washer. The seal can be removed in good condition
if propeller is first moved back on shaft, and seal care-
fully guided over propeller shaft threads.
(5) Remove the propeller and then the propeller
rear cone from the shaft.
Note
If another propeller is not to be installed
immediately, clean, oil and cover shaft.
2
If the propeller is to be teft in storage for any
length of dime, protect all metal surfaces by
applying a coating of general rust preventive,
Tectyl 506 or equivalent. Apply a thin uni-
form coating by either immersion, spraying,
swabbing or in the course of operational tests
of the propeller assembly; Tectyl 506 or equi-
valent may be used as the a&uating fluid on
the test bench.
do HUB AND BLADES ASSEMBLY MAINTEN-
ANCE.--Refer to Hamilton Standard Service Manual
No. 140B for maintenance for these parts.
e. HUB AND BLADES ASSEMBLY INSTALLA-
TION.
(1) Instal! the rear cone on the propeller shaft,
and move it back until it contacts the propeller shaft
thrust bearing nut.
Note’
To prevent seizure of the propeller retaining
nut or the valve on the propeller shaft, apply
a thin film of thread lubricant or dean engine
0il to the shaft threads.
(2) Cover the propeller sl~aft thread with a
thread protector or wrap the shaft with a cloth if a
protector is not available. Lift the propeller hub and
blade assembly by means of a hoist and the propeller
hoisting, sling, making sure that the propeller is held
so that the blank spline in the ptopeller spider is in
line with the wide spline on the engine shaft and that
propeller blade clearance is provided for by the in-
stallation work stand. Install the hub and blades
assembly on the propeller shaft.
(3) Install the spider _shaft seal overthe propelS-
let shaft to fit outboard of the propeller spider splines,
in the following order:
(a) Spider and shaft o11 seal washer.
(b) Spider and shaft oii seal.
(c) Spider and shaft oii se~d rings.
Not~
The open end of the sea! faces away from the
engine.
Use a blunt instrument to aid in seating the
seal in order not to harm the threadS.
’(4) Apply a thin film of thread lubricant or clean
engine oil to the threads on the inner diameter of the
 Dome Breather Hole Nut Lockwire.
2. Dome Breather Hole ~Tut.
3. Dome Lifting Handle No. 541~}1.
4. Dome Assembly.
5. Dome Retaining Nut Lock Screw and Cotter Pin.
6. Distributor Valve ~sembly.
7. Distributor Valv~Prope]ler Shaft Gaske~
8. Propeller ~talnlng Nut ~ckwire.
9. Propeller Reta~n~g Nu~

10. Hub and Blades Assembly.

11. Combination Wrench No. 56122.
12. Retaining ~Tut Wrench No. 54819.
13. Valve ]~ousing Adapter Wrench No.
14. ~lade Persuader No. M-712.
15. Hoisting SHng No. M-462.

~OT~
too] numbers are Pratt and Whitney.
 SECTION ~
propeller retaining n~to Then install the front cone
on the propeller retaining nut. Them parts are ma-
chined so that the groove incorporated inside the front
cone matches with the ledge a~ the base of the retain.
ins nut. Turn the blades into reverse pitch to move
the toothed portion of the blade gear segments down
into the hub, thereby providing the necessary clear-
ance which will permit installation of the propeller
retaining nut and the attached front cone halves.
The propeller retaining nut should advance
on the threads without binding or catching.
If it does not, inspect the nut and the shaft
for damaged threads.
(5) Start the propel/er retaining nut and the
attached front cone into the propeller shaft threads
by hand.
(6) Tighten the propeller retaining nut on the
shaft using the combination installation wrench in
_ conjunction with a three foot bar. The required
torque is 720 ft. Ibs, which can be obtained by apply-
ing a force of 180 pounds at the end of the three foot
bar. (Wrench is one foot long.)
(7) In order to fully tighten the nut on the
shaft, strike the bar dose to the wrench with a ham-
mer weighing about 2V2 pounds while the tightening
torque is being applied. Determine if one of the
locking slots in the retaining nut is in alignment with
one of the holes in the propeller shaft. IF not, con-
tinue the tightening operation until one slot and hole
are in aEg~ment. Spacing o![ the slots in the propeller
retaining nut with respec~ to the holes in the propel-
ler shaft is such that alignment of a slot and hole will
occur at each 5° of rotation°
(8) Compress the hub snap ring and install it
in the spider hub snap ring groove.
(9) Install the distributor valveopropetler shaft
gasket inside the propeller sh~t, making certain that
the e~gine shipping plug is removed fro~ the shaft.
(10) Check valve housing oil transfer plate on
the base ~£ the d~tributor valve to be sure that it is the
~oLid center ~ype ~or ~c~ b~thing installations,
and that the ~p~r ~ke~ ~ inctud~ ~n the
o~1 transfer ptate and the housing.
(11) Apply a ~hi~ fi!m o~ thread lubricant or
clean engine oil to ~he t~e~c~ oa the b~ of the
~ibutor valve. Screw ~he wlve into ~e pro~er
sh~, by
The valve should advance into the propeller
shaft smoothly and easily. If binding is
noticed, remove the valve and check the
threads of the propeller shaft and the hous-
ing for burrs, damaged threads, cross-thread-
ing, etc. If binding persists, back off the pro-
pellet retaining nut two or three turns and
then screw the valve into the shaft. Back-
ing off this nut relieves the compressive effect.
Tightening the propeller retaining nut will
occasionally reduce the internal dimensions
of the shaft sufficiently to cause binding be-
tween the valve housing and propeller shaft
threads.
(12) Tighten the distributor valve into the pro-
peller shaft using a bar one foot long in conjunction
with the combination wrench, retainer nut wrench
and valve housing adapter wrench, with a torque of
100 ft. Ibs. While this torque is being applied, lightly
strike the bar near the wrench with a hammer weigh-
ing not more than 2~A pounds. Repeat this tightening
operation until one of the locking slots on the valve
housing is in alignment with the same locking hole
in the propeller shaft as previously determined in para-
graph (7) above.
Whenever possible, use the Hamilton Standard
valve wrench. These wrenches evenly distribute the
applied torque across the wrench flats and thereby
minimize the possibiLity of collapsing the housing.
Ho~e
Under no conditions should the valve housing
be backed off even slightly in order to obtain
slot and hole alignment. If this alignment
cannot be obtained without exceeding the
specified torque remove the distributor valve
and re-install it using either a new oii trans-
fer plate and shaft g~sket, or reduce the thick.
hess of the first gasket by lapping it slightly.
(13) Insert the propeller retaining nut lockwire
in the lockwh:e groove of the retaining nut and make
certain that the extended portion of the wire fits
through the propeller re~ining nut and the propeller
shaft and lock~ into a slot in the valve housing.
(14) The dome a~d barrel seal is considered
part o~ the hub assembly. The seal may be installed
at the amembly of the hub or just prior to dome in-
st~Llation. The metal expander ring is .first i~.talled
on the domeobatre~ sheLi ~md the seal .is then fitted
over k ~o thin the feathered edge~ hce the sheff.

DOME ASSE~vgBLY INSTALLATION.
(1) Prior to dome installation, check the low and
high pitch stop ring~ in the base of the fixed cam to
make certain the dome operating range is correctly
set for the installation. To reset the rings, lift out
the inboard s~op ring which is the high angle stop
ring and marked "SET TO I-IIGH PITCH" on one
lug, and ’*ASSEMBLE THIS STOP LAST’, on the other
lug. Then lift our the lower stop ring which is the
low ~mgle stop ring, and marked "SET TO LOW
PITCH" on one lug, and "ASSEMBLE THIS STOP
FIRST" on the other !ug. These rings can best be
taken out by inserting AN10-24 ~crews in the tapped
holes which are incorporated in the stop lug portion
of each ring. In order to insure that the stop rings
will not fall out of the dome during installation, it is
permissable to SP1LING the stop rings to a slightly
out of round shape, so as to provide sufqcienr friction
to hold them against their own weight. Such SPRING-
ING shall not be greater than will permit installation
of the rings by hand alone.
Reinstall the low pitch stop ring to the desired
low angle limit (12°) by inserting it in the stop
ring flange (on the base of the fixed cam) so that
the arrow stamped on the stop ring coincides with
desired degree mark stamped on the fixed cam flange.
This degree mark represents the blade at~gle of the
reference station.
Reinstall the high pitch stop ring to the desired
high angle (84°) by inserting it on top of the low
pitch stop ring in such a way that the arrow stamped
on the ring coincides with the desired high pitch
degree mark stamped on the fixed ~ mop ring flange.
The stop lug on the rotating c~am gear marked
"SET WITHIN GtLADUATIONS’[, mum lie within
the graduated arc on the stop ring flange on the ba~
of the fixed c~m.
(2) Install the required number of preload shim~
over the fixed cam locating dowels in the hub amembly.
When installing the dome assembly in the
hub assembly, k is absolutely eme~al ~t
the ~ ge~ in the dome m~he~ pro~rly
wi~ ~e b~de g~ ~en~. By ~g the
do~ ~embly ~d the b~e ~embli~ at the
~e high p~tch angle, m d~ri~ ~ ~e
pr~i~g ~agraph, ~e m~g teeth w~
pit~ ~gle m~ ~ ~h the dome ~d ~e. hub
SECTION
(3) Move the rotating cam in the dome until the
cam stop lug meets the high pitch stop ring.
Rotate the blades until the high pitch angle
(etched on the blade hub) is aligned with the index
mark etched on the inside diameter of the barrel
Index m~°ks are etchec~ on all current barrel
shelve~. For conversion in the field refer to
Hamilton Standard Service Bulletin, Serial
94, Re£erence 420, page 10.
2
Amgle graduations, previously stamped on
blade hubs, are being eliminated. There-
fore it row/be necessary to scribe the gradu.
tions on the hubs in the field. Re[er to
Hamilton Standard Bulletin as above.
To imure proper meshing of blade gear ~go
ment with the rotating cam gear, check that
the proper angle graduation (corresponding
to the dome high pitch settings) is aligned
with the index mark,
(4) Inst~ll the dome li~ting handle in the dome
breather hole.
(5) The dome assembly is initially installed in
the hub assembly with the correct number of pre-
load shims in pl~e but without the dome and barrel
seal in the hub assembly. Lif~ the dome assembly in-
to position and ins~ll it over the fixed cam locating
dowels in the hub assembly. Make certain that the
arrow etched on the base o~ the ibied cam coincides
at installation with the arrow stumped on the barrel-
dome shelf of the outboard barrel half. When in.
stalling the dome assembly in the hub amembly, make
certain that the OIl seal rings on th~ valve assembly
~e staggered, and that they enter p~operly into the
piston oil seal ring aleeve.
Turn the dome in a counterclock~yise direction
tmrdl the fixed cam locating dowels in th~ barrel-dome
shel~ enter the dowel hol~ in the fixe~ cam. Start
the dome retaining nut into the hub mmmbly by hand-
~a~g t~ dome ~ining nu~ .~d ~e~ a~ the
com~tion wrench ~d i~ a wr~ch ~. Remove
the dome li~tiag h~dle. Tig~e~ the dome ~g
nu, ~ing a ¢~que ~c~ ~o ~t the dome oa the
b~r~ Sheff, approvaly 250 ~. Ibs. ~k ~
~ition o~ ~he dome ~g au~ wi~ ~ ~
the b~
89
 SECTION !~
With the dome assembly properly seated in
the barrel, the front face of the dome retain-
ing nut will be approximately flush with the
front edge of the outboard barrel half. Tight-
ening of the dome retaining nut, in addition
to fastening the dome unit to the hub, serves
to apply the preloading force to the gears,
and to compress the dome and barrel seal.
Failure to tighten the dome unit securely in
the hub will result in elongation or failure
of the dome shell retaining screws, and oil
leakage around the dome retaining nut.
(6) Remove the dome assembly. Install the dome
and barrel seal in the hub assembly over the expander
ring on the barrel shelf. This seal is installed with
the feathered end facing away from the dome retain-
ing nut. Reinstall the dome assembly and apply suf-
ficient torque to the dome retaining nut to bring it
at least to the position previously marked, and to ob-
tain alignment of the dome retaining nut lock screw
with one of the crescent slots in the outboard edge of
the barrel Once the dome retaining nut has been
started into the hub, do not back it out until the
position previously marked has been obtained. If
this procedure is not followed, the dome and barrel
seal may catch betwen the threads when the dome re-
taining nut is retightened after it has been partially
backed out.
(7) Install the dome retaining nut lock screw in
the dome retaining nut, and safety this screw with a
1/16 in. cotter pin or lockwire. If lockwire is used,
make certain that it is installed in line with the out-
board barrel half edge.
(8) Check the high pitch blade angle either by
the index line on the blades and the graduation on
the barrel blade bore, or by a bubble protractor at
the reference station, and then using suitable blade
turning lever, shift the propeller blades into the full
low position and check the low blade angle. These
angles should be the same as the high and low pitch
settings of the stop rings, and this check will insure
that the correct relationship between the blade gear
segments and the cam gear has been obtained.
Make cdrtain that the rotating cam stop lug
marked "SET WITHIN GRADUATIONS" lies be-
tween the low pitch stop ring lug marked "SET TO
LOW PITCH", and the high pitch stop ring lug
marked "SET TO HIGH PITCH".
(9) Install the dome breather hole seal in the
dome breather hole at the outboard end of the dome
assembly. This seal is inserted with the tapered por-
tion facing into the dome. Next, insert the dome
breather hole washer over the seal.
(10) Attach the dome breather hole nut and
tighten it into place using a torque of 30 to 50 ft.
lbs. Continue this tightening operation until one of
the holes in the nut lines up with. a slot in the dome
shell
(11) Snap the dome breather hole nut lock wire
into the groove on the inside of the nut in such a
way that the extended portion of the wire rests in
the shell groove. Then check all external cotterpins
and safety wire.
g. PROPELLER GOVERNOR.
(1) GENERAL.--The Hamilton Standard Pro-
pellet Governor units (No. 4K11-U4T) are installed
on the top of each engine nose section with four
botts. They are connected to the propeller feather-
ing pumps by flexible lines and controlled by cables.
(2) REMOVAL.
(,a) Remove cable from governor pulley and
break electric conduit at the plug on the front of the
g~overnor.
(b) Remove the flexible oil line and four nuts
attaching the governor to the studs mounted on the
engine nose section.
(c) Remove the governor and gasket.
(3) MAINTENANCE. m Refer to Hamilton
Standard Service Manual.
(~) INSTALLATION.
(a) Instatl gasket, install the governor on the
four stud~ on the engine nose section, and attach with
four nuts.
(b) Attach the flexible oil line from the fea-
thering pump.
(c) Make up electric conduit at front of the
governor and attach cable to governor pulley,
h. PROPELLER FEATHERING PUMP.
(1) GENERAL.mA Hamilton Standard Prop/~l-
let Feathering Pump No. 59664-11 is installed in
nacelle on the !eft hand side below the wing beam.
It is mounted on a bracket with four bolt assemblies.
(2) OPERATION.wThe pumps are electrically
driven and are controlled by two push button switcl~es
located on the overhead panel in the cockpit.
feather the propeller (the operation is identical
either propeller), the push button switch is depressec~
thus establishing the low current circuit from th~
battery through the push button holding coil and
from the battery through the solenoid relay located
in the connector box. As long as the c~rcuit remains
closed, the holding coil keeps the push button in the
depressed position. Closing the solenoid establishes
1. Engine Oi! Tank.
2. Tank-to-Feathering Pump Line: Tubes No. 109008-
1 and 109008-2 (one inch O.D. x .049 aluminum alloy
with AN878-16-15 Hose (3) and AN748-46 Clamps-
stainless steel at connection to 9ump (2) carbon steel
above (4).
3. Hamilton Standard Pump No. 59664-1 Mounted on
Bracket No. 106189 with Bolts AN76-A5 (4) and
Washers AN960-D616 (4)--(lockwired).
Pump to Prop. Governor Line: Bushing Reducer--
AN912-TD; 90° Elbow--AN914-4D; 45° Elbow--
AN823-10D; Aeroquip Flex Hose--No. 360-10WD-14;
Bulkhead ConnectionmAN832-10D; Nut (flared tithe)
AN924-10D; Washers--AN901-10C (2) ; Aeroquip
Flex Hose--No. 360-10WD-70; 45° Elbow--AN823-
10D.
5~ Firewall.
6. Support attachments for Line Through Inter-cylinder
Baffle; Bracket -- AN743~2, Clamp -- AN742-15,
Scr.ew--AN515-8-8 (2), Screw--AN520-10-8, Nut--
AN365-832 (2), Nut--AN365-1032, Washer--AN960-
D8 (2), Washer--AN960-D10,Grommet--AN931-16-
(2), Washer--AN960-D10, Grommet--A~931-16-22,
Washer~AN960-DSL (2), Washer--AN960-D10L.
Figure 62--Propeller Feathering System
7. Propeller Governor--Hamilton Standard No. 4Kll-
U4T or No. 1Kll-J4T.
8. Propeller.
9. Attachments--Flex Hose to Engine Mount Tube---
Bottom: Clamp--AN742-15, Clamp---AN742-16, Hrac-
ket--AN743-2, Screw--AN520-10-8 (2), Washer--
AN960-D10L (2), Washer--AN960-D10 (2), Nut--
AN365-1032 (2).
10. Attachments--Flex l~ose to Oil Cooler Support: As
in Item 9 less Clamp AN742-16 and Bracket~
AN743-2.
11. Attachments--Flex Hose to Engine Mount Tube--
Top; As in Item 9 Less Bracket--AN743-2.
12. Attachments--Flex Hose to Engine Valve Push Rod
Tube: Identical to Item 9.
TUBING IDENTIFYING COLOR BAND YELLOW.
SECTION il|

CO~D
-- ~ARBURETOR

COCKPIT DR HEADER
CONTROLS

COLD
COLD AIR
TUBE

HOT AIR
INTENSIFIER TUBE

CHARGE AIR DUCT

WARM AIR
COLD OPERATION

COLD HOT
--CARBURETOR

COCKPIT FOR HEADER

CONTROLS

coLD HOT
COLD AIR
SPILL TUBE

HOT AIR
TUBE

CHARGE AIR DUCT

WARM AIR
WARMED AIR OPERATION

HOT
]ARBURETOR

CONTROLS ./
F CARBURETOR HEADER

HOT
COLD AIR
:LL TUBE

HOT AIR

C~ARGE AIR DUCT

WARM AIR
FULL HOT AIR OPERATION

Figure 63--Carburetor Air System Schematic Diagram


the high current circuit from the. battery into the fea-
thering motor pump unit. The feathering pump picks
up engine oil from the oil tank, boosts its presstrre,
and supplies it to the governor high pressure transfer
elbow on the governor. When pressure reaches the
maximum needed to full-feather the propeller, the
electric circuit is broken and the control buttons
lease.
(3) PUMP REMOVAL.
(a) Break the electric conduit at the pump
and uncouple the line from the engine oil tank, at the
pump.
SECTION
(h) Uncouple the flexible line to the governor
at the connection at the pump, then break lockwire
and remove four bolt assemblies.
(4) MAINTENANCE. Refer to Hamilton
Feathering Pump Service Manual.
(5) INSTALLATION.
(a) Mount the pump on the bracket with four
bolt assemblies and lockwire them.
(b) Install the flexible hose to governor at
pump and install line from oil tank with metal con-
nector at pump, Then install electric conduit at
pump.

CARBURETOR AIR SYSTEM.

a. GENERAL.--Tbe left and right engine carbure- (b) Attach duct to carburetor header with
tor air systems are identical. Each consists of an eight bolt assemblies.
take air duct, a carburetor header, a heat control valve
and controls. Normal ram air is taken _in through the c. CARBURETOR HEADER.
intake air duct and through the carbu_r¢ror header to (1) GENERALo--The aluminum header is equip-
the carburetor. Alternate air (protected air from in- ped with a two piece butterfly type valve for normal
side the nacelle) is taken into the he~der through a ("cold") air ~nd a hinged door for protected air. One
door opened by engine suction as a valve in the head- half of the normal air valve is spring loaded to provide
er is closed, cutting off the normal ram air. Hot air a backfire door, when operating in the protected or hot
is provided by intensifier cubes (in the exhanst mani- air condition. The normal air valve is operated by a"
folds) leading to a heat control valvo mounted on linkage from the pilot’s controls (one for left engine,
the header. Hot air is directed into th~ header along one for ~ight engine) the protected or hot air door
with protected air from the nacelle. is opened by engine suction when the normal air is
blocked off, Hot air is ducted through the header to
b. INTAKE AIR DUCT. "Y" nog~zl9~s directly beneath the carburetor venturis.
(1) GENERAL.wThe intake air ~iuct assembly The ho~t air valve is mounted on this duct a~ the poim
is made up of aluminum alloy sheet, The !ip assembly where it ~oters the header.
(scoop) is located between No. six a~d seven cylin-
ders, and is attached to three bracke~ rivited to the (2) REMOVAL.
intercylinder baffle. The duct sllp-fit~ over the lip (a) Remove intake duct, see paragraph b (2)
assembly and runs ’aft to the carburg~or header to above.
which it is attached by eight bolt a~¢mblie~ using (b) Disconnect tubes from intensifier tubes to
~elfd~cking nuts. heat control valve.
(2) REMOVAL (c) Disconnect control linkage.
(a) Remove lip assembly from inter-cylinder (d) Disconnect fire extinguisher and vent lines
b~le by removing six screws and washers. f~om header.
(b) Remove eight bolt assemblies attaching (e) Remove eight nuts from studs on carbure-
duc~ to carburetor header. tor, and remove header and heat control valve.
(c) Remove d~ct by pulling a~. (f) To remove heat control valve from header,
(3) MAINTENANCE.~If perforated o~ crack- disconnect control linkage and remove bolts.
reply. (3) MAINTENANCE. Check operation of
(4) !.NSTALLAT~ON. valve and door and control linkage; if defective re-
(a) Slip-fit duct to lip .assembly and install to move and repair or replace. The normal ("cold") air
imer~liader baffle with six screws and washers~ door stop screw, installed to prevent fluttering of the
SECTION

door when operating in the normal position, should
be adjusted to bear against the door when it is in the
full open position. If improperly adjusted the screw
may wear an indentation into the door; a small steel
plate, riveted in place should be installed to cover the
indentation.
Flutter of the door may be caused by clevis bolt
wear; the bo]ts should be replaced.
Worn bellcranks and links may be repaired by tack
welding washers on each side of the bellcrank or the
links. Larger size clevises may be substituted if desired.
(4) INSTALLATION.--Reverse removal proced-
ure.
 1. Inter-cylinder Baffle 12. Control Linkage (Duct Door and Heat Control Valve)
2. Attachments, Valve to Header; 13. Attachments, Rod to Bellcranks
Bolt - AN4-6 (4) Bolt - AN3-6A (2)
Washer - AN960-416L (8) Washer - AN960-10 (2)
Nut - AN365-428 (4) Nut - AN365-1032 (2)
3. Attachments to Studs on Carburetor;
Washer - AN960-D!6 (8) NOTE
Nut - AN365-524 (8) Ad.~ust rod to permit duct door (direct air shut-off valve) to
4. Gaskets (2) reach both "full open" and "full closed" position.
5. Screen
6. Carburetor
7. Control Push Rod (to Bellcrank on Firewall)
Operates Duet Door and Heat Control Valve
through Linkage
8. Header and Valve Assembly - No. °109020-2
9. Attachments - Duet to Header:
Bolt - AN3-6A (8)
Washer - AN960D10L (8)
Nut - AN365-1032 (8)
10. Air Intake Duct Assembly - No. 109055-1
Duct Attachments (Item 15 to Item 1);
Bolt - AN3-5A (4)
Washer - AN960-!0 (8)
Nut - AN365-1032 (4)
11. Duct Door {Shown in Cold Air Position)

14. Heat Control Valve (Attached to Flexible Tubes from

Intensifier Tubes)
15. Air Intake Duet Assembly - No. 109050. Attachments
Duct Lip to Lower Bracket on Engine Baffle; (Nuts on
Bracket)
Screw - AN526-832-7 (2}
~q~sher - kI~6~)-/kBL ~2~
NOTE

Upper bracket on baffle cushioned from duet by neoprene strip.

Figure 64-Carburetor Air System Installation

SECTION

\/
\/

\

d. HEAT CONTROL VALVE.
(1) GENERAL. The aluminum alloy heat con-
trol valve consists of a housing with inlet ports from
the two intensfier tubes, a hot air discharge port and
a port to the carburetor header. In norma! operation
(control at "’COLD"), the internal doors, operated by
the control linkage, close off the port to the header and
open the discharge port; when the control is moved to
the PILOT’S_ position, the discharge port is closed and
the port to the header is opened.
Note
The carburetor air system header and heat
contro! valve here described and illustrated
have been installed in airplanes J45 and sub-
sequent when built at the factory. Service
Bulletins No. 21 and 22 have been issued for
the installation of this system in earlier air-
9. OIL SYSTEM
a. GENERAL.raThe oii systems are separate and
identical for each engine. Each consists of a tank, an
emergency shut-off valve, a coder with a temperature
control valve, a drain valve, cooler air ducts, temper-
ature and pressure gage.s, lines and fittings.
Oil flowing from the tank is circulated by the
engine oil pump and returned to the temperature con-
trol valve on the cooler. If cool, .the cooler is by-
passed and the oil is returned directly .to the tank; if
above the desired operating temperature (max. 85°C,
185°F.) it passes through the cooler and returns to
the top of the tank. Oil pressure limits, are 70 psi.
rain., 90 psi. max:
b. TANKS.
(1) GENERAL.mThe tanks are welded aIu-
minum alloy of 12 gals. maximum capacity which in-
cludes eight gallons of engine oil, one and one quarter.
gallons for propeller feathering, two and one quarter
ga!lons foaming space, and one half gallon sump. The
tanks are mounted in supports located on the top of the
wing in the nacelles. Each is secured with two strap
assemblies attached to a support channel on the aft
side of the firewall and two supports on the upper wing
surface.
(2}. REMOVAL.
(a) Remove forward section of nacelle after-
body (attached by screws) and exhaust trough.
(b) Remove two plates i~ firewatl.
SECTION III
ptane~s, and it should be installed for improved
operation. Earlier airplanes were equipped
with a similar system which embodied a
lighter header and a different type heat con-
trol valve to which the hot air intake was
attached with a spider mounting. Early air-
planes had a single carburetor heat contro!;
this was replaced by individua! controls.
(2) REMOVAL.See Header Removal, para-
graph, c (2) above.
(3).~MAINTENANCE. Check for proper opera-
tion 0f ~alve a~d contr01 linkage; door must close off
port to spilt (exhaust) tube wlaen control is at "COLD"
and port to header when control is at ’~HOT". If
parts are defective, remove and repair or replace.
(4) INSTALLATION.Reverse removal proce-
dure.
(c) Disconnect oil-out and oil-in lines, line to
prop. feathering pump, vent line and drain line.
(d) Disconnect straps at turnbuckles and re-
move tank.
(3) MAINTENANCE.--Check for leaks or cracks,
especially at welds. If defective, remove and repair
or replace.
(4) INSTALLATION.~Reverse procedure given
in paragraph (2) tLEMOVAL, above.
c. EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF VALVE.
(1) GENERAL--The emergency shut-off valve,
in the oil-in-to-engine line, is mounted on the aft side
of the-firewall with the ou{let port extending forward
through the firewalL The valve is held in place by
a nut run up on the forward side of the firewall.
The valve consists of a body and plunger assembly;
the piunger is rotated by the pilot to the "OFF" posi-
tion, through a flexible shaft; it must be reset to "ON"
manually on airplanes J1 to J31 inclusive. On air-
planes J32 and subsequent pushing the handle will
reset the valve to "ON".
(2) REMOVAL.
(a) Remove oil tank, (see paragraph b. above)
and disconnect line fitting just forward of the fire-
wail.
(b) Disconnect control from bel~crank, remove
nut On forward side of firewall and remove valve.
96A
 SECTION. III
(3) MA-INTENANCE.--Check operation of con-
trol see that -valve shuts off line when control is
pulled.
(4) INSTALLATION. Reverse procedure given
in paragraph (2) tCEMOVAL above.
d. OI~ COOLER.
............ _(t_) G_E _NE_RAL~ _:~._~-~..The ten_inch__diameter cooler is
¯ nade by the Clifford 5r!_fg. Company. ;Any o£ these
three types may be used; E-42549, H-36690 Or H-36363.
All are interchangeable with each other. Each cooler
is equipped witha United Aircraft Products No. UD-
4785 four port temperature control valve with surge
protection. It is mounted by two straps riveted to sup-
ports attached to the right side of the engine mount.
The snaps are riveted to the bottoms of the supports
and held at the top with turnbuckles through blocks
on the supports. A crosstiestrap is installed onthe .......
outboard side o£ the cooler between the straps.
 KEY TO FIGURE 66

OIL TANK INSTALLATION

1. Oil-in-to-Engine Line 15. Attachments - Strap Assembly to Terminal:

2. Oil Temperature Bul~ Fitting Bolt - AN4-20A (2)

3. Box (enclq~sing tank drain valve) w~}~er - AN960-416 (2)

4. "O" Ring AN6227-18 Nut - AN365-428 (2)

5. Access Plate (firdwall) 16. Oil Tank Assembly - No. 109126

6. Access Plate (firewall) 17, Shim-No. 106"~v~i!:!(2)

7. Hose Connection (aft of firewall) (5) 18. Strap Assembly - No. 109158 (2)

8. Oil Tank Drain Line 19. Adelite Channel

9. En~ergency Shut-off Valve 20. Turnbuckle G122 (2) (lockwire)

10. Oil-out-from-Cooler Line 21. Trunnion - G121L (2); G121R (2)

11. Cradle (1L and 1R) 22. Attachments - Strap Assembly to Support:
12. Engine Mount Support (upper} Bolt - AN6-15A (2)
13. Firewall Washer - AN960-616 (2)
14. Terminal (2) Nut - AN365-624 (2)
23. Support (1L and 1R)

24. Prop. Feathering Pump Line

25. Oil Tank Vent Line

NOTE

Hose connections aft of firewall shown in black.

 /
!

99
 NOTE

Soak pads (items 1 and 8) in castor oil before installing; [hen install
item 1 on duct and cooler, set cooler in place in supports, make up
straps and attach lines with hose clamps, then take up on turnbuck-
les to tighten straps. When removing, loosen turnbuckles first, to
ease tension on strap attachment.
1. Webbing Pad - No. 109171 (2).
2. Coole’r- Clifford .N.o. B36690. 11. Turnbuckle - No. 21216 (2) (With two nuts
3. Temperature Control Valve - United Aircraft each - AN316-4R).
Products No. U-4785. 7. Support Strap Assembl~ - No. 109169 (2). 12, Engine Mount Tubes.
4. Cooler-to-Tank Line. 8. Cross Tie Strap - No. 109160 with Webbing 13. Clamp Assembly - No. 109164A (4)
5. Engine-to-Cooler Line. Pad No. 27696. Clamp ~ G344-8-7 (8)
6. Attachments - Straps to Turnbuckles: 9. Block - No. 109165-2 (2) Bolt - AN4-13A (16)
Bolt - AN24-11A (2) I0. Rear Support Assembly - No. 109168-2. Nut - AN365-428 (16)
Washer - AN960-4!6L (2) Washer - AN960-416 (16)
Washer - AN960-416 (2) 14. Block- No. t09165-1 (2)
’ Nut - AN364-428 (2). 15. Front Support Assembly - No. 109168-1.
!6. Intake Air Duct.

Figure 67--0il Cooler lnsta~latlon

 NOTE
OIL TANK CAPACITY

2.25 GAL.FOAM SPACE FI LLER ROD

0.5 GAL, SUMP TEMPERATURE
8. GAL.OIL INCLUDES 1,25GAL
FOR PROP. FEATHERING.

RETURN
LI NE
GAPAGITY I:

COOLER
OIL I0" DIAM.
OUT"
-SCUPPER
OI L "IN" TO DRAIN
ENGINE LINE

OIL TANK VENT -DRAIN

ENGI N E
OIL PRESSURE LINE

OIL "iN" TO OIL SYSTEM EMERGENCY

ENGINE SHUT OFF VALVE GAGE
PROP. FEATHERING PUMP LINE.
SHUT OFF SOLENOID
(ON AIRCARRIER ONLY)
GRANKGASE
BREATHER
LINE
FLOW LINES
VENT ANDDRAIN LINES

PRESSURE LINES

5
Z

Figure 68--011 System Schematic Diagram

SECTION
(2) COOLEI~ REMOVAL.
(a) Disconnect oil-in and oil-out lines from
temperature control valve.
(b) Loosen nuts on turnbuckles to loosen
straps, and remove clevis bolt assemblies attaching
straps to turnbuckles.
(c) Work cooler free from air duct and re-
move.
(3) COOLER MAINTENANCE.
(a) Check to see that core is clean and that
there are no leaks.
(b) If leaks are evident, repair or replace as
necessary.
(4) COOLER INSTALLATION.
(a) Soak webbing in castor oil and set in place
over end .of air duct.
(b) Place cooler in position on supports and
slip-fit forward flange over webbing and duct.
(c) Soak webbing (two pieces) for support
strap lining in castor oil and set in straps.
(d) Set cross tie and support straps in place and
make up clevis bolt assemblies attaching straps to
turnbuckles.
(e) Tighten turnbuckles until cooler is secure,
and safety wire.
(f) Connect oil-in and oil-out lines, aft and
forward respectively, to the temperature control
valve.
No~e
To obtain a tighter fit on the cooler (which
may become galled) by the support straps,
slot the edge of the air intake ducts (figure
67, item 16) in three places, equally spaced,
by drilling No. 30 holes 5/8 in. from the
edges of the ducts and cutting slots, 1/16 in.
wide. When installed, the ends of the cooler
duct halves should clear the radius on the
cooler 1/16 in. approx, so as to prevent its
riding the radius, and the rear stop should be
so positioned that as much of the webbing
pad (figure 67, item 1 ) as possible should
be against the cooler radius. All cooler straps
should be tightened periodically.
(5) TEMPERATURE REGULATOR. The type
UD-4785 regulator, mounted on the cooler, controls oil
action as follows: when the oil is still cool, its flow
is directed from the engine directly back to the tank;
when its temperature reaches 104°F, the cooler inlet
valve starts to open,’and the disc valve which controls
flow to the out port starts to close (these are both
parts of the thermostatic surge element) so that oil
begins to flow into the cooler by-pass, to warm the oil
in the cooler, and then back into the tank; this action
increases until oil temperature is between 135° and
145°F, and as temperatures increase to approximately
160°F another thermostatic element actuates a valve
(DV-9 valve) to force oil into the cooler core.
To prevent damage to the cooler from surging,
or excessive pressure from cold oil, whenever the pres-
sure differential between the oil-in and oil-out ports
exceeds 55 psi, with the cooler inlet valve open, the
disc valve on the thermostatic surge valve unit is
pushed through its seat (pressure overcomes a spring
load) to relieve pressure to the oil-out port.
(a) DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION AND
CLEANING.--These valves require no service except
periodic inspection and cleaning.
Functional failures, in practically every instance
will be caused by dirt or other obstruction under the
valve seats. If the valve fails to function therma!ly, the
remedy is to replace the defective element with a new
one, and return the faulty element to the manufacturer
for adjustment and repair.
No special service tools are required.
Before starting maintenance work, read the in-
structions for disassembly.
In removing the valve from the cooler, or any
parts from the body of the valve, be careful not to dam-
age any of the parts or admit dirt into the regulator
or the cooler.
1. Lift regulator off cooler, after removing
lockwire and bolts and set on clean paper or cloth to
prevent damage to the bottom face from scratching,
etc.
2. Remove valve at oil-out end of body, using
screw driver. Discard gasket. Clean valve by immers-
ing in clean gasoline only and blowing out with air-
stream. Do not soak valve in gasoline.
3. Clean out port and valve seat using clean
brush dipped in white gasoline and blow out with air-
stream.
4. With a screw driver, remove four outside
screws from surge valve assembly at oil-in end of regu-
lator. Do.not disturb center screw as this would ruin
calibration of the surge valve.
5. Remove complete surge valve assembly,
containing the thermostatic surge valve and spring and
discard the copper gasket. Remove carefully, as this
 SECTION II~

!2

SECTION AA

OIL IN OIL OUT

I. Cap Assembly 6. Surge Valve Spring

2. Spring Retainer 7. Gasket

3. Poppet Valve 8. Gasket

4. Sealing Plate 9. Spring

5. Valve Body i0. Valve Seat

103
 SECTION
assembly is under compression load of the spring. No
further disassembly should be made.
6. Clean by immersion in gasoline only and
blow out with air stream.
~ (1) GENERAL.--The assembly consists of two
~¢AUT!ON~
................................... ~ .......... ............................
Do not permit valve to soak.
7. Clean valve chamber and disc valve seat
thoroughly, using brush dipped in white gasoline. Be
sure that all foreign matter is removed from seat. Dry
with air stream.
8. Working through oil-ou~ port, depress
check valve and clean seat and check valve face with
gasoline. Dry out with air stream.
9. Clean oil-in and oil-out ports with white
gasoline, then immerse entire regulator body in gaso-
line and dry out with air stream.
N ore
No lubrication is necessary, as the parts Of this
valve are completely bathed in oil at all times,
All parts containing thermostatic element,8
must be washed in gasoline only and not left
to soak. All other parts may be washed in
gasoline or any approved cleaning solution
before reassembly. New gaskets shou!d,al,
ways be used.
(b) REASSEMBLY.--Reassembly of the valve
is made by reversing the order of the steps described
above, and installing new gaskets where the old ones
have been discarded.
Care should be taken not to damage any of
the parts, or admit dirt into the valve or the cooler dur-
ing reassembly.
Should there be any question about the loc-
ation of the various elements, or should it be necessary
to replace any parts~ refer to United Aircraft Products
Catalogue and Parts List.
(c) TEST PROCEDURE.mA][ter reass~mbly
has been completed, but before lockwiring, attach the
valve to the cooler, and s~ely plug the oi!-out port.
104
Test for leaks of valve ends and between valve
and cooler by applying 75 psi air pressure through oil-
in port with valve and cooler under water. Retighten
bolts and nuts if necessary. Lockwire.
e. COOLER AIR DUCT ASSEMBLY.
’ inter-cylinder lip and duct assemblies, one above and
one below cylinder No. 3, joined at the oil cooler.
Each duct is attached to three brackets riveted to the
inter-cylinder baffle and slip-fits over the cooler, to
which it is held by the forward cooler support strap.
(2) REMOVAL.
(a) Remove or loosen cooler, see paragraph d,
(2) above.
(b) Disconnect fittings attaching fire extin-
guisher lines.
(c) Remove assembly ][tom inter-cyllnder
baffle by removing 6 screws and washers from each duct.
(3) MAINTENANCE.---Check ][or cracks and
breaks, and security o][ attachment. I][ defective, re-
move and repair or replace.
(4) INSTALLATION.
(a) Install each lip assembly into inter-cylin-
der banes.
(b) Sliprfit ducts to llp assemblies and attach
with six screws and washers to brackets on inter-
cylinder baffles,
(c) Slip,fit duct assembly to cooler; install
cooler, see paragraph d, (4) above.
(d) Connect fittings attaching fire extinguish-
er lines.
L EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF SOLENOIDS.--
Scheduled carrier airplanes are equipped with solenoid
valves, controlled by toggle switches, to prevent flow
of oil under pressure into the hull, in case o][ a break
in the pressure gage lines.
-The valves are installed in the lines just aft o][
the engine crankcase, and the control toggle switches
are located on Sta. 140 bulkhead above the copilot’s
seat. The switches (one ][or right engine, one for
le][t) are grouped with the fuel pressure line switches.
g. PRESSU1LE GAGES AND LINES.--Oil pressures
for the two engines are indicated on Edison No. 111-6
compound engine gage units connected by ¼" O.D.
aluminum alloy tubing to the engines. (restricted
fittings are installed at the engines). In order that
there be no lag between pressuxes at the engines and
readings at the gages, especially with cold oil, these
lines are filled with S.A.E. "No. 10 oil. Tees, with
caps, are installed at the gages for the purpose of
filling the lines.
 SECTION

10. FUEL SYSTEM

a. GENERAL.JThe fuel system is made up of air hose and observe for bubbles appearing on the
two wing tanks with selector ~alves and liquid level outside.
transmitters, and a system strainer, electric boost pump, (c) After determining location of leak; remove
engine driven pump, primer system and necessary access plates and use flashlight and hand mirror for
lines and fittings for each engine. working inside of tank.
Note (d) To repair, clean area around leak with
¯ naptha or lead solvent, to remove lead stains. Then
Certain airplanes are equipped with a special
auxiliary fuel system; fuel is carried in the ..apply 3M E.C.750 elastic compound (Minnesota Min-
ing and Manufacturing Co.) with a putty knife to
wing tip floats and electric pumps are in- cover area. Allow four hours to cure (air drying).
stalled to transfer fuel from the floats to the
main tanks. For detailed information, refer (e) Re-install fittings (valves, access hole cov-
to paragraph h, below. ers) using E.C.801 compound as sealing paste.
(f) Should leakage occur in the bladder type
b. TANKS.--The tanks on airplanes J1 to J48 in- cells of airplanes J49 and subsequent they should be
clusive are integral with the wing box beam; they are repaired in accordance with the procedure specified
formed by the upper and lower skin, the front and
rear faces and Sta 34 and Sta 109 or Sta 125 ribs. Air- by the U.S. Rubber Co. for Mareng Type fuel cells.
planes No. J! to J7 inclusive and J9, J10 and Jll carry Note
165 U.S. gallons (157.3 Imp. gals) in each tank, 330 Open Koehler spring-snap drain valve at
.~d~.S. gallons (274.6 Imp. gals) total and the outboard
ends of the tanks are at Sta 109 rib. Airplanes J8, and wing-to-fuselage-fairing at daily inspection to
J12 to J48 inclusive carry 190 U.S. gallons (159 Imp. drain sediment or water, Snap end tab to
gals) in each tank, 380 gallons (318 Imp. gals) total open--allow to drain several seconds--then
and the outboard ends of the tanks are at Sta 125 rib. snap tab to close~
These tanks are coated internally with a Thiokol (2) RESEALING INTEGRAL TANKS.--If the
compound (Stoner-Mudge process) to prevent leakage. repair procedure described above is not satisfactory,
Inspection plates are installed on the front face, and contact the Grumman factory for further information.
Sta 48 rib (equipped with flapper valves) serves as a
baffle, in order to maintain 20 gallons fuel supply at
the tank outlet for’ all maneuvers.
The tanks on airplanes J49 and subsequent are each
made up of seven interconnected bladder type cells.
Each tank assembly carries 180 U.S. gallons (150.7
Imp. gallons), 360 U.S. gallons (301.4 Imp. gallons)
total The cells are manufactured by the U.S. Rubber
Co. of Mareng Type 538-N synthetic rubber. The
venting and draining of these tanks is similar to that
CLOSED
used on the integral type tanks.
(1) INSPECTION, MAINTENANCE AND RE-
PAIR.--Tank leakage is improbable, but should leak-
age occur in the integral tanks, proceed as follows: ~~OPEN POSIT~ON
(a) Carefully clean off exterior surfaces and
examine area where leak is suspected. If area in vi-
cinity of hull is in question, remove wing-to-hull fair-
ing and check surface covered by it.
(b) If leak is not definitely located, drain all
fuel and f!ll tank with sudsy soap and water solution.
Being careful to see that al! outlets are plugged, apply

¯ " |05
 m

Key to Figure 71

FUEL SYSTEM ARRANGEMENT

1. Tank (Integral tank as shown on airplanes 3"1-548; 15. Line - Selector Valve to Strainer
seven interconnected bladde.r type cells on airplane ~[49 16. Strainer - Aero Supply No. 104504-2 with Koehler
and subsequent). Drain Valve No. K1700B-I. Mounted on Cowl Flap
2. Tank Vent Lines. (Lines for integral tank shown; line Support on Airplanes up to I49; on I50 and
from cell type tank leads forward of beam and down to Subsequent Attached to Boost Pump Mounted on Firewall.
tower surface of wing. ) 17. Line - Strainer to Boost Pump (on Airplanes up to
3. Fitting for Float Tank Line (shown plugged). :149 Only).
4. Fuel Level Transmitter - No. 109076-1 on Integral Tank, 18. Electric Booster Pump - Thompson No. TFD-10300.
G.E. No. 8TJ13L:~E on Cell Type Tank. On Engine Mount Support on Airplanes up tO 54§;
5. Access Plate. on J50 and Subsequent Mounted on Firewall.
6. Drain Valve - Koehler No. K1700B-1.
7. Tank Outlet Line with Strainer
8. Outlet Tee NOTE
9. Line - Left Tank to Right Tank Selector Valve Airplanes J1-J3 Equipped with Pesco Pump.
Right Tank Line Similar.
10. Line - Left Tank to Left Tank Selector Valve
Right Tank Line Similar. 19. Line - Booster Pump to Engine Driven Pump.
11. Line - Right Tank to Left Tank Selector Valve 20. Engine Driven Pump - Pesco No. 2-P-R400 BMD.
Left Tank Line Similar. 21. Line - Engine Driven Pump to Carburetor
22. Carburetor.
NOTE 23. Pressure Line from Carburetor to Primer and Pressure Gage.
24. Primer Solenoid - No. UB3100 and Line to Primer
Feed line assemblies made up of 3/4 O.D. aluminum
Rose. Line Supported on Engine Mount.
tubing with Ermeto nuts and sleeves. 25. Primer Rose.
12. Feed Line to Cabin Heater. 26. Solenoid Valve - No. AV-2 (Air Carriers Only).
27. Engine Driven Pump Drain Line.
13. Heater Feed Line Solenoid Valve.
28. Booster Pump Drain Line
14. Selector Valve - Thompson No. TCB-15200-5.
29. Line to Pressure Gage in Cockpit.
 TUBING IDENTIFYING COLOR BAND--REI) (FEED).
--RED-BLACK (VENT).

Figure 71--Fue! Sv:~fem Arranaement

SECTION

CELL PART NO. LOCATION INTER- HANGER EQUIPMENT

(1 left, 1 right) IN WING CONNECTORS FITTINGS
106481 Sta 34 to 48 40utb’d 2 Top, Access Hole frame,
2 Inboard Drain, Strainer,
Feed line, Outlet
106482 Sta 48 t{> 62 40utb’d 2 Top Filler Neck
4 Inb’d
106483 Sta 62 to 77 40utb’d 2 Top Top Access Hole
4 Inb’d Frame, Level
Indicator (front)
106484 Sta 77 ro 92 4 Outb’d 2 Top Top Access Hole
4 lnb’d Frame
106485 Sta 92 to 107 4 Outb’d None 1 Top Access Hole
4 Inb’d Frame, 2 Vent
Fittings (Top)
106486 Sta 107 to 125 4 Outb’d 1 Top 1 Access Plate
4 Inb’d Top
106487 Sta 125 to 140 4 Inb’d 2 Top 1 Access Plate
30utb’d Front
Figure 71A--Fuel Cell ldentiBcation List

(3) N_TEL CELL INSTALLATION -- AIR-
PLANES J49 AND SUBSEQUENT. The seven left
and seven right bladder type ceils are similar in shape
and general size but differ in fittings. The list above
identifies each cell by its part number, its position in
the wing by station and by its fittings. See Figure 73
for installation details.
To install a cell in the wing bay, fold it so that
it may be inserted through the access hole in the wing
skin, then settle it in place in the bay and make up the
hanger fittings. A light coating of wax (Simoniz or
equivalent) on the male inter-connector fittings will
facilitate making up the connectors.
c. SYSTEM STILAINERS.--The strainer (one each
engine) is. mounted on the cowl flaps support frame,
on the left side of the nacelle, by two bolts; it is a
standard Aero Supply No. 93916-1 unit, equipped with
a Koehler spring-snap drain valve like that on the
tank. The strainer basket may be removed quickly for
inspection or cleaning by loosening a single wing nut
and swinging the bottom cover plate clear. A Par-
ker plug valve, installed on the strainer side, drMns
the system. ¯
(1) REMOYAL.--Disconnect fuel-in and fuel-
out lines by removing hose clamps and remove two
bolts.
(2) MAINTENANCE. Snap drain yalve tab to
drain water or sediment at daily inspection, or as de-
sired. Set fuel selector to "OFF" and remove basket
to inspect for dirt wash basket in clean, unleaded
gasoline.
Keep Parker plug valve handle iockwired
closed.
(3) INSTALLATION.Reverse removal proce-
dure described above.
d. ENGINE b’;UEL SELECTOR VALVES. The se-
lector valves (two, one on each tank, Thompson Prod-
ucts No. TCB-15200-5) are mounted on brackets on
the forward face of the wing beam. There are three
valve settings--"OFF", "FROM RIGHT TANK",
"FROM LEFT TANK"; the valve shaft is rotated by
a sprocket actuated by a chain and cable assembly from
the pilot’s overhead panel. The valve settings provide
for operation of either engine from either tank, (dur-
ing single engine operation either tank can cross feed
to the other).
(1) REMOVAL.--Loosen turnbuckle and remove
chain from sprocket, remove four tubing connections
and remove four bolts attaching valve to support
bracket.

(2) MAINTENANCE.--Check operation to see
the ,calve settings coincide with control handle setting.
Adiust turnbuckles to overcome excess slack in cable.
Keep chain greased (refer to lubrication chart, Figure
17).
(3) INSTALLATION.Cover threads of connec-
tors with Parker Sealube when installing and reverse
removal procedure described above. Lockwire turn-
buckle after installing control chain. Refer to Figure
72 for indexing valves.
e. ELECTRIC BOOSTER PUMPS.Thompson No.
TFD-10300 pumps (one each engine) are installed; on
airplanes J4 to J49 inclusive the pumps are mounted
on special brackets bolted to the left hand engine
moun t tubes; on airplanes JS0and subsequent they are
mounted on the left hand side of the firewall.
Note
Thompson pumps are installed on airplanes
serial no. J4 and subsequent. On airplanes
serial no. J1, J2 and J3 Pesco pumps No.
2E-607 200GPH are supplied. These are simi-
lar in type and operation but are installed
horizontally by clamps to the engine mount
left hand lower diagonal tube.
The pumps are controlled by toggle switches
on the over head control panel; by-pass valves
in the pumps permit normal operation of the
system by the engine driven pumps when use
of the booster pumps is not desired or neces-
sary.
(1) REMOVAL.
(a) On airplanes J4-J49 with pumps mounted
on brackets on the engine mount, disconnect fuel-in,
fuel-out and drain lines; remove six bolts to remove
clamps (two uppqr and one lower) from engine mount
diagonal tubes.
(b) On airplanes JS0 and subsequent, remove
fuel-in line to strainer, fuel-out line and drain line; re-
move four nuts attaching pump to firewall and remove
pump and strainer. Remove strainer from pump.
(2) MAINTENANCE.--Rotate the adjusting
screw (in motor end of pump) clockwise to increase
rate, counterclockwise to decrease-system operating
pressure is 4-6 psi--approximately ¼ turn of screw
changes pressure one pound. If pump is not operating
properly, remove and repair or replace. For repair in-
formation refer to Thompson Products Inc.; Cleveland,
Ohio, Service Manual. On airplanes J4-J49, to remove
the pump from the bracket, remove four bolts and
slide pump up from dural block riveted to mounting-
channel
SECTION
(3) INSTALLATION.
(a) On airplanes J4-J49, slide pump into block
and attach to mounting channel with four bolts.
Mount channel attaching clamps (two upper and one
lower) to engine mount diagonal tubes with six bolts.
Make up fuel-in, fuel-out and drain lines.
(b) On airplanes J50 and subsequent, attach
strainer to pump and mount pump to firewall with
four nuts. Make up fuel-in line to strainer, fuel-out
line from pump and drain line.
f. ENGINE DRIVEN PUMPS. Pesco No. 2D-
R400-BRi) 200GPH pumps are mounted on the left
side of the engine accessory drive case, below the
horizontal centerline.
(1) REMOVAL.--Disconnect fuel-in and fuel-out
lines and remove four self-locking nuts attaching
pump to engine studs.
(2) MAINTENANCE.Rotate adjusting screw
clockwise to increase pressure, counterclockwise to de-
crease---approximately V2 turn of screw changes pres-
sure one pound. System operating pressure is 4-6 psi.
In case of pump malfunctioning,.remove and repair or
replace. For maintenance information, refer to Pump
Engineering Service Co., Cleveland, Ohio, Service
Manual.
(3) INSTALLATION.--Install gasket on mount-
ing pad on accessory drive case, set pump in place over
studs and attach with four self-locking nuts. Make up
fuel-in and fuel-out lines.
g. EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF SOLENOIDS.-
Scheduled carrier airplanes are equipped with solenoid
valves in the pressure gage lines to prevent flow of
fuel under pressure into the hull, in case of a break in
the lines.
The valves are in,tailed in the lines just aft of
thecarburetors, and the control toggle switches are
located on Sta. I40 bulkhead above the co-pilot’s seat.
The switches (one for right engine, one for left)
are grouped with the oil pressure line solenoid valve
switches.
h. WING TIP FLOAT AUXILIARY FU~EL. SYS2
TEM.~As a special installation, certain airplanes are
equipped with an auxiliary fuel system (providing
100 gallons additional fue!) which utilizes the wing
tip floats as tanks.
The aft portions of the floats, from Sta. 5 aft,
are sealed with tape and sealing compound and are
equipped with filler caps and vents.
Feed lines run up from the bottoms of the tanks
(floats) through the pedestals and inboard through
the wing (paralleling the airspeed lines) to transfer
~ O~A

pumps mounted on Sta. 109 ribs in the nacelles, aft
of the rear beam. From the pumps, lines run up and
forward to ports in the tops of the main tanks inboard
of Sta. 109.
Tank vent lines run from the tanks to the aft
sides of the pedestals, and pump drain lines lead from
the pumps to the bottoms of the nacelles.
Control toggle switches for the transfer pumps
are installed on Sta. 140 bulkhead, above the co-pilot’s
seat. .....
(1) PUMPS. The two ’Thompson No. TFD-
10600-1 transfer pumps are installed on the inboard
sides of wing Sta. 109 ribs (in the nacelles) ; the pump
mounting brackets are attached to the ribs with four
bolts each.
(a) MAINTENANCE. The pumps, which
have integral relie£ valves, are adjusted to operate at
three and one half psi q-0, 1". No change in adjust-
ment should be attempted if the pumps are not oper-
ating properly, they should be checked by qualified
personnel, and repaired or replaced. For information
refer to Thompson Products Inc., Cleveland, Ohio,
Service Manual
SECTION
(2) LINES. The vent and feed lines are 3/8 in.
O.D. aluminum alloy; flexible tubing is used between
the tank and the pedestal, and between the pedestal
and the wing. The tubing is supported by clips.
Fill tip float tanks evenly unequal fuel loads
will cause wing heaviness (which can be
trimmed out with the aileron control).
2
A minimum of one to five gallons of fuel
should be kept in the tanks at all times to
prevent drying and shrinking of the sealant,
which might cause subsequent leakage.
3
If either the main or tip tanks are left dry
for 10 days or more, the interiors should be
sprayed with light engine oil to prevent dry-
ing or shrinking.
 SECTION ili

f--TRANSFER PUMP TRANSFER PUMP--~

RIGHT’.~k_JrJ---m".: ....... :-.;:"::1 .... ..--. ....... " : " : ..............

::FLO#T:" RIGHT ~.]--- ~iii ..........’ ~L~[ E F :T ~::i::FL[oF~:

: ..:. :- VALVE CROSS-FEEDLINES ~ VALVE

BOTH TANKS OFF

.... ~ f--TRANSFER PUMP TRANSFER PUMP---X .

~:"~A~:,7 SELECTOR ~ l::t ~:t ~ = ~SELECTOR

:~ ~. :::::::. :.:U’ ~: ";: " "’ . .... W,v .......... LINES " " ....... ~ ~~~

NORMAL SETTING

~TRANSFER PUMP TRANSFER PUMP~

FLOAT / ~ RIG~ ............... ~~ ~i~:"-’"-~C~" ~FLOATLEFT,

TANK/ SELECTOR ~ ~ }~:t]
VALVE~ ~ !:::1 CROSS-FEED I~ ~ ~SELECTOR
~~ ~ , TANK /
~’ u.~s ’

RIGHT ~ ~LEFT
ENGINE-i---~ F- ’. ~ F_j-- IENGINE

LEFT TANK FEEDING RIGHT ENGINE

REVERSE SETTING FOR RIGHT
TANK FEEDING LEFT ENGINE)

Figure 72--Fuel Selector Valves ~ndexing Diagram

SECTION

Detail Detail "B"

I. Fuel Cell - Bladder Type (7) 6. Anchor Nut - AN366-F832

2. Filler Unit - NAFI152 7. Snap Button - AN227-7

3. Fuel Level Transmitter - GE-STJ13LJE 8. Screw - ANS05

4. Vent Lines (if wing tip float tanks are installed 9. Adjustable Snap Type Hanger - U.S. Rubber

aft line is used for tip float tank feed Co. No. FCB-15363

5. Rib (typical) I0. Interconnector Fitting - FCB-15142

llO
 SECTION

Wing Tip Float Tank 13. Wing Tip Float Tank Transfer Pump
Float Tank Line 14. Tank Vent Line
Engine Primer Rose 15. Baffle Rib with Flapper Valve
Primer Solenoid 16. Finger Strainer at Tank Outlet
Pressure Gage Line Emergency Shut-off 17. Snap Spring Drain Valve
Solenoid (on scheduled air-carriers only) 18. Feed Line to Cabin Heater
Electric Booste~- Pump 19. Blad~ler Type Fuel Cell (7L/TR)
Integral Tank (on airplanes Ji-$48) (on airplanes $49 and subsequent)
Feed Line - Right Selector Valve to 20. Feed Line - Left Tank to Left
Right Engine Selector Valve
Selector Valve 21. Fillerneck Cap (for 7 cells)
Feed Line - Right Tank to Right 22. Feed Line - Left Selector Valve to
Selector Valve Left Engine
11. Feed Line - Right Tank to Left 231 Vent Line Fitting (for 7 cells)
Selector Valve 24. Fuel System Strainer
12, Feed Line - Left Tank to Right 25. Carburetor
Selector Valve 26. Engine Driven Fuel Pump
27. Fuel Pressure Gages

FEED LINE
PRESSURE LINE
VENT LINE
CABIN HEATER FEED L~NE

Figure 73 (Sheet 2 of 2 Sheets)-Fuel System Schematic Diagram and Fue~ Cell Instaltation Details

Ill
 TANK CAPACITIES
MAIN TANKS-AIRPLANES NOS. JI TO J7 INCL,~ J9 TO JII INCL. FEED LINE
165 U.S. GALS. EACH (350 U.S. GALS.TOTAL)
133~5 IMP GALS. EACH (2.74.6 IMR GALS" TOTAL) PRESSURE LINE
NOTE
MAIN TANKS --AIRPLANES NOS, JS~ ~JIZ-J48 INCL. VENT LI NE
~90 U.S. GALS, EACH (~,80 LLS. GALS. TOTAL}
159 IMP. GALS. EACH (318 IMP. GALS. TOTAL) PUMP CAPACITY 75GALS. PER HOUR-40MIN. CABIN HEATER
MAIN TANKS-AIRPLANES NOS. J49AND SUSSEQUENT ALLOWED TO EMPTY TIP FLOAT TANK. FEED LINE
180 U.& GALS. EACH (560 U.S. GALS. TOTAL)
150.’t IMP. GALS. EACH (SOL4 IMRGALS. TOTAL}
WING TIP FLOAT TANKS-(SPECIAL EQUIPMENT)
50 U.S. GALS. EACH (100 U.S.GALS;TOT,~L )
4-1.5 IMR GALS. EACH (83 IMP, GALS. TOTAL)

ELECT. TRANSFER PUMP-SEE NOTE SYSTEM MANAGEMENT

TRANSFER LINE
I. START, GROUND TEST, TAKE-OFF.
TANK VENT LINE
A. LEFT SELECTOR-ON LEFT
ENGINE FROM LEFT TANK.
WING
TIP B. RIGHT S.ELEGTOR-ON RIGHT
FLOAT ENGINE FROM RIGHT TANK.
AUX.TANK LEFT TANK -*--CABIN HEATER RIGHT TANK AL
FEED LINE NOTE
CHECK QUANTITIES~IF ONE
-CABIN HEATER FEED TANK IS LOW, SET TO DRAW
LIQUID LEVEL LINE SHUT-OFF LIQUID LEVEL FROM OTHER TANK.
TRAN!
G. ELECTRIC BOOST PUMP-ON.
LEFT ENGINE LT.TANKTORT. ENGINE FEED LINE RIGHT ENGINE
FEED FEED LINE 2. ENGINE FAILURE.
R£TANK TO LT, ENGINE FEED LINE
TANK TANK A. CHECK QUANTITY GAGE.
SELECTOR ELECT. BOOSTER ELECT BOOSTER SELECTOR
\\PUMP SWITCH- FUEL QUANTITY PUMP B. SWITCH SELECTOR FOR
VALVE _VE FULL. TANK.
STRAINER G. CHECK THAT BOOST PUMP
IS ON.
CAUTION.
ELECTRIC BOOST PUMPS OFF BEFORE
ELECTRIC BOOSTER CONTACT.
BOOSTER PUMP
FUEL PL CRUISE-SELECTORS NORMAL
BOOST PUMPS OFF.

ENG. DRIVEN 4. LANDING-CHECK QUANTITIES

ENG. DRIVEN
FUEL FUEL PUMP OPERATE BOTH ENGINES FROM
BEST TANK, BOOST PUMPS ON.
GAGE LINE EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF 5. AUX.SYSTEM (SPECIAL EQUIPMENT)
SOLENOIO (ON AIRGARRIERS ONLY)
IF INSTALLED (WING TIP FLOAT TANKS.)
A. CHECK MAIN TANK GAGES-
AFTER 70-80 GALS. USED
-PRIMER DISTRI (120-110 GALS. REMAIN)
B. AUX.TANK SWITCH ON.
LEFT ENGINE IMER CONTROL SOLE! RIGHT ENGINE I

Figure 74--Fuel System Management Diagram

TUBING IDENTIFYING COLOR BAND--RED (FEED).
........ --RED-BLACK (VENT). NOTE
1.
All feed lines except flex. aA O.D. x .035 AI. Alloy.
STA. 107 2.
RIB This installation special equipment only.

STA~ 270
RIB

1.. Wring Tip Float Tank (standard float No. 108201

modified to tank by sealing with tape and sealing
compound and installing filler cap).
2. Flush Type Filler Cap.
3. Line--No. 109098-2; supported by Clamps AN742-6
(4),.Screws AN520-10-10 (4), Washers AN960-D10
(8), Nuts AN365-1032 (4).
4. Sleeve--ANSI9-6, Nut--ANS18-6D.
5. Flex. Hose Assembly--AN6264-6-15 (2), 90° Bulk-
head. Eibow--AN833-fD (4), Washer--AN960-D~16
(4), Nut--AN924-6D (4)
6. Feed Line Assembly-No. 109098-6; Tube--No. 109098-
5:Sleeve--ANSI9-6 (2) : Nut--ANS18-6D (2).
7. Vent Line Assembly-No. 109098-6; Tube--No. 109098-
7; Sleeve--ANSI9-6 (2); Nut--AN818-6D (2).
8. Clamps--AN742-6 (2); Clips--G117 (2); Screws-- 14. Feed Line Assembly from Pump---No. 109098-12;
AN520-10-10 (2), Rivets--AN430-AD4-5 (4), Wash- Reducer Bushing--AN~12-9D (on pump), 90° ]~lbow
ers--AN960-D10 (4), Nuts--AN365-1032 (2). --AN822-6D, Sleeve---AN819-6 (2), Nut--AN818-6D
9. Flex. Hose Assembly--AN6264-6-12; for fittings see (2). Support with clamp AN742-6, Screw--AN520-
Item 5. 10-10, Washers AN960-D10 (2), Nut AN365-1032.
10. Clamp--NAF1051-24T, Riveted to Pedestal Skin; 15. 90° Bulkhead Elbow--AN833-6D, Washer--AN060-
Screw--AN520-1010, Nut--AN365-1032. Tubing End D916, Nut--AN964-6D.
Flush Outside Surface of Pedestal Skin (~ inch 16. Line Assembly to Wing Tank--No. 109098-14; Sleeve
diameter hole). --AN819-6 (2), Nut--ANS18-6D (2), Support ~;ith
11. Feed Line Assembly--No. 109098-8; Union--AN815- Clamp AN742-6, Screw--AN520-10-10, Washers--AN
6D (2), Sleeve AN819-6 (6), Nnt--ANS18-6D (6). 960-DI0 (2), Nut--AN365-1032, 90° EIbow--AN822-
12. Feed Line Assembly to Pump---No. 109098-10: Nip- 6D, Nut--AN912-5D.
ple--AN816-6D, Sleeve--AN819-6 (2), Nuts--ANS18- 17. Fitting in Wing Tank--No. 112653.
6D (2), 90° Elbow--AN822-6D. 18. Pump Drain Line Assembly--Tubes--¼ O.D. x .020
13. Transfer Pump---Thompson TFD-10-600; mounted A1. Alloy; Nipple---AN816-4D (2), 90° Elbow--AN
with Bolts---AN6-!l (4), Washers--AN960-D616 (8), 842-4D (2), Tee---AN824-4D, Sleeve---ANSI9-4 (5),
Nuts--AN365-624 (4). Nut--AN818-4D (5).

Figure 75--Wing Tip Float Auxiliary Fuel System

114

!1. iNSTRUMENTS.
a. GENERAL.--The engine, .flight and other instru-
ments necessary for the operation of the airplane are
installed on either the shock mounted instrument
panel, the radio panel or the overhead instrument and
control panel. All three locations are plainly visible
from both the pilot’s and co-pilot’s seats.
Two adjustable Grimes lamps are installed, one
on the cockpit circuit breaker junction box and the
other on the control wheel arm, to illuminate the in-
strument and radio panel. Light for the upper in-
strument and control panel may be obtained, if neces-
sary, from either or both of the adjustable cockpit
lights.
b. MAIN INSTRUMENT PANEL.--The panel is
made up of formed aluminum alloy sheet with cut-
outs for the instruments and is installed with seven
shock mounts to Sta. 93 bulkhead. The following in-
struments are installed on the panel:
Airspeed Indicator
(Two on airplanes No. JS0 and subsequent)
Suction Gage
Clock
Altimeter
(Two on airplanes No. JS0 and subsequent)
Outside Air Temperature Indicator
Wheels and Flap Position Indicator
Cylinder Head Temperature Indicator
Directional Gyro Indicator
Turn and Bank Indicator
Artificial Horizon
Rate of Climb Indicator
Carburetor Air Temperature Indicator
Manifold Pressure Gage (Dual)
Tachometer Indicator (Synchroscope)
Two Engine Gage Units
Note
On certain special installations, additional
instruments (clock, airspeed, etc.) are instal-
led in the cabin.
To remove the panel, free and cap all vacuum,
fuel, oil and air lines, disconnect electrical wiring and
remove bolts from seven shock mounts.
N ore
As instrument installations vary, depending
on the airplane owner’s needs and choices,
SECTION
the instruments here listed, discussed and
shown in figures 76 and 78 do not apply to all
airplanes; they are only typical. Certain air-
planes have additional instruments in the
main cabin. For detailed information on
maintenance,/ etc., refer to the instrument
manufacturer s manuals.
c. RADIO PANEL.The radio panel is a piece of
formed aluminum alloy sheet with cut-outs for two
instruments and the radio control equipment. The
panel is installed on Sta. 93 bulkhead and is riveted
to a shelf angle on the left side and to the top of the
map case. The panel carries three shock mounts for
the main instrument panel. The following instru-
ments are installed: radio compass, hydraulic pres-
sure gage and clock (on scheduled air carriers only).
d. OVERHEAD PANEL. A voltammeter and a
fuel quantity gage are installed on the overhead panel
and an additional clock is installed on the windshield
centerpost on air carriers.
A compass is installed on the cowl (on the center-
line).
e. POWER PLANT INSTRUMENTS. The power
plant instruments are grouped together on the right
side of the main panel over the map case.
(1) CARBURETOR AIR TEMPERATURE IN-
DICATOR.The carburetor air temperature indicator
is a Lewis No. 77-B-13 electrical indicator with a scale
for each engine carburetor. The necessary wiring
runs from a bulb, installed in the carburetor header,
to the instrument. Check soundness of wire and
security of plugs at each inspection.
(2) OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE INDICA-
TOR. The outside air temperature indicator is a Wes-
ton No. 728~type 34Y-Z electrical indicator. The
bulb is installed in the wing lower skin at wing
Sta. No 181. The necessary wiring is led through the
wing to the instrument. Check the bulb, wiring and
security of plugs at regular inspection.
(3) CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE IN-
DICATOR. The cylinder head temperature indicator
is a dual dial Weston No. 827 electrical indicator. The
thermocouple is located at the rear spark plug in No.
two cylinder and the necessary wiring runs to the
respective side of the indicator.
(4) MANIFOLD PRESSURE GAGE.--The pres-
sure gage is a Kollsman No. 728BK-02 dual indicator.
 KEY TO FIGURE 76
INSTRUMENTS INSTALLATION--SCHEDULED AIR CARRIERS
1. Instrument Panel Assembly -- Mounted on Lord
Mounts on Sta. 93 Hull Structure: Upper Mounts
No. 100-P4 (3).: Lower Mounts No. 102-P8 (4):
tachments-Screws-AN515-8-14 (6), W~shers-AN960-
A10L (6), Washers-ANS013-01 (6), Nuts-AN365-832
(6).
2. Carburetor Air Temperature Gage (Dual)~(Lewis
77-B-13).
3. Outside Air Temperatur.e Gage-(Weston 728).
4. Cylinder Head Temperature Gage (Dual)-(Weston
827).
5. Wheels and Flaps Position Indicator-(General Elec-
tric Co. No. 8DJ-26-AA (AN5780-2).
6. Manifold Pressure Gage (Dual)-(Kollsman 728BK-
02).
7. Tachometer (DuaI)-(Kollsman 751CK-02).
8. Left Engine Gage Uunit-(Edison No. 111-6).
9. Right Engine Gage Unit-(Edison No. 111-6)o
10. Gyro-Horizon-(Sperry AN5736-1A).
11. Airspeed Indicator-(Kollsman 586PK-0148).
12. Turn and Bank Indicator (Bendix 1722).
13. Vacuum Adjusting Needle Valve.
14. Sensitive Altimeter-(Kollsman 671-CK-01) (2).
15. Directional Gyro-(Sperry AN5735-1A).
16. Rate of Climb Indicator-(Kollsman 614CK-023).
Note
The installation shown is typical; individual in-
stallations vary.
17. Air Speed Indicator-(Kollsman 586PK-0148).
18. Suction Gage (Vacuum System).
19. Suction Regulating Valve---(Manning, Maxwell and
Moore No~ 6803-A), with Filter No. 108661.
20. InstrUment Test Selector Valve-(Parker No. 711-
221-4D).
21. Plug Valve-(Parker No. 713-3-8D).
22. Line to Left Engine Vacuum Pump.
23. Line to Right Engine Vacuum Pump.
24. Manifold Pressure Line from Right Engine.
25. Oil Pressure Line from Right Engine.
26. Fuel Pressure Line from Right Engine.
27. Pressure Line from Pitot Tube.
28. Static Line from Pitot Tube.
29. Manifold Pressure Line from Left Engine.
30. Fue! Pressure Line from Left Engine~
31. Oil Pressure Line from Left Engine.
32. Pressure Line from Right Pitot Tube (alrcarriers or
when specified).
33. Static Line from Left Pitot Tube (aircarriers or
when specified).
34. Check Valve-(Kenyon No. 20-100) (2).
35. Electrical Leads to Instruments.
36. Tee Fittings (for filling lines with SAE No. 10 oil).
Figure 76--Instrument Installation--Scheduled Air Carriers
SECTION
Pressure lines from No. one cylinder intake stacks
run to the respective indicator scales.
(5) TACHOMETER INDICATOR.The tacho-
meter indicator is a Kollsman No. 751CK-02 dual
electrical indicator. The necessary wiring is led from
the tachometer generators, mounted on pads on the
rear left side of the engine crankcases, through the
nacelle junction boxes to the respective indicator
scales.
(6) ENGINE GAGE UNITS. The two engine
gage units (one for each engine) are Edison No. 111-6
eompound units with three dials which indicate oil
temperature, oil pressure and fueI pressure.
The oil temperature is transmitted by a bulb,
installed in the "oil-in" line. The necessary wiring
runs from the bulb through the nacelle junction box
and then to the instrument.
The oil pressure is indicated by a direct pressure
line from the discharge side of the engine pump to
the instrument.
The fuel pressure is also indicated by a direct
pressure line teed from the pressure line to the primer
solenoid and led through the nacelle and wing to the
instrument.
(7) FUEL QUANTITY GAGE.The dual dial
fuel gage (one dial for each tank) is installed on the
overhead instrument and control panel below the
ignition switch. An individual electrical transmitter
at each tank is actuated by a float mechanism and the
resulting current positions the indicating needle on
the calibrated dial; the necessary wiring is led through
the hul! from the tank transmitters to the instrument.
f. FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS. The flight instru-
ments are grouped to the left, on the main instrument
panel.
Figure 77 DELETED
i18
(1) AIRSPEED INDICATORS. Provision is
made on all main instrument panels to accommodate
two airspeed indicators.
The standard pitot installation (left wing only)
is identical for all airplanes; the pressure line runs to
the higher of the two airspeed indicators (if two are
installed) and the static line is connected ~o the rate
of climb indicator, the inboard altimeter and that
same airspeed indicator.
On scheduled air carriers and airplanes JS0 and
subsequent, a right wing pitot is insta!led. It is identi-
cal to the left wing installation. The pressure line in
this installation runs to the Iower airspeed indicator
and the static line runs to the outboard altimeter and
to the lower airspeed indicator.
N ore
1
In airplanes with two pitot tube installations
it is essential that the installations be identi-
cal; especially as to length of lines so that
there will be no difference in the respective
airspeed indications.
2
Drain lines for accumulated water are led
from the pressure and static tubes to the aft
nosewheel well bulkhead (Sta. 93/ where re-
movable caps are installed. On airplanes No.
J32 and subsequent, hand operated drain
valves, operable by the pilot in flight (the
handles are located to the left of the pilot’s
seat) are installed.
(2) CLOCK. A standard clock (AN5741) is in-
stalled on the main panel on private airplanes and on
the radio panel on air carriers (the extra altimeter
replaces it). On air carriers, an additional clock
 SECTION
(Elgin No. 1792) is mounted on a bracket on the (7) RATE-OF-CLiMB INDICATOR.--The Kol-
windshield centerpost. Isman rate-of-climb indicator is installed on the main
instrument panel. The air-tight case is connected
(3) ALTIMETER.--The standard altimeter is in-
dbectly to the static pressure line of the standard
stalled on the main instrument panel; on scheduled
pitot tube installation in the left wing.
air carriers (and on special request) an additional in-
strument is installed. Refer to paragraph (2) above. (8) WHEELS AND FLAP POSITION INDICA-
TOR.--The General Electric No. 8DJ-26AA electrical
(4) DIRECTIONAL ~ GYRO INDICATOR.- indicator is inst~lled on the right side of the main in-
.... The stafid~rd sp~ directi6n~l indicator is inStalled strument panel.
on the main instrument panel. The indicator is a The position of the main wheels and the nose
gyroscopic instrument operated by the airplane vacuum wheel is shown on the indicator by the action of the
system. Refer to paragraph h below. micro switches which are tripped when the wheels are
Note in the "up and locked" or "down and locked" posi-
tions.
The air filter body covers should be removed
from the directional gyro and gyro horizon The position of the flaps is conveyed to the in-
to prevent filter rupture and/or accumulation dicator electrically by a transmitter located in the left
wing and actuated by an arm attached to the flap con-
of dirt or water in the adapter. The covers
trol mechanism bellcrank.
should be saved (in case of later use with a
central filter) and the screws replaced using (9) COMPASS.--Airplanes J1 to J48 inclusive
new washers and lock washers (No. 110639, are equipped with a Kollsman type 398D-01 magnetic
next to filter body). See Mallard service bul- compass located on the instrument panel on the center
letin No. 17. line. Airplanes J49 and subsequent are equipped with
a Pioneer type 10061-1B remote indicating compass.
(5) TURN AND BANK INDICATOR.The The indicator is on the instrument panel on the center
Bendix No. 1722 rum and bank indicator is installed line and the transmitter is located in the fuselage tail
on the main instrument panel. The turn indicator away from cockpit magnetic disturbance.
needle is actuated bv a gyroscope operated by the air-
g. UNCLASSIFIED INSTRUMENTS. The follow-
plane vacuum system. The inclinometer or bank in- ing instruments are installed within the cockpit as
dicator is a ball moving freely in a liquid filled, wired noted.
glass tube so installed that the ball is centered when
(1) VOLTAMMETER. The Weston No. 606-
the airplane is level spanwise. 210-Y-2 voltammeter, with its selector switch, is instal-
(6) GYRO HORIZON. The vacuum system op- led on the overhead instrument and control panel, to
erated gyroscopic Sperry horizon indicator (AN5736- the left of the fuel selector valve controls.
1A) is installed on the main instrument panel. The (2) VAGUUM SYSTEM SUCTION GAGE.-
instrument indicates a fixed longitudinal and lateral The Kollsman No. 97-02 suction gage is installed to
reference for maintaining level flight. the left on the main instrument panel.
 KEY TO FIGURE 78
INSTRUMENTS INSTALLATION -- PRIVATE AIRPLANES

I. Instrument Panel Assembly--Mounted on Lord Mounts 13. Vacuum Adjusting Needle Valve.
on Sta. No. 93 Hull Structure: Upper Mounts No. 14. Sensitive Altimeter~(Kollsman 671CK-01).
100-P4 (3): Lower Mo~mts No. 102-P8(4): Attach- 15. Directional Gyro--(Sperry) (AN5735-1A).
ments--Scre~vs-AN515-8-14 (6), Washers-AN960- 16. Clock--(AN5741).
A10L (6), Washers-AN8013-D1 (6), Nuts-AN365- 17. Airspeed Igdicator--(Kollsman 586PK-0148).
832 (6). 18. Suction Gage--(Kollsman 97-02).
2. Carburetor Air Temperature Gage (Dual)--(Lewis 19. Suction Regulating Valve--(Mannlng, Maxwell and
77-15-13). Moore No. 6803-A), with Filter No. 108661.
3. Outside Air Temperature Gage--(Weston 728). 20. Standard Tee.
4. Cylinder Head Temperature Gage (Dual)--(Weston 21. Check Valves~-(Kenyon No. 20-100) (2).
827). 22. Line to Left Engine Vacuum Pump.
5. Wheels and Flaps Position Indicator--(General Elec- 23. Line to Right Engine Vacuum Pump.
tric Co. No. 8DJ-26-AA)-(AN5780-2). 24. Manifold Pressure Line from Right Engine.
6. Manifold Pressure Gage (Dual)--(Kollsman 728BK- 25. Oil Pressure Line from Right Engine .
02). 26. Fuel Pressure Line from Right Engine.
7. Tachometer (Dual)-)Kollsman 751CK-02). 27. Pressure Line from Pitot Tube.
8. Left Engine Gage Unit--(Edison No. 111-6). 28. Static Line from Pitot Tube~
9. Right Engine Gage Unit-(Edison No. 111-6). 29. Manifold Pressure Line from Left Engine.
10. Gyro-Horizon--(Sperry) (AN5736-1A). 30. Fuel Pressure Line from Left Engine.
11. Rate of Climb Indicator--(Kollsman 61~4CK-023). 31. Oil Pressure Line from Left-Engine.
12. Turn and 1sank In icator--(Bendix 1722). 32. Tee Fittings (for filling lines with SAE No. 10 oil).
33. Electrical Leads to Instruments.

Note
The installation shown is typical; individual in-
stallations vary.
SECTION III

121
 ~ECT~ON |~
Note
For more detailed information relative ro the
gage indications, the vacuum system selector
valve control, and the instrument test selector
valve control, refer to Vacuum Sys.tem, para-
graph i, below.
(3) HYDRAULIC PRESSURE GAGE. The from this valve (V2 inch with restriction l lines lead
hydraulic gage (AN5771-4A) is installed on the left
side of radio pane!.
(4) RADIO COMPASS.--The radio compass
(ADF bearing indicator) with its light dimmer rheo-
stat is installed on the radio panel to the left of the
master radio panel, For additional information refer
ro Radio Equipment, (17).
h. INSTRUMENT MAINTENANCE. -If any in-
strument shows excessive scale error, or seems defective
in any way, remove and have checked by qualified
personnel.
For all instruments operated by air, oil or fuel,
be sure to check security of lines, keep connections
free of dirt and check attaching fittings. See that vent
or breather holes are clear and that screens in vacuum
operated instruments are clean. If cover glasses are
cracked or broken, replace.
To drain water from airspeed lines, open valves
adjacent to pilot’s seat or remove caps at Sta 93 bulk- and filters from gyro-horizon, directional gyro and
head (aft end of nosewheel well above keel).
Take care that paste polish deposit does nor
clog pressure or drain openings in pitot head.
Note
The oil pressure gage lines (engines to en-
gine gage units) are filled with SAE No. 10
oil, to make certain that there is no lag be-
tween the engine pressure and the gage read-
ing with cold oil. Tees and caps are installed
on the backs of the gages for filling the lines
after replacing lines or gages.
For all electrical instruments, check soundness
of all cables and wires. Keep plugs and connections
free of dirt and check for security.
i. VACUUM SYSTEM.--.The system is made up
of two pumps, oil separators, check valves, lines, a
Figure 79 DELETED
. 122
suction regulating valve, two selector valves, a gage
and a filter.
The pumps are mounted on the engine crankcases;
from the pumps, lines lead in through check valves
to the main instrument panel and to a selector valve.
From the valve a line leads to the regulating valve and
to the gyro horizon and directional gyro; a third line
(¼ inch) runs through a needle valve to the turn and
bank indicator.
Additional vacuum lines run from the three gyro
instruments to a test selector valve connected to the
suction gage; this permits checking suction at each in-
strument during ground check.
Note
As the turn and bank indicator requires less
suction than the other instruments, do not
leave the test selector valve on that instrument
during flights.
ADJUSTMENT AND MAINTENANCE.
(1) Every 25 hours, or sooner if cockpit gage
shows more than 4.2" Hg:
(a) Remove filter unit from regulating valve,
turn and bank indicators.
(b) Replace as follows:
Cotton cellulose filter element in filter unit
No. 108661. Air-mat 10 ply treated (21/~d.) in gyro-
horizon and directional gyro. Eclipse cotton cellulose
P.C. 16051 in turn and bank.
(2) lnspect and dean regulating valve and reset
as follows:
(a) Screw suction regulating valve setting con-
trol down tight.
(b) With engines running and selector valve
set for "left pump on" adjust vacuum relief (in left
nacelle) to read 5" Hg. on cockpit gage.
(c) Repeat step b. above with selector valve
set for "right pump on".
(d) Adjust suction regulating valve to obtain
a reading of 4" Hg. on cockpit gage.
(e) Adjust needle valve in turn and bank line
to read 2" Hg.
 1. Caps on Line Drains (on aft bulkhead, sta 93, on nose wheel well) 10. Pitot Support Tube - No. 106084
2. Drain Valve - Parker No. 723-1-46 Lube 3 11.. Attachments - Support Tube to Wing
3. Drain Valve Control - Parker No. 701-D5 Bolt - AN4-17A
4. Altimeter (forward cabin, special equipment) Washer - AN960-416 (2)
5. Airspeed Indicator (forward cabin, special equipment) Nut - AN365-428
6. Static Line - Everdur Tube 1/40D x .035 - AN Spec 44-T-23A
NOTE
7. Pressure Line - Everdur Tube 1/40D x . 035 - AN Spec 44-T-23A 1. Standard A N fittings are used for line connections.
8. Pitot Tube - Kollsman No. 369D-012 2. For information on installa(ion of tubing to instrument panel,
9. Strip Rubber cemented to skin around opening for support tube) refer to figures 76 and 78.

TO INSTRUMENT
PANEL

$1 THRU $31,

/
/

TO
INSTRUMENt[
PANEL

$32 AND SUBSEQUENT

Figure 80--Air Speed System Diagram

 SECTION

VALVE

2. ARTIFICIAL GAGE
3. HORI;
URN 8~ L
4. GYRO
BANK
5.
INDICATOR
NOTE
For installation (from check valves) of vacuum NOTE
operated instruments, and tubing refer to Figures
76 and 78. THIS INSTALLATION USED ON PRIVATE
Oil Tank Vent Line. IJ Suc’r~ON AIRPLANES ONLY°
REGULATING
Vacuum Line from Left ~ngine ~acuum Pump;
Installation on Left Engine Similarito Right Engine
Shown. JJ
/ NOTE
PARKER VALVE ~NEEDLE

/ Monel or C.M. steel tubing, Vz" O.D~:. X .035 with

Ermeto fittings used on nacelles; Aeroquip used
from regulating valve to inboard nacelle bulk-
head; aluminum alloy tubing, Vz" O..D. X .042,
with AN fittings used in wing leading edge and
hull. A~FICtAL/
H~IZON~ T ~RN 8~~ ~ ~DIRECTIONAL
BANK ~ GYRO
INDICATO~

TO EXHAUST
TO EXHAUST ~VACUUM
MANIFOLD

TO ENG,.E I SUCT ON
RELIEF RELIEF
VALVE VALVE
AIR CARRIER INSTALLATION.

RIGHT ENGINE
~NSTALLATION SHOWN TUBING IDENTIFYING COLOR BAND--WHITE-LIGHT GREEN.

124 Figure 81--Vacu:~m System Diagram

 SECTION III

12. SURFACE CONTROLS.

a. GENERAL.--The ailerons, elevators, rudder and (a) Working through wing access plate, dis-
the trim tabs (elevator and rudder) are operated from engage actuating rod.
the cockpit by conventional control ~anits and cable
(b) Remove bolt assemblies at three hinge
assemblies over friction grooved pulleys. points, remove bonding jumper and remove aileron.
The landing flaps are operated hydraulically and
are controlled from the cockpit by a conventional (4) INSTALLATION AILERONS. -- Reverse
lever control which in turn operates a cable assembly above procedure.
to set the positioning mechanism as desired. (5) ADJUSTMENT OF AILERON CONTROL
b. AILERON AND ELEVATOR SYSTEM. The SYSTEM.
ailerons and elevators are controlled by a standard (a) With system fully installed, hold bell-
throw-over wheel and column installed on the air- cranks at wing Sta. 317 in neutral withpositioning
plane center line. (Refer to Figure 82). An auxiliary pins.
wheel and arm for the use of the co-pilot may be at- (b) Adjust actuating rod as necessary until
tached readily without tools. The assembly is stowed wing-and aileron trailing edges are in line. Check
under the seat when not in use. (wire through hole in tube) that rod threads are en-
Chain and sprocket assemblies within the wheel gaged properly.
arm and column assembly are connected to stainless (c) Adjust cable turnbuckles to obtain 40
steel cables below the floor. The cables run aft to Sta. pounds tension in all cables.
140, then up to the cabin ceiling through an adjust- (d) Set template against control column and
able stop, and aft to the front wing beam. At this adjust cable turnbuckles so that with 40 pounds ten-
point one cable runs to the left wing and the other to sion the column in neutral will be 8 ° forward of vert-
the right wing. At wing Sta. 317 a bellcrank and ical Install wheel neutral positioning template. Re-
push rod assembly is installed. These assemblies fer to Figure 83.
(1L and 1R) are connected by a tie cable running (e) Set ailerons to maximum throw (21° up
span-wise. Refer to Figure 85. °
and 18 down) and adjust the ball stops on vertical
A push rod (No. 109412) is installed from the cables (along front face of Station 140) as necessary.
bottom of the control column to the elevator torque
tube assembly (No. 109410) which is installed by
brackets on the forward face of Sta. 140 bulkhead Up setting, 21°, is aileron T.E. 4 13/16" from
below the floor line. Cable assemblies from sectors wing T.E.; down setting, 18°, is aileron T.E.
(on the torque tube assembly) run over pulleys up 4~" from wing T.E.
the forward face of Sta. 140 to the cabin ceiling and aft (6) REMOVAL--ELEVATORS.
through the hull to the elevator sector. A spring
bungee is installed on the elevator down cable only, (a) Working through access holes in fin, dis-
aft of Sta. 428. engage elevator torque tubes from the sector.
(1) REMOVAL CONTROL WHEEL AND (b) Remove bolt assemblies (two each) from
COLUMN. two hinge attaching fittings, remove two bonding
jumpers and remove elevator. (Tab actuator is a slip
(a) Remove boot £rom base of column. fit only).
(b) Working through cockpit floor access
plates, detach elevator push rod assembly. (7) INSTALLATIONmELEVATOR--Reverse a-
bove procedure. Grease square tube of tab actuator
(c) Detach aileron cab!e assemblies. (slip-fit).
(d) Free wheel and column from fuselage and
remove. (8) ADJUSTMENT OF ELEVATOR CONTROL
SYSTEM.
(2) INSTALLATION m CONTROL WHEEL (a) Adjust cable turnbuckles to obtain 100
AND COLUMN.nReverse the above procedure. pounds tension with elevators clamped in neutral and
(3) REMOVAL---AILERONS. control column set in neutral (8° forward of vertic~l).

125
 KEY TO FIGURE 82
CONTROL WHEEL AND COLUMN

1. Tube--No. 109365-1. 15, Rivets AN340-AP6-5 (2) Attaching Strap to Tube.

2. Arm--No. 109366. 16. Attachments--Sprocket Assembly Fitting and Strap
3. WheellNo. 111800. to Tube:
4. Aileron Trim Control--No. 109260 (See flg~.~-re 84). BoIt-.-ANS-35
5. Drive Sprocket (large, 18 teeth)--No. 112709-2, for Washers---AN960-D516L (2)
Chain to Aileron Cable. Washers---AN960-C716 (2)
6. Sprocket (small, 12 teeth)--No. 112709-3, for Chain Nut--AN310-5
from Wheel. Cotter--AN380-C2-2.
7. Spacer. 17. Attachments--Whe~l.to-Shaft on Arm:
8. Needle Bearings (Torrington Co. No. B78X) (2). Washer--No. 109458
9. Spacer Tubes--No. 109316-5 (2). Nut--AN320-6
10. Spacer Tubes---No. 112705. Cotter--AN380oC3-3.
11. Chain Assembly to Aileron Cable-No. 109400-3. 18. Shaft--No. 112708.
12. Fitting--No. 112711. 19. Insigne--No. 111804.
13. Attachments--Fitting to Tube: 20. Chain Adjusting Turnbuckle.
Bolts--AN5-5 (2) 21. Access Door--No. 109365-2.
Washers---AN960-516L (2) 22. Lock Knob-No. 111806.
Washers--AN960.D516 (2) 23. Ash ReceivernNo. 110463.
Nuts--AN365-524 (2). 24. Co-pilot’s Control Arm and Wheel (stowe~ beneath
14. Strap--No. 109316-4. seat when not in use).
VIEW OF FORWARD SIDE
OF TUBE, ACCESS DOOR
REMOVED

DETAIL OF WHEEL
ATTACH M ENT

Figure 82--Control Wheel and Column

SECTION
(b) Free elevators and set at maximum throw
(30° up and 10° down).
Note
°,
Up setting, 30 is elevator T.E. 12 5/6~tt from
neutral; down setting 10° is elevator T.E.
3 3/64" from neutral
(c) With surface in each maximum position
set the respective stop for the elevator torque tube
and sector assembly. (Refer to Figure 87). ALso, when
elevator is in full down position, check dimension of
spring bungee--should be 7~A". Refer to Figure 86.
For elevator tab adjustment refer to pEagraph
d. below.
(9) AILERON CONTROL BUNGEE.
finite position torque spring bungee is installed on the
control wheel and column assembly to obtain lateral
trim, if necessary. The fully self-contained unit is in-
stalled at the joint of the wheel arm and column.
Refer to Figure 84.
Turn handle clockwise for LEFT WING UP.
Turn handle counterclockwise fi~r RIGHT
WING UP.
A self locking feature holds the shaft in the de-
sired position; additional tension in the respective
control cable assembly produces the required aileron
movement to trim the airplane as necessary.
c. RUDDER SYSTEM.EThe rudder is controlled
by a set of conventional pedals and cable assemblies
to the rudder sector. An auxiliary set of pedals is
stalled for the co-pilot and cables from these pedals
are swaged to the cables from the pilots’ pedaLs. The
pilot’s rudder pedals are interconnected by a push rod
from each; the rods are made fast to an idler beHcrank,
and the co-pilot’s pedals are restrained (against cable
tension) independently by springs forward to Sta. 86.
Refer to Figure 88.
(1) REMOVAL--RUDDER PEDALS.
(a) Relieve cable tension.
(b) Working through cockpit floor access
plates free cables from both sets of pedals.

~L UMB

~~
LINE

I
SLOT IN
RTICAL COLUMN~

MPLATE
h~AKE FROM
WOO{) BLOCK
~,PPROX. I"
THICK,

COCKPIT FLOOR

FORWARD

AIRPLANE

(c) Disengage pushrods from pilot’s pedals and
springs from co-pilot’s pedals, after freeing master
brake cylinders.
(d) Disconnect both sets of pedals from struc-
ture and remove.
(2) INSTALLATION--RUDDER PED~S--Re-
verse procedure described above.
(3) REMOVAL RUDDER.
(a) Swing rudder for access, and working
through access holes relieve cable tension, free rudder
cables from sector and disengage all electricaI lines.
(b) Unfasten rubberized fabric seal from fin
rear beam and remove two bonding jumpers.
(c) Disengage rudder from fin at three hinge
points and remove.
Note
Rudder tab actuator rod has slip-fit connection
at hinge line and therefore slides atyart.
(4) INSTALLATION RUDDER.--Reverse the
above procedure.
NOTE
DO NOT GREASE.
Case Assembly--No. 109470 (rivet to lock assembly
with four rivets No. G29AD4-5).
Handle--No. 112984
Attachment--Handle to Shaft:
Washer--AN960-D10
ScrewmAN526-1032-6.
11. Attachment--Control Assembly to Control Column:
Bolt--AN24-55A (2)
WashermAN960-A416L (4)
Nut--AN364-42~ (2~.
SECTION !ii
(5) ADJUSTMENT O1~ SYSTEM.
(a) Clamp rudder in neutral, check that rudder
pedals nave same adjustment and are in line, then turn
up cable turnbuckles to obtain 100 pounds tension.
(b) Set rudder at maximum throw 25
L. and R.) and set stops for both pilot’s and co-pilot’s
pedals.
(c) Check that there is ample spring tension
on co-pilot’s pedals when fully depressed against stops.
d. TRIM TABS SYSTEMS.--Directional and level
flight trim is effected by control wheels installed above
the pilot’s head; cable assemblies run over friction
grooved pulleys and aft to drums which operate screw
jack actuators. Cable tension springs are installed in
both cable assemblies aft of Sta. 428. Refer to Figure
89.
Lateral trim, which is seldom required in this
alrplane, is effected by and infinite position torque
spring bungee installed at ,’he base of the control
wheel.arm. Refer to paragraph b. above.
A fixed tab is installed on the inboard end
1. Spring Case---No. 109471.
2. Spring-G103-118 (riveted to spring ease with rivet
AN456-AD6-5).
3. Spring Shaft--No. 112700.
4. Washer---No. 111833-1.
5. Lock Assembly--No. 109262.
Cam--No. 112748 (with bearings and springs).
7. Washer--No. 112747.
8. Spac,er--No. 112749 (laminated phenol).
129
 KEY TO FIGURE 85

AILERON CONTROL SYSTEM

1. Control Column (co-pilot’s wheel and arm not shown). 7. Ball fittings (2) on Cables (See detail).
of Wheel Movement 120° ~ight and left from neutral. 8. Cable Adjusting Turnbuckles (aft and forward! of
2. Chain (operated by sprocket and column). wing beam).
3 Chain-Cable Attachments and Adjusting Turnbuckles. 9. Actuating Bellcrank Assembly Located on Sta. 317
4 Cable Supporting Pulleys. Rib. (1L and 1R)
5 Control Cables. 10. Push-pull Rod. (1L and 11{).
6. Adjustable Stop Mounted on Sta. 140 (See detail). 11. Attaching Fitting on Aileron (1L and

NOTE

When ailerons are in neutral position center of

ball fittings should be 41 in.~ from floor
surface.
Fixed tab on aileron set at-b10° at factory
to improve control May be change~ to adjust
for wing heaviness.
STA.
234

DETAIL OF CABLE STOPS.

WING
STA.
317

CABLE TENSION 40 POUNDS ACCESS HOLE TO BELLCRANK BOLT

IN UPPER WING SURFACE.
AILERON MOVEMENT
21° UP - 4
NEUTRAL TO WING TRAILING EDGE
18° DOWN - 4 ~’~’

Figure 85--Aileron Control System

 KEY TO FIGURE 86

EL~E¥~T0~R AND R~DD~ER CONTROLS SYSTEMS

(See Figure 87 for DetaiD

1. Pilot’s Pedals. 12. Rudder Sector.

2. Idler Assembly. 13. Torque Tube and Sector Assembly.
3. Tension Springs. 14. Arm.
5. Control Column (co-pilot’s auxiliary 15. Push Rod.
wheel and arm not shown). 16. Pulley Bracket Assembly.
4. Co-pilot’s Pedals. 17. BoIt--AN42-4A
6. Cable Assemblies (rudder). Washer--AN960-D10
7. Cable Assemblies (elevator). Washer--AN960-D10L
8. Idler Pulleys. Nut--AN365-1032.
~ 18. Elevator Down Cable.
9. Turnbuckles.
19. Bungee Spring--No. G102-121.
10. ~W~ter~ght Fairleads.
20. Clamp Assembly--No. 109489.
11. Elevator Sector. 21. Bulkhead AssemblymSta. No. 428.
SECTION’, |~

133
 KEY TO FIGURE 87
ELEVATOR AND RUDDER CONTROLS DETAILS
L Control Column Assembly--No. 109316.
Attachments--Column Assembly to Support Brac-
kets on Hull:
Bolt--AN5-13 -
Washer--AN960-516 (2)
Nut--AN310-5 (2)
Cotter--AN380-C2-2.
2. Right Rudder Cable Assembly--No. 109407-2.
3. Left Rudder Cable Assembly--No. 109407-1.
NOTE
Pilot’s and co-pilot’s rudder cables spliced with
Tru-loc No. RA-2610-6 fitting.
4. Elevator Cable Assemblies--No. 109408.
5. Stop Blocks (upper)--No. 112723-2; (lower)--No.
112723-1; with Bolt--G19-522 and Nut--AN316-5L
(on ~ta. No. 140 bulkhead).
6. Idler Pulleys (on sta. No. 140 bulkhead).
7. Sector--No. 109410-1.
8. Torque Tube---No. 109410-3.
9. Arm Assembly--N~ 109410-2 (neutral position--
2~ in. between bottom face of upper stop block and
arm).
10. Tube" Assembly--No. 109412.
Attachments to Column and Sector Arm:
Bolt--AN24-19 (to column), ANti-15 (to arm)
Washer--AN960-D416L (2)
Washer--AN960-D416 (2)
Nut--AN320-4 (2)
Cotter--AN380-C2-2 (2).
11. Pilot’s Pedal Stanchion--No. 109351 (1L and
12o Strap Assembly--No. 109364 (2) (bolted to~ stan-
chion).
13. Push Rod--No. 109363 (2).
14. Idler Assembly~No. 109457.
15. Co-pilot’s Pedal Stanchlon--No. 109361 (1L snd
16. Strap Assembly~No. 109355 (2).
17. Spring--G102-120 (2).
18. Pedal Stop (bulkhead Sta. No. 93)~No. 109350 (4).
19. Adjustable Pedal Stops (4)°
20. Pulley Bracket Assembly--No. 109387.
 TYPICAL WATERTIGHT
FAIRLEAD IN AFT END
OF HULL.

Figure 87--Elevator and Rudder Controls Details

 KEY TO FIGURE 88
RUDDER AND BRAKE PEDALS INSTALLATION

1. Sta. 93 Bulkhead. 14. Attachments---Pushrods to Fittings on Stanchions:

2. Supports--No. 109384 (4L and 4R). Bolts--AN24-17 (2)
Washers---AN960-416 (2)
3. Pilot’s Pedal Stanchion--No. 109351 (1L and Nuts--AN320-4 (2)
Attachments--Stanchions to Supports:
Cotters--AN380-C2-2 (2).
Bolts--AN4-60 (2)
15. Rudder Cables.
Washers--AN96~)-D416 (4)
Nuts--AN310-4 (2) 16. Adjustable Stops--Bolts---G19-4-14 (4) and Nuts--
Cotters--AN380-C2-2 (2). AN316-4R (4).
17. Pedal Adjustment Arm Assembly--No. 109462.
4. Housing Assembly--No. 109352 (1L and 1R).
18. Co-pilot’s Pedal Stanchions--No. 109361-1 (1L and
5. Pedal--No. 109360 (1L and 1R)mInstalled to Tube on 1R) (attachments to supports same as item 3).
Housing with Tube---No. 109353, Bearings--Tor-
19. Pedal Tubes---No. 109361-2 (1L and 1R) (~Vrappefl
rington No. GB-2212 (2) (press fit in housing).
20. SpringwG102-120 (2).
Thrust Washers---No. 109348 (2) (one at each end Attachments--Springs to Stanchion:
of tube on housing). Pedal Installed on Tube w|th
Eye Bolts--AN43-14 (2)
Bo]ts--AN24-32A (2), Washers--- AN960-D416L
(2). Washers--AN960-D416 (2), Nuts--AN364-428 Washers~AN960-416 (2)
(2). Nuts---AN310-4 (2)
Cotters--AN380-C2-2 (2~.
6. Spring--G102-4 (2). 21. Attachments--Spring to Sta. 86 Bulkhead:
7. Hydraulic Brake Unit (master cyllnder)--Warner Eye Bolts--AN43-4 (2)
No. 10576 (2). Washers--G338-4 (2)
8. Attachments--Brake Unit to Brackets: Nuts--AN310-4 (2)
Bolt--AN24-14 Cotters--AN380-C2-2 (2).
WashermAN960-D~16L 22. Stanchion Assembly--No. 109252 (1L and 1R)
Washer--AN960-D416 (attachments to supports same as item 3),
Nut--AN320-4 23. Tube Assembly--No. 109251 (1L and 1R).
Cotter--AN380-C2-2. 24. Arm Assembly--No. 109253-9 (1L and 1R).
9. Attachments--~-Brake Unit to Bellcrank on Pedal 25. Pedal--No. 109257 (1L and 1R).
Torque Tube: 26. Roller--No. 109254.
.~Bwolt--AN4-11 27. Attachments--Roller to Arm:
~sher--AN960-416 Bolt--AN4-12
Nut--AN310-4 Washer--AN960-416
Cotter--AN380-C2-2. Nut--AN310-4
10. Idler~No. 109457. Cotter--AN380-C2-2.
11. Pushrod Assembly~No. 109363 (2). 28. Idler Assembly--No. 109253-6 (1L and 1R).
12. Attachments--Idler to Support Channel on Hull: 29. AttachmentsmIdler to Fitting on Stanchion (same
Floor at Sta. 82: as item 27).
Bolt--AN25-31 30. Attachments--Hydraulic Brake Unit to Idler:
Washer--AN960-D516L Bolt--AN4-11
Washer--AN960-D516 WashermAN960-416
Nut--AN320-5 Nut--AN310-4
Cotter AN380-C2-2o Cotter--AN380-C2-2.
13. Attachments--Pu shrods to I~ler: 31. Attachments--Hydraulic Brake Unit to Stanchion:
Bolts~AN24-17 (2) Eye Bolt--AN43-10
Washers AN960-D416L (2) Washer--AN960-416
Washers--AN960-D416 (2) Washer--AN960-416L
Nuts--AN320-4 (2) Nut--AN320-4
Cotters---AN380-C2-2 (2). Cotter--AN380-C2-2.
SECTION ~, |1|

137
 CONTINUES ~
INBOARD TO PULLEY
AN210-2A CONTINUES
TO R H {FACING
/ FORWARD) PULLEY

CABLE CONTINUES
/ \ ~5 GROOVES FRO~ DOWNTO L.F[ PULLEY/
FRO~ FORWARDEND !A / \ FORWARB EN_B AN210-2A

LOOKING DOWN

RIGHT ELEVATOR DRUM LEFT ELEVATOR DRUM RUDDER DRUM

KEY TO FIGURE 89
ELEVATOR AND RUDDER TABS CONTROLS INSTALLATION DETAILS

1. Cable 19. Support Assembly

2. Stop (phenol-laminate) 20. Drum
3. Turnbuckle Barrel - AN155-8S 21. Shaft
4. Tensioner Assembly - No. 109429 22. Universal
5. Spring-No. GI01-223 23. Square Tube
6. Strap Fitting - Tru-Loc No, RA2500-2 24. Squa_re Tube (on actuator assembly slip fits into
7. Ball Terminal - Tru-Loc No. RA2490-2 square tube from drum)
8. Stringer No. 1 25. Universal
9. Stringer No. 2 26. Tab Actuator Assembly
10. Support 27. Bearing (mounted on rudder or elevator structure,
11. Nameplate 28. Push-pull Tube
12. Rudder Tab Indicator Assembly 29. Attachments-Push-pull Tube Clevis to Horn:
13. Rudder Tab Control Assembly Bolt - AN4-12A
14. Bulkhead
15. Elevator Tabs Control Wheel; Indicator Operated by Washer - AN960-416
Nut - AN365-428
Gear and Rack Inboard of Wheel 30. Tab Hinge Attachments:
16. Idler Pulleys Bolt - AN4-13A
17. Cables from Controls
Washer - AN960-416
18. Fin or Stabilizer Rib
Nut - AN365-428
 SEE OPPOSITE PAGE FOR CABLE AND
DRUM DETAILS.

DETAI L OF
INSTALLATION
IN COCKPIT.
DETAIL OF
TYPICAL CABLE
AND TENSION
SPRING.

~B. BEA~

DETAIL OF TYPICAL CABLE

DRUM AND TAB ACTUATOR
I N STA LLATI ON

Figure 89--Elevator and Rudder Tabs Controls Installation Details ~

1. Elevator Tab Control Unit Handwbeel and Position
Indicator.
2: Rudder Tab Control Unit Handwhee].
3. Cable Support Pulleys.
4. Cable Support Pulleys (forward of sta. 202 and 270
bulkheads).
5. Elevator Tab Control Cables.
6. Rudder Tab Control Cables.
7. Watertight Fairleads on Aft Side of Sta. 428 Bulk-
head, and Forward side of Sta. 509 Bulkhead.
8. Cable Tension Springs. (4)._
94 Elevator Cable Drums (moUnted on elevator ribs).
10, Tab Actuator Assemblies (screwjacks).
11. ]~levator Tabs.
12. Rudder Cable Drum (mounted on. rudder rib).
13. Rudder Tab.

(See Figure 89 For Details)

STA. STA. STA. STA.

I, .0 2 (~2 255.5

STA. STA.
495 560

CABLE TENSION 20 POUNDS

TAB MOVEMENT
ELEVATOR UP 7o- I 3t,~
DOWN 25°- 2 t~"~
RUDDER L AND R 20°-3 Va"

Figure 90--Elevator and Rudder Tabs Controls Systems


each aileron; each tab is bent up approximately 10°
at the factory to assist aileron operation. This setting the actuating cylinder piston is retracted and the flaps
may be changed, as necessary, to correct for wing
heaviness.
(1) ELEVATOR TAB SYSTEM.The notched
control wheel (which is the friction grooved drive
pulley) extends below the upper instrument and con-
trol panel and is installed to the left of center. An
indicator with a scale, under a plexiglas cover, is in-
stalled on the cockpit ceiling. On later airplanes this
indicator is on the underside of the overhead panel.
Total elevator tab travel is 7° (1~") up and 25°
(27/8") down.
TO ADJUST SYSTEM.
(a) Clamp tab in neutral (T.E. of tab in line
with T.E. of elevator).
(b) Set control wheel to move the indicator
tO zero,
(c) Adjust turnbuckles to obtain 20 pounds
tension.
(d) Actuate tab to maximum positions and
make up respective stop clamps against stop block.
(2) RUDDER TAB SYSTEM.--The graduated
control wheel, which operates a pulley on a shaft, is
installed on the cockpit ceiling, aft of the upper panel
and to the left of center. The cable assemblies run
aft through the hull to Sta. 560 at which point they
run up into the fin and around the drive drum. Cable
tension springs and stops are installed on both the right
and left tab cables.
TO ADJUST SYSTEM.
(a) Clamp tab in neutral (T.E. of tab in line
with T.E. of rudder).
(b) Set indicator on control wheel at zero.
(c) Adjust turnbuckles to obtain 20 pounds
tension.
(d) Actuate tab to maximum positions 20°
(3~’" R. and L.) and make up stop damp on each
cable against stop block.
e. WING FLAPS SYSTEM.--The wing flaps are
operated hydraulically; the cockpit control operates
a friction grooved pulley and cable assembly which
in turn actuates a hydraulic selector valve control
SECTION ill
mechanism’. When the contro! handle is full forward
are in the TAKE-OFF position 0°; control full aft
extends cylinder piston and puts flaps in LANDING
position (45° down). Intermediate positions of 10°
(approx.) and 30° are provided for.
A flap blow-up relief valve is.tee’d into the hy-
draulic down lines; the valve is set at 625 psi to allow
the flaps to return to the TAKE-OFF position before
excessive air load can cause any structural damage.
(1) REMOVAL--FLAP.
(a) Disconnect control mechanism follow-up
rod and position indicator transmitter arm (inboard
end-L.H, on!y) and bonding jumper.
(b) Disconnect hydraulic cylinder and remove
bolt assembly from each of three hinge points and re-
move flap.
(2) INSTALLATIONmFLAP. -- Reverse pro-
cedure described above.
(3) HYDRAULIC ACTUATING CYLINDER;--
Access for the removal and/or installation of the cylin-
der may be had through wing access plate (Sta. 140)
and the space between the flap and wing structure.
(4) SELECTOR VALVE CONTROL MECHA-
NISM.--This mechanism is installed on a bracket aft
of hull Sta. 255.5 on the inboard side of the wing rib
at Sta. 34. Refer to Figure 91.
An access plate is installed in the hull skin be-
neath the upholstery panels, for servicing the unit.
The illustration, Figure 91, indicates the relative
positions of the moving parts at various flap settings
as indicated. Any change of position of the cockpit
control actuates the push-pull rod connected to the
upper end of the control mechanism bellcrank; the
lower end (attaching..~point of’th~ follow-up rod) re-
mains fixed. The selector valve bellcrank (with ’roller
at bottom ) moves to open the up or down lines as nec-
essary. As the .flap moves, the follow-up rod moves the
control mechanism bellcrank about the upper end
(attaching point of push-pull rod) as a center until the
selector valve bellcrank becomes vertica! (roller in
notch of fork). In this position the hydraulic valve
is shut off and an hydraulic lock is created to hold the
flaps in the selected position.
 KEY TO FIGURE 91
WING FLAPS POSITIONING
MECHANISM INSTALLATION

1. Rib Sta. No. 34. 11. F011ow-up Rod--No. 109590--(See Note 2).
2. Plate--No. 54316. 12. Attachments---Follow-up Rod to Bellcrank and Tab:
3. Attachments--Plate to Rib: Bolt--AN3-10A
Bolt--AN3-5 (4) Washer--AN916-A10L (2)
Washer--AN960-D10 (4). Nut--AN365-1032.
4. Arm--~o. 58450. 13. Position Indic. Push Rod No. 110100-1 (See Note 2.)
5. Attachments---Arm to Plate: 14. Push Rod Assembly--No. 109437re(See Note
Bolt--AN4-13A 15, Attachment--Push Rod to Bellcrank:
Washer-’AN960-D416 (2) BoltmAN3-10A
Nut--AN365-428. Washer--AN916-A10L (2)
6. Bellcrank--No. 109582. Nut--AN365-1032.
7. Attachments---Bellcrank to Arm: 16. Flap Control Bellcrank.
BolttANS-15 17. Attachment--Push Rod to Flap Control Bellcrank:
Washer--AN960-D516 (2) Bolt--AN3-10A
Washer--AN960-A516L Washer--AN916-A10L (2)
Nut--AN365-524. Nut--AN365-1032.
8. Fork--No. 58451. 18. Flap Control Cables.
9. Attachment--Fork to Hydr~m|ic Selector Valve: 19. Fitting, Fork End--Tru-loc No. RA2500-2 and Ball
Washer--No, 41276 Terminal~Tru-loc No. RA2494-2.
Washer--AN960-A416L 20. Attachments--Fork End Fitting to Bellcrank:
Nut--AN364-428. Bolt--AN23-8
Tab---No. 110100-3. Washer--AN960-316L
Attachments to Bellcrank: Nut--AN310-10.
Bolt--AN3-5A 21. Arm Stop (2).
Washer--AN960-D316 22. Attachments--Plate to Hydraulic Selector Valve:
Nut--AN365-10. Screw--AN502-10-6 (4) (safety wired).
NOTES

Push rod shown is adjustable; push rods on

earlier airplanes are not adjustable.~
2o
Main drawing shows installation of follow-up rod,
bellcrank and indicator push rod with tab (item
10), as installed on airplanes upto serial No. J24 ;
detail "A" shows installation on airplane serial
No. J25 and subsequent in which the position
indicator is re-located aft and is operated from
push rod attached to flap (on same fitting to
which follow-up rod is attached). (Items 10
and 13 are eliminated).
Detail D~agram Showing Full Down and Full Up
Positions of Mechanism.

FLAPS ~ ; 0 FLAPS

DETAIL "A"

Figure 91--Wing Flaps Positioning Mechanism Installation

 CABLE TENSION 20 POUNDS.

FLAP MOVEMENT
FLAPS UP- NEUTRAL WITH WING T.E.
7 v~oowN
3o° DOWN
45° DOWN

STA.
I
STA.

1. Flap Control Handle. 7, Bellcrank (mounted on bearing).

2. Flap Control Handle Pulley~ (on overhead control 8. Push-pull Rod to Bellcrank on Mechanism (adjust-
panel)o able.
3. Cable Supporting Pulleys. 9. Flap Control Mechanism (see detail figure 92).
4. Control Cables. 10. Hydraulic Selector Valve (operated by shaft from
5. Cable Adjusting Turnbuckle (in cabin ceiling forward mechanism).
of wing beam). 11, Follow-up Rod (mechanism to flap).
6. Cable Adjusting Turnbuckle (in cabin ceiling aft of 12. Flap Actuating Hydraulic Cylinder (1L and 1R).
wing beam). 13. Fitting on Flap (1L and 1R).

Figure 92-Wing Flaps Control System

SECT|ON ii|

145
 (5) SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT.
(a) With system completely installed, adjust
cable turnbuckles to obtain 20 pounds tension.
(b) Clamp flap in 0° position (T.E. in line
with wing T.E.).
(c) Adjust push-pull rod and follow-up rod
and attach to control mechanism bellcrank as shown
in figure 91.
13. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
a. GENERAL.--The hydraulic system operates the
following units: wing flaps, landing gear, cowl flaps,
windshield wipers and the parking brake. The
system consists of a reservoir, a distribution unit, two
engine driven pumps ( one each engine), a hand pump,
a master hand pump selector valve, respective system
selector valves, actuating units, an accumulator and
the necessary tubing to the actuating units.
The reservoir is a cylindrical tank of 2.2 U.S.
gallons total capacity, mounted on the upper wing skin
in the left hand nacelle. The .filling capacity is 1.8 U.S.
gallons of which 1.1 gallons are for normal pump
operation and 0.7 gallon is the ~eserve capacity for
hand pump operation. The remaining .4 gallon is air
space for foaming.
The distribution unit consists of a filter (AN6234-
3), a main relief valve (Electrol No. 191), an unloader
valve (Grumman No. 109567) and the system accumu-
lator. The compact unit is installed under the left
nacelle upper fairing just aft of the reservoir.
b. OPERATION.--Pressure is provided by two en-
g!ne driven pumps; a hand pump is installed to serve
as an auxiliary in case of partial hydraulic failure, or
when the engines are not operating. The operating
pressure is 1650 psi; the pressure gage is located on
the radio panel.
(1) LANDING GEAR.--The selector valve is lo-
cated behind the pilot’s seat. When the lever is moved
down, the main wheel actuating cylinder pistons_ ex-
tend to lower the gear and the lock cylinder pistons
extend to lock the gear into the down position; the
nose wheel actuating cylinder piston retracts to lower
and lock the wheels down. When the lever is moved
up the pistons reverse and the units are raised.
(2) WING FLAPS.--The selector valve handle
is located on the left side of the pilot’s overhead panel.
For normal operation, the lever is moved £ull forward
for flaps up and full aft for flaps down (45°). The
146
(d) Set flap position indicator to read "FLAPS
UP". Loosen clamp on transmitter arm, as necessary;
attach transmitter actuating rod to control mechanism
bellcrank and make up damp on transmitter shaft.
(e) Check flap operation and insure selector
valve returning to neutral in respective selected pos-
itions. Adjust rods to control mechanism bellcrank,
if necessary.
intermediate settings (10° and 30°) are for gusty
conditions; a balancing mechanism regulates the se-
lector valve action in the intermediate settings. A
r~lief valve allows the flaps to blow up before air
loads become heavy enough to cause structural damage.
(3) COWL FLAPS. The selector valves are lo-
cated on the right hand side of the pilot’s overhead
panel; the control~ are moved forward to open and
aft to close the cowl flaps; the flaps remain in any
intermediate position when the control is released.
(4) WINDSHIELD WIPERS. The wipers are
turned on and their speed is controlled by a needle
valve oi~erated by a knob on the cowl to the left of
the centerline.
(5) PARKING AND EMERGENCY BRAKE.
The parking brake is controlled by the hand pump
selector valve the lever is set to BRAKE-PARKING
AND EMERGENCY and the hand pump operated to
set brakes.
For parking brake operation, do not exceed
600 psi.
(6) HAND PUMP. The hand pump selector
valve must be set to the desired system to use the hand
pump. Push down the handle (against the spring
load ), set as desired, and operate hand pump, located
behind the co-pilot’s seat.
Note
1
If landing gear operation by hand pump is
necessary, first set selector valve to LAND-
ING GEAR; if ineffective, then set to LAND-
ING GEAR EMERGENCY.
2
Set LANDING GEAR control to UP when
using LAND. GEAR EMERG. setting.

o brakes through an emergency set of lines to a shutde
When the hand pump is not in use, set hand
pump selector valve to SYSTEM.
(7) EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF VALVE. -- This
valve is installed in the pump suction line to cut off through the normal set of lines to the cowl flaps, land-
the flow of hydraulic oil to the pump in the event of ing gear and wing flap selector valves.
fire. The control is a flex. shaft from a "T" handle
in the cockpit (same control as engine "oil-in" shut
off--see OilSystem (9) above).
c. DISTRIBUTION UNIT.
( 1 ) REMOVAL.
(a) Remove upper nacelle afterbody door
assembly (No. 108470-2) by loosening 20 turn fas-
teners.
(b) Disconnect and cap six lines (vent, two
pressure, two pump suction and return) from tank.
(c) Remove five screws (AN520-10-8) and lift
entire unit from airplane.
(d) Loosen two bolt (AN4-7A) assemblies in
retaining straps and lift reservoir out of cradle after
breaking return line from the relief and unloader
valves.
(2) MAINTENANCE.
(a) Check all units and connections for sound-
ness and leaks.
(b) Check accumulator for pre-load air pres-
sure ( 1200 psi.).
(3) INSTALLATION.InTo insta!l the distribu-
tion unit reverse steps listed under REMOVAL, above.
d. ENGINE DRIVEN PUMPS.The engine driven
pumps are Pesco No. 011001-040-02 rated at .227 cubic
inches per revolution or two gallons approx per min-
ute at 2250 rpm. An emergency shut-off valve is in-
stalled in each pump suction line.
e. ~HAND PUMP SELECTOR VALVE.--The Ken-
yon No. 5-2000 valve is installed under the cockpit
floor to the right of center and incorporates a check
valve and thermal relief features; the return is con-
nected to the main system return line. The control
handle is above the floor at the inboard aft corner of
the co-pilot’s seat where it is readily accessible.
There are five settings, as marked on the name-
plate; BRAKE-PARKING AND EMERGENCY,
SYSTEM, LANDING GEAR, WING FLAPS AND
EMERGENCY LANDING GEAR EXTENSION.
(i) Under normal conditions the brakes operate
as independent systems. However, in an emergency,
or for parking when_..the selector valve control is set
at BRAKE, hand pump pressure wil! operate only the
SECTION
valve at the brake cylinders.
(2) When set at SYSTEM the control valve will
deliver either engine pump or hand pump pressure
(3) When the valve c6ntrol is set at either
LANDING GEAR or WING FLAPS, engine pump or
hand pump pressure will be delivered to the respec-
tive selector valve through the normal set of lines.
(4) When set at EMERGENCY LANDING
GEAR EXTENSION either engine pump or hand
pump pressure will be delivered directly to the actu-
ating cylinders (by-passing the landing gear selector
valve) through an emergency set of lines.
f. LANDING GEAR SYSTEM.--The system con-
sists of a selector valve control, a nose wheel cylinder,
two main wheel cylinders and two down lock cylin-
ders.
The selector valve control is installed on the bulk-
head at Sta. 140 behind the pilots seat. A no~ma! pres-
sure line connects the valve with the Kenyon hand
pump selector valve and a return line tees into the
main system return.
A spring loaded latch is installed to prevent the
inadvertent movement of the control handle at any
time. On early models a solenoid actuated latch locks
the gear in either position; to raise the gear the air-
plane must be airborne so that the solenoid withdraws
the pin to lower the gear, a red release button must
be pushed to free the latch. On later models a thumb
latch (replacing the solenoid) locks the handle in
either position and must be released ro allow shifting
the handie.
To raise landing gear release thumb latch if in-
stalled and move lever up.
To lower landing gear--press red button or release
thumb latch and move lever down.
When the control is set at UP or DOWN, as re-
quired, pressure is directed through the respective set
of lines to actuate the cylinders. When lowering the
gear the pressure, enters the retracting end of the ndse
wheel cylinder and the extending end of the main gear
cylinders through shuttle valves; the other side of the
shuttle valve admits pressure when the master control
is set at EMERGENCY LANDING GEAR EXTEN-
SION.
The nose wheel cylinder (No. 109556) incorpo-
rates a locking feature when retracted ,ind extended amt
is in the retracted condition when the gear is down.
 KEY TO FIGURES 94 AND 95

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SCHEMATIC AND FLOW DIAGRAMS

1. Reservoir- No. 109570. 15 v

2. Emergency Shut-off Valve - No. 109563 (2). I
3. Engine Driven Pump - Pesco No. 011001-040-02 (2).
4. Check Valve - AN6207-6 (2).
5. Filter - AN6234-3.
6. Main Relief Valve - Airex No. 1068 or Electrol No. 191.
~ 7. Unloader Valve - No. 109567.
8. Accumulator - Vickers No. AA-14007-B.
9. Check Valve - AN6207-6.
10. Pressure Gage - AN5771-4A.
I1. Pressure Snubber - Ray No. llD-2.
12. Hand Pump Selector Valve - Kenyon No. 5-2000.
13. Hand Pump - Electrol No. 190.
14. Filter - AN6234-1.
15. Check Valve - AN6207-4 (6).
16. Wing Flap S~lector Valve - No. 25250.
17. Restrictors - No. 25247-1 (8).
18. Wing Flap Cylinder - No. 109551.
19. Flap Blow-up Relief Valve - Electrol No. 285 (625 psi).
20. Landing Gear Selector Valve - No. 56219.
21. Nose Wheel Cylinder - No. 109556.
22. Main Wheel Down Lock Cylinder - No. 109552 (2).
23. Main Wheel. Cylinder - No. 109555 (2).
24. Vent and Dump Valve - No. 109561.
25. Cowl Flap Selecfor Valve - Airex No. D-357 (2).
26. Cowl Flap Cylinder - No. 109553 (2).
27. Windshield Wiper Speed Control - Kearfott No. 2331-2.
28. Windshield Wiper Control Unit - Kearfott No. 2069-2.
29. Windshield Unit - Kearfott No. 2068-6 (2).
30. Master Brake Cylinder - Warner No. 10576 (2).
31. Shuttle Valve - No. 109562 (2).
32. Restrictor Check Valve No. 109610 (2).
33. Thermal Relief Valve - Electrol No. 332 (2200 psi)
34. Brake Bleed Bottle - No. 106016-7.

Figure 94--Hydraullc System Schematic Diagram

 SUCTION
PRESSURE
RETURN
DOWN-OPEN
UP-CLOSE
EMERGENCY DOWN AND BRAKE
PRESSURE AND RETURN
VE~T
NORMAL BRAKE

DIAGRAM OF THERMAL RELIEF VALVE/RELATIVE

POSITION OF GHEGK VALVE

I"11

,o Figure 95--Hydraulic System Flow Diagram

S~CTION

KEY TO FIGURE 96
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ARRANGEMENT

1. Line from Reservoir. 26. Shuttle Valve (2).

2. Emergency Shut-off Valve (2). 27. Line to Brake (2).
3. Engine Driven Pump (2). 28. Restrictor Check Valve (2).
4. Check Valve (3). 29. Reservoir.
5. Pressure Gage. 30. Filler Ncek.
6. Pressure Snubber. 31. Filter.
7. Hand Pump Selector Valve. 32. Main Relief Valve.
8. Hand Pump. 33. Unloader Valve.
9. Filter. 34. Accumulator.
10. Check Valve (6). 35. Accumulator Air Valve.
11. Wing Flap Selector Valve. 36. Pressure Line from Accumulator.
12. Restrictors (8). 37. Pressure Line to System.
13. Wing Flap Cylinder (2). 38. Return Line.
14. Flap Blow-up Relief Valve. 39. Line from right Engine Pump.
15. Landing Gear Selector Valve. 40. Line from Left Engine Pump.
16. Nose Wheel Cylinder. 41. Reservoir Vent Line.
17 Main Wheel Down Lock Cylinder (2). 42. Engine Oil Tank Vent Line.
18. Main Wheel Cylinder (2). 43. Drain and Hand Pump Suction Line.
19. Vent and Dump Valve. 44. Left Engine Cowl Flap Selector Valve.
20. Lines to Cowl Flap Selector Valves. 45. Left Engine Cowl Flap Control Handle.
21. Cowl Flap Cylinder (2). 46. Right Engine Cowl Flap ~elector Valve.
22. Windshield Wiper Speed Control. 47. Right Engine Cowl Flap Control Handle.
23. Windshield Wiper Control Unit. 48. Support Bracket.
24. Windshield Unit (2). 49. Lines from Hand Pump Selector Valve.
25. Line to Master Brake Cylinder (2). 50. Lines from Left Engine Cowl Flap Cylinder.
51. Lines-~-~m Right Cowl Flap Cylinder.

150
 SECTION lit

TUBING IDENTIFYING COLOR BAND--BLUE-YELLOW-BLUE.

SUCTION
PRESSURE
RETURN
DOWN-OPEN
UP-CLOSE
EMERGENCYDOWN 81 BRAKE
PRESSURE AND RETURN
NORMAL BRAKE

151
Figure 96.--Hydraulic System Arrangement
 SUCTION
PORT

1. Pump Assembly--Pesco No. 0011001-040-02.

2. Body--No. S-1260-1
3. Bearing--No. S-1260-11 (2)
4. Gear--No. 349-4A
5. Bearing--No. S-1260-12 (2)
6. Drive Gear
7o Spring--No. S-1260-14
8. Valve---Noo S-1260-7
9. "O" RIng--AN6227-5

11. "O" Ring--AN6227-7

1.2. Soring Washer--No. S-1260-13 (2)
13. "O" Ring--AN6227-14 (2)
14. Seal Ring--AN6230-3
15. Cover
16. Washer--No. S-1201-416 (4)
17. Screw (4)
18. Seal Assembly
19. Coupling

NOTE
Part numbers are Pump Eng. Service Corp.

Figure 97--Englne Driven Hydraulic Pump

 SECTION

1.- HousingmNo. 5-2001 18. Poppet Check Spring--No. 7-1018 (4)

2. Camshaft Assem.--No. 5-2020 19. "O" Ring--AN6227-7 (4)
3. Cap Top---No. SK619 (6) 20. Cap--Side--No. 5-2012 (4)
4. Gasket--No. SK666 (6) 21. Nut--AN365D-524
5. Plunger Spring--No. SK692 (6) 22. PinmNo. 5-2022
6. PlungermNo. 5-2030 (6) 23. Plug--No. 5-2005 (2)
7. Nut---Lock Insert---No. 5-2021 (6) 2~. "O" Ring--AN6227-8 (2)
8. "O" Ring--AN6227-12 (12) 25. Locking Screw--No. 7-!009 (2)
9. Plunger Seat--No. 5-2002 (6) 26. Set Screw--No. 7-1008 (2)
10. Thermal Check RetaineriNo. 5-2004 (4) 27. Thermal Relief Spring--No. 7-1006 (2)
11. "O" l~ng--AN6227-10 (4) 28. Body--No. 5-2006 (2)
12. Thermal Unit Spring--G101-196 (~) 29. Return Port
13. Retainer SpringINo. 5-2023 (6) 30. Brake Port
14. Check Ball--No. 7-1005 (6) 31. Cowl Flap Port
15. Valve Seat--No. 7-1003 (6) 32. Landing Gear Port
16. Ya|ve Seat Seal--No. 7-1004 (6) 33. Wing Flap Port
1.7. Poppet Valve--No. 7-1016 (4) 34. Landing Gear Emergency Port

EMERGENCY
BRAKE AND
PRESSURE
PORTS, NOT
"~-------SHOWN

35. Hand Pump Body--No. D2288 46. Cheek Valve Spring--No. 57. Bolt--~kN23-21A
36. Check Valve Spring--No. A1993 47. Adapter--No. A1988 58. Nut--AN364-1032 (2)
Valve 37. Ball--No. ELA16-8 48. Link--No. A!986 59. Bushing--No. A1983
38. Seallng Gasket--No. A1991 49. Pin--No. A!12{~ 60. Bushing--No. A1489 (2)
39. Seat Screw--No. A1992 50. "0" Ring~AN6227-16 61. Bolt--AN2~-I9A
~0. Bush~No. A1982 5L Plunger Sto~o. ~293~ 62. N~tmAN3~4-428
~1. Seat Screw~No. A1992 52. "O" R~ng~A~N6227~13 63. Wa~her~N~. A1225
4~ Sealing Gasket~No. A199t 53. Adjustable Re~ainer~No. ~. Taper Pin~AN386-1-9~
~$. "O" Ring~AN6227-15 5~. Screw~kNS~6-A6H ~5. Sleev~No. A1389
4~. Plunger~No. A~93 55. L~k R~ng~No~ Al167 66. Tub~No. A1486
~5. Ball--No. ELA16-8 5~. Bush~ng~No,, A1490 (2) 67. Gr~No. A1226

Figure 98--Hydraulic Hand Pump and Hand Pump Selector Va~’ve ~53
SECTION III
See Figure 102. At the retracting end of the cylinder
the end fitting is drilled and tapped to receive special
bolts with swivel fittings and a spring loaded shuttle.
The normal port admits pressure (engine Or hand
pump) through the normal set of lines; the emergen-
cy port admits pressure through the emergency lines.
..........On the main landing gear assembly a shuttle valve
is installed on the extension end of the main gear
cylinder and the down lock cylinder (See Figures 100
and 10t) and operation is similar to the nose wheel ex-
cept that cylinder action is reversed.
When the selector valve control in the cockpit is
set at DOWN, pressure is delivered simultaneously to
the main cylinder and the down lock cylinder. The
combined action unfolds the strut from its trough and
well in the wing and hull until the spring loaded
down lock is latched, when a micro switch is actuated
to indicate on the cockpit indicator that the gear is
fully down and locked.
The cylinder locking feature consists of four-
teen steel balls which seat in holes in the pis-
ton (see figure 102). If dirt or other foreign
matter should prevent one or more balls from
seating, the plunger would not be permitted
to move into the "locked" position and subse-
quent pressure loss in the "lower gear" line
1. Assembled Valve--See Figure 103.
2. Handle Assembly with Spring Loaded Latch, Air-
planes J2-J23.
3. Handle Assembly--No. 109593.
154
Figure 99--Landing Gear Hydraulic Selector Valve
might permit a slow collapse of the nose gear
while the airplane was resting on its wheels.
g. WING FLAP SYSTEM.--The system consists of
a selector valve control mounted on the overhead in-
strument and control panel, actuating cylinders (ohe
for each wing flap) and a blow-up relief system which
spills into the main return .....
Restrictors are installed in both lines to the cylin-
ders to insure even and simultaneous motion.
The blow-up relief valve is set to relieve fluid
pressure at a back pressure of 630 psi. and allow the
flaps to come up,
h. COWL FLAPS SYSTEM.--The system Consists of
a selector valve control for each set of cowl flaps and
lines to an actuating cylinder in each nacelle. The
cylinders operate respective bellcranks and push rods.
A spring control returns the actuating handles to
neutral creating an hydraulic lock to hold the flaps in
any intermediate setting.
i. WINDSHIELD WIPER SYSTEM. The system
is made up of a speed control (ON-OFF control), a
control unit and two window units, manufactured by
the Kearfott Engineering Co., 117 Liberty St., New
York 6, N.Y. For detailed information concerning
these units refer to the manufacturer.
j. BRAKES.--The normal brake system is indepen-
dent of the hydraulic system; fluid for normal opera-
tion is retained in reservoirs of the master cylinders.
4. Mou~ting Bracket~No. 109601.
5. Lock--No. 109616.
6. Spring--G104-67.
ltems 3 to 6 used on Airplanes J1, J24 and subsequent.
 SECTION

~ G IDENTIFYING COLOR BAND--BLUE-YELLOW-BLUE.

SUCTION
PRESSURE
RETURN
DOWN--OPEN
UP-CLOSE
EMERGENCY DOWN & BRAKE
PRESSURE AND RETURN
NORMAL BRAKE

Figure 96---Hydraulic System Arrangement 15 ~

 9. Wiper Ring--SP4303 (Phenol).
10. V~iper Ring Retainerm~o. 109579.
11. Terminal~No. 112829,
12. Tie-rod--No. 39355-6 (4).
Attachments:
Nut--AN365-524 (8).
WashermAN960-516 (8),
1. Cylinder Assem.--No. 109555mCutaway. 13. Bolt (normal port)--No. 112831.
2. Fitting Assem.---No. 109581. 14. Gasket--AN901-6C (4).
3~ "O" Ring--AN6227-28. 15. Swivel--AN776-6D (2).
4. BodymNo. 112827. 16. Spring--G101-205.
5. PistonmNo. 112826. 17. Shuttle---No. 112830.
6. Groove-Pin (Type No. 1) 3/32" Dia. x ¼" Long. 18. "O" RingnAN6227-7.
7. Fitting--No. 112825, 19. "0" Ring--AN6227-5.
8. "O" Ring Linear 1820-19. 20. Bolt (emergency port)--No. 112832.

Figure 100--Main Wheel Actuating Hydrau|ic Cylinder

 1. Cylinder AsserablyMNo. 109552mCutaway.~
2. Body--No. 112807.
3. Fitting Assembly--No. 109578.
4. Fitting--No. 112810.
5. Piston~No. 112808.
6. Groove-pia--3/3T~ Dia. x ~" Long.
7. "O" Ring~AN6227-23 (3).
S. "O" Ring--Linear
9. Wiper Ring~SP4303 (Phenol).
-1~. Wiper R~ng Retainer~No. 109576.
11. Terminal--No. ~112809.
12. Tie Rod--No. 41663-6 (4).
Attachments:
Washer--AN960-416 (8)

13. Bo~t~No. 112812.

14. Gaske~ANg~I-4C (4).
1~. S~vv~AN77~-4D (2).
16. SpringilY1-204.
17. "O" Ring~AN6227-6.
18. She~ti~N~. 112811.
19. "O" Ring~AN6227-3.
20. Bo]t~No. 1~813.

156
 SECTION !11

DETAIL
RETRACTION END
FITTING.

EXPLODED VIEWS DRAWN WITH

CYLINDER ROTATED 180° FROM
CUTAWAY VIEW.

L Cylinder AssemblywNo. 109556--Cutaway. 18. Spring--No. G101-205.

$, End FittinguNo. 112822. 19. Bolt (Special)--No. 112831.
3. Bushing--G27-12-24 (2). 20. Spring--No. G101-202.
4. "O" Ring--AN6227-33. 21. Spring--No. G101-201.
5. Nut--No. G371-36 (2). 22. Plunger--No. 112817.
6. Body--No. 112821. 23. "O" Ring--AN 6227-29.
7. End Fitting Assembly No.112823. 24. Lock--No. 112819.
8. "0" Ring--AN6227.33. 25. Balls--No. G319-8 (14).
9. "O" Ring--Linear 1820-23. 26. Elastic Stop Nut--No. 52EB-108o
10. Wiper Ring--SP4303 (Phenol). 27. Piston--No. 112820.
11. Retaining WasheruNo. 112835 (peen in 4 places). 28. Balls--No. G319-8 (8).
12. "O" Ring--AN6227-7. 29. "O" Ring--AN6227-12.
13. Gasket--ANg01-6C. 30. Piston Rod Assembly--No. 112833.
14. Swivel Fitting--AN776-6D. 31. Lubricator--No. G39-2.
15. Bolt (Special)--No. 112832. 32. Plunger--No. 112818.
16. "O" Ring--AN6227-5. 33. "O" Ring--AN6227-23.
17. Shuttle--No. 112830. 34. Spring--No. G101-200.

Fig~re 102--Nose Wheel Actuating Hydraulic Cylinder

157
SECTION lli

1. Body--No. 58614 (with ~" ports).

--No. 27550 (with ¼. ports).
S~e Note 1. below.
2. Shaft--No. 27584.
3. "O" Ring--AN6227-8 (3).
4. Screw--No. 27534.
5. Washer--AN940-516.
6. Nut--AN310-4.
7. Cotter--AN380-C2.2.
8. "O" Ring--AN6257-14 (8).
9. Seat--No. 27581 (4).
10. "O" Ring--AN6227-5 (4).
11. Poppet.-No. 27580 (4).
12. Spring.-G101~ll5 (4). ~
13. PlugmNo. 27575 (4).
The following items are installed on the landing
gear selector valve only on airplanes J2-J23 in-
clusive only.
14. Clip Assembly--No. 109566.
15. Screw--AN520-1032-6 (2).
]6. Handle Assembly--N0. 109603A.
17. Nut--AN364o428.

NOTES
1.
Wing flaps selector valve body (No. 27550) and
landing gear selector valve body (No, 58614) are
identical except that flap valv, e body ports are
drilled for ¼ inch fittings and landing gear valve
body ports are drilled for ~ inch fittings.
2.
For cutaway view of assembled typical valve
and landing gear control handle installed, refer
to Figure 99, Landing Gear l~Iydraulic Selector
Valve.

Figure 1~3--Wing Flaps Hydra’uli¢ Selector Valve

158
 1. Cylinder AssemblynCut Away No. 109551.
2. End Fitting~No. 112805.
3. Bushing (press fit and stake)--G26-M-4-8.
4. BodymNo. 112801.
5. "O" RingmAN6227-23.
6. Piston--No. 112802.
7. End Fitting--No. 112803.
8. ’O’" Ring--AN6227-15.
9. Check Nut--AN316-8R.
10. Terminal--No. 112804.
11. Tie RodmNo. 41663-5 (4).
12. Washer--AN960-416 (8).
13. Lock NutmAN365-428 (8).

Figure 104--Wing Flaps Actuating Hydraulic Cylinder

 SECTION III

]. Nut.AN365-1032 (4)
2. Washer-AN960-A10 (4)
3. Plate No. B265
4. Cap No. A419 (4)
5. "O" Ring-AN6227.7 (4)
6. Spring No. A259 (4)
7. Plunger No. A267 (4)
8. Ball No. A270-9 (4)
8. Body No.
10. "O" Ring-AN6227-1 (4)
11. Spacer No. A269 (4)
12. Pin No. A418 (4)
13. Plate No. B264
14. Shaft No. B4~7
15. Plate No. B263
16. Screw-AN525-10-30

Figure lOS--Cowl Flaps Hydraulic SeiectO~ ~a|ve

160
 1. Cylinder Assembly--(Cut-away) No. 109553.
2. End FittingmNo. 58556.
3. BodymNo. 58552.
4. "O" Ring--AN6227-17 (3).
5. End Fitting--No. 58557.
6. Piston--N~. 58554.
7. "O" Ring--Linear 1820-10.
8. Wiper Ring--SP4303 (Phe~nol).
9. Retaining Washer--No. 58551.
10. Check Nut--AN316-6R.
11. Terminal--No. 109600.
I2. Tie Rod--No. 58555-1 (4).
13. Washer--AN960-10 (8).
14. Nut--AN365-1032 ~8).

Figure 106-Cowl Flaps Actuating Hydraulic Cylinder

SECTION

1, Handwheel Assembly.
2. Body.
3. "Valve Seat.
4. Metering Slot in Valve Stem.
5, Orifice,

Figure 107--Windshleld Wiper Speed (On-Off) Control

1, Wiper Shaft.
2. Pinion.
3. Variable Dashpot.
~ 4. Body.
5. Rack Piston Assembly ....
6. Double-acting Relief Valve.
7. Standard Dashpot.

Figure ~O8-Windshield Wiper Window Un|t

162
 SECTION ill

1. Pressure Port.
2. Return Port.
3. Ports to Window Units.
4. Lock Valve.
5. Double-acting Control Valve.
6. Directional Valve.
7. Body.
8. Pilot Valve.

Figure 109--Windshield Wiper Control Unit

For emergency or parking braking, set the hand a reservoir, engine-driven or hand pump, a pressure
pump selector valve to "BRAKE -PARKING AND gage, and the necessary lines and fittings.
EMERG." and operate the hand pump. 600 psi indi- 4. When the unit is disass~nbled for
cated on the gage is sufficient to set the brakes. Fluid spection and repair, be sure that the work bench is
is directed through an emergency set of lines to cleaned of dirt and filings.
shuttle valves on the brakes. 5. To clean parts of assemblies use only clean
k. HAND PUMP.raThe hand pump system is in- dry air or hydraulic fluid, (Univis No. J43 or equi-
stalled for emergency use when the engine driven valent, Army-Navy Spec. AN-W-O366); never use
pumps are not delivering fluid under pre.ssure. wiping rags.
1. GENERAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) HYDRAULIC UNITS.
(a) CARE AND MAINTENANCE.
1. A unit should never be disassembled as Carbon tetrachloride is not to be used for
long as it functions properly. Nothing can be cleaning steel or aluminum alloy hydraulic
complished by unnecessarily disassembling any hy- parts or assembled hydraulic units. When
draulic unit. cleaning is necessary, a solvent such as naptha,
2. Before removing a unit from the airplane, thinner, or a vapor degreaser is recommended.
note the tubing connections. Know exactly how it Ports on hydraulic assemblies must be plugged
should be connected with the hydraulic system. before cleaning so that the solvent is not
trapped inside.
3 If it is necessary to remove a unit, do not
disassemble it without first making a bench test. This 6. Do not drop tools on disassembled~ pa~.
test will require the use of a tes~ stand equipped witti Use the proper tools at all times.
163
 SECTION ill
7. After a unit is assembled and tested, insert 3. The nut and sleeve are put on the tube
dummy plugs in the ports, and it is machine-flared to the angle specified for that
8. Do not store units piled one on the other size tubing. The flaring should retain at least 80 per-
and when storing make sure that there is a small cent of its original wall thickness. The outside edge
amount of hydraulic fluid remaining within the unitof the flare must be in line with the outside edge of
to prevent drying out the seals, the fitting to insure against leakage and to have the
fitting correctly install~l.
(2) HYDRAULIC LINES. 4. In an emergency a satisfactory flare may
(a) NICKS AND DENTS.--Tubing requires be produced as follows:
careful storage and ,handling in order to prevent dents, a. DriLl a hole in a wooden block slightly
scratches, and nicks. Any dent less than 20 percent smaller in diameter than sleeve or line. Split block
of the tube diameter is not objectionable unless it is lengthwise through drilled hole.
on the heel of a Sharp bend radius. If a nick in alum, b. Clamp block over line using a vise or
inure tubing is no deeper than 10 percent of the wall a "C’" damp.
thickness, it may be reworked by burnishing. c. Using sleeve as a form, flare tube to
Dents are removed by drawing a "bullet" or same angle as sleeve. Use a blunt instrument, pre-
tool through the tube so as to give the proper final ferably a punch or a boIt filed down to the correct
diameter in the line. This operation forces the dent flare angle.
back to the surface. d. The flare should extend not over
beyond the tip of the sleeve and it must retain at least
(b) YLARING ALUMINUM ALLOY TUB- 80% of its original wall thickness.
ING FOR AN FITTINGS.rain the replacement of
tubing for most installations, the ends must be flared. e. Square off ends, remove burrs, and pol-
Army-Navy Standard drawing no. AND10061 outlines ish off any rough edges.
proper tube flaring procedure. TABLE OF YLARE DIMENSIONS
1. Cut the rough length of tubing to the ap- Tube O.13. Flare Angle Flare Din.
proximate length required, shape and form the tube ¼" 35 ° .343"
to the correct template then cut and square off the ~s" 25° ~469"
tubing to the correct size. ~/~ .... 30° .640"
2. Wash the tubing in weak chromic acid 5. Caution must be taken in the flaring of
solution to protect it from corrosion and discoloration. tubing. Under-flaring and over-flaring of hydraulic
ALl sharp edges must be broken to keep the tube from lines will cause leakage. Use an AN flaring tool
¯ cracking when flared. Remove aLl burrs. ONLY for AN fittings.

SLEEVE AN819 UNION SLEEVE AN819

NUT AN81B FLARED TUBE NUT ANSI8

Figure 110-Standard AN Tubing Part~

164
 SECTION

~\ \ \ tf \ \ \ \ \’\

RIGHT DENT REMOVAL

WRONG

BENDING TUBING BURNISHING

~ /-MIN. 82% OF

~’,,,~" ORIGINAL WALL

~ THIGKNESS

SLEEVE-J -BLOCK

MACHINE FLARE EMERGENCY FLARE BLOCK

BODY SLEEVE NUT

PRE~UR~ TIGHT

HER~--~ FGEVEL MAKES SLEEVE GRIP TUBE

SHA~ ~E ~
~TS S~T IN TU~ ~l~ TENSION

SECTIONAL vIEWS OF ERMETO FITTINGS

Figure 1 1 1 (Sheet 1 of 2 Sheets)-T~bing Servicing and Installation Details

165
SECTION III

OUTSIDE COVER
F TO PROTECT
BRAIDING ONLY.
/
ON WIRE BRAID HOSE----/
OUTSI DE PROTECTIVE
COAT IS STRIPPED TO
ALLOW THE FITTING TO
GRASP THE BRAIDING
TIGHTLY,
MINIMUM DESIRED
BEND RADIUS IS
9 TIMES DIAMETER.

SECTIONAL VIEW OF STANDARD FLEX. HOSE AND FITTING

RIGHT WRONG

RIGHT WRONG RIGHT WRONG

BENDING HOSE

Figure 111 (Sheet 2 of 2 Sheets)-Tubing Servicing and Installation Details

166

(c) BENDING TUBING.
1. Tubing should be bent accurately to the
correct radius. If the tube springs out of position
when the fitting is disconnected, it has not been ac-
curately fabricated and is under .an initial mechanical
stress. Alloy tubing can be bent in case of emergency
by filling with sand, resin, or shot.
2. To prevent localizing of stresses, the bend
must be started a distance of at least 1~ times the
length of the sleeve from the end of the tube.
3. There must be sufficient tubing beyond
the nut and sleeve for the flaring tool to clamp the
tubing tightly so that the bend is well supported and
the material is drawn uniformly along the bend.
4. Tubing must never be bent to a sharp
radius on installation or it may flatten and have to be
removed. The minimum bend is six times the out-
side diameter when hand-formed.
Table of Min. Bend Radii for Hyd. Tubing
Tubing Diameter
Min. Bend Radius 11/16 15/16 1~’2
(d) ALUMINUM ALLOY TUBING WITH
ERMETO FITTINGS.wThe rigid1 tt½t *ubmg in each
hydraulic pump suction line and the ~/2!" tebing on
the distribution unit up to the bulkhead fitting on the
upper wing skin is the only 52SO tubing wi~h ERME~
TO fittings installed in the hydraulic system.
In general the maintenance instruct_ions here-
in apply to these lines with the exception of the in-
formation relative to flaring and replacement of fit-
tings. The following information therefore applies
to these lines only.
In fabricating line assemblies with £RMETO
fittings and installing the same:
1. Cut tubing square to prope~ length and
remove burrs from end.
2. Slip nut and sleeve over tube end and
apply hydraulic oil to the sleeve for lubrication.
3. Insert tube to bottom of fitting and hold
ig in this position while engaging threads of the nut.
When making up a line to a fitting, ~he tube
length and bending should be correct so that
when tubing is "bottomed" in the fitting the
nut wi!! ~reely engage the fitting without
having to spring the line into place.
~. Tighten nut to proper torque (inch-
pounds) ~325 min.---400 max.
SECTION !11
~ote
This torque value applies ~or ERMETO fit-
tings with 52SO tubing only.
(e) INSTALLATION OF HYDRAULIC
LINES.~The ~ollowing rules should be observed
whenever hydraulic lines are installed:
1. Check flares for out-of-round and cracks.
2. Blow out all lines with clean dry air.
¯3. Lubricate the male threads of all fittings.
Use Parker Threadlube thread lubricant or equivalant
(conforming to Army-Navy Spec. AN-C-53.)
4. During installation, mask out all cut-oats
and holes in airplane structure through which tubing
is installed, to protect against scratches.
5. The tube flare must meet the fitting
¯ squarely and fully before the nut is started. Never
draw the flare to the fitting with the nut as this may
spin off the flare.
6. The nut must never be tightened when
the line is under pressure.
7, Do not bend a tube by hand to a radiu~
less than six times its diameter. THE TUBE MAY
FLATTEN,
8. If the tube is to be flared, the preferable
method is with a flare block and flaring tool.
(f) HANDLING TUBING.
1. If allowed to pile up, tubing might easily
be d~maged.
2. Stack tubing only where objects cannot
fal! on it.
3. Avoid loading or handling mixed shapes
since this may scar or bend the tubing.
4. Do not hang lamp cords etc. from hy-
draulic lines in the airplane.
5. Never climb or pull on the tubing.
(3) REPLACEMENT OF PARTS.
(a) I~LEXIBLE HOSE.
1. When replacing a flexible hose, make cer-
tain that it is o~ the approved type and proper part
number. IZlexible hoses should not be twisted or bent
on installation as this reduces their life considerably.
Twisting of the hose can be determined from’ the white
line running along its lerlgth. This line should not
spiral around the hose.
2. Flexible hoses should be protected ~rom
chafing by wrapping lightly with tape, but only where
necessary. Wherever a flexible hose has a buLkhead
end fitting, a washer should be installed under the
locknut only. Upon completion of installation the
¯ 167
SECTION
attached working unit should be operated to check the
clearances during actuation.
3. The minimum bend radius for flexible
hose is nine times the outside diameter. Sharper
bends will reduce the bursting pressure of the hose
to 80 percent of its rated value. Hoses should be
stalled so that they will be subject to a minimum of
flexing during operation.
4. A hose must never be stretched tight be-
tween two fittings. About five to eight percent of its
total length must be allowed as slack to provide free-
dom of operation under pressure.
5. Care must be taken to prevent any damage
from cuts and abrasions to flexible hoses and they
should be inspected regularly for any such damage.
(b) PACKING RINGS.- The replacement
packing rings must be of the approved type and part
number and must have been thoroughly inspected.
Soak the rings in hydraulic fluid (AN-W-O-366)
for approximately 24 hours before installation. If
excessive swelling occurs after they have been soaked,
it indicates the rings are not made of a suitable mat-
erial and therefore must not be installed. Avoid the
use of sharp instruments in removing or installing
packings.
(c) FITTINGS.
1. The replacement fittings must be of the
same type and part number as those removed. The
fittings upon installation should be tightened snugly,
but not too tightly. Threadlube should be applied
to all threaded male fittings to prevent seizure. Anti-
seize compound for straight threaded fittings such as
the AN type should be in accordance with Army-Navy
Spec. AN-W-P-236.
2. Excessive tightening of a hydraulic fitting
by too great a wr6nch torque is a decided factor in
flare thinning thus causing flares to pull out. It is
recommended that no wrench longer than 4" be used
on 1A" diameter aluminum tubing, 6" on a ~/~" dia-
meter line. With wrenches of these sizes, it is pos-
sible, with a little experience, to "feel" when a fitting
is tight. It should be remembered that beyond a cer-
tain point, further tightening of connections will not
improve their sealing qualities.
TABLE OF TIGHTENING TORQUES
TUBE SIZE 1/~ ~ 1/2
Recommended 40 75 150
Torque in Inch Pounds I0 tO tO
65 125 250
(4) SYSTEM HAND PUMP CHECK.
(a) GENERAL.--In order to isolate a leak
within one circuit and to determine which unit is
faulty, a hand pump check procedure can be used.
This check will take in the entire system excluding
the engine pump, unloader valve, and the main relief
valve, and the filter.
(b) PROCEDURE.
1. Bleed off the pressure from all the circuits
by working the selector valves.
2. With hand pump selector valve on "LAND.
ING GEAR" and landing gear selector at "DOWN",
pump up full pressure and check gage. If possible,
jack airplane off the ground and with the landing
gear selector at "UP", pump the landing gear all the
way up. After full retraction, pump ~ap full pressure
and check gage. (See items (5) and (6) below.)
3. With hand pump selector valve on "WING
FLAPS," and wing flap control lever at ’*UP," pump
up full pressure and check gage. Put the wing flap
control lever to full "DOWN" position and pump.
When flaps are ali the way down, pump up full pres-
sure and check gage. (See items (5) and (6) below.)
4. Bleed Off the pressure from all the circuits
by working the selector valves. Put hand pump se-
lector valve on "SYSTEM" and pump up pressure.
All installations should be checked to make sure that
they operate with hand pump selector valve on
*’SYSTEM."
5. Full pressure on hand pump should be
close to 2125 psi. While checking the different systems
for interna! leaka and by-passing seals etc., maximum
pressure (2000 psi) should be pumped and in check-
ing the gage any drop in pressure should be noted.
6. If drop in pressure is only on DOWN or
OPEN, the unit g~ving trouble may be in one of the
following:
a. Selector valve.
b. Shuttle valves (landing gear system).
c. Leaky system on DOWN or OPEN side.
d. Scored wall of cylinder on one end.
e. Vent and dump valve (L.G.).
7. If drop in pressure is only on UP or CLOSE,
the unk giving trouble may be ~n one o~ the following:
a. Selector valve.
b. Leaky system on UP or CLOSE side.
c. Scored wall of cylinder on one end.
d. Vent and dump valve (L.G.).
 SECTION !11
8. If drop in pressure is on both sides of the (c) ’Improper cleaning or careless assembly.
selector valve the unit giving trouble may be one of (d) Crogsed or damaged threads.
the following: (e) Gasket was not removed and changed to
a. Thermal relief valve in hand pump se- new one upon reassembly.
lector valve. (f) Wrong size or improper material of gasket.
b. Check valve in hand pump selector (g) Mismated parts (AN and ER).
valve. If this leaks, system pressure will be built up
(h) Damaged tubing by using tube as rail or
when hand pump selector is on "LANDING GEAR"
handle.
or "WING FLAPS".
c. Seal on cylinder piston. Note
d. Scored cylinder wall For list of hydraulic packings, refer to Section
e. Hand pump check valve. IV.
f. Damaged seal between pressure and re-
turn side of selector valve. (6) FILTER (AN6234-3) LEAKAGE. Leakage
at the filter may be caused by thread failures due to
(5) LOCATION OF HYDRAULIC LEAKS.-- overloading the screw joint between the two halves
Generally, most leaks occur because of the following of the filter body. The large "O" ring (AN6227-32)
conditions: acts as the pressure seal; if leakage occurs~ the
(a) Flaring is poor, cracked, rough or split. ring should be replaced rather than tightening the
(b) Too much or not enough wrench torque. threads further.

169
 (7) TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART.
GENER2LL NOTES
In normal service the unloader valve in the hydraulic minutes is not serious if the leakage is not external.
system should not operate more often than once every Before starting any trouble shooting make sure
,~5 minutes. If the unloader valve operates more often that the reservoir is full to the top of the rider neck
than this, there is a leak somewhere in the system. and that the accumulator is preloaded with air to
However, operation as often as once every 10-15 1200 psi when system pressure is zero.
(a) GENERAL SYSTEM CHECK.
With Engine Running
Observe Pressure Gage
!
Gage is Fluctuating Gage is not Fluctuating

Leak is in hand pump Leak is in[the unloader

selector or one of the in- valve or main pressure
dividual hyd. systems. supply line.

F!RST SECOND THIRD

Select "L.G.’° Select "WING

i
Select "SYSTEM"
on handpump FLAPS" on hand- on handpump
sele~or pump selector selector

Gage holds Gage holds Gag! fluct-

Gage Gage ttuct.
premure 1~ates o~ uate~ on uate~ on aL!
system ~nd system only selections
one sel., Le.
Landing gear Landing gea~ Wing ttal~ Wing flaps L.G. or
is O.K. may be leak, O.K. may be WiNG
leaking FLAPS

! Leak is in
cowl flaps o~
Leak is i~
thermal relief
windshield valve or LoG.
emerg.

See Page !72C h~ndpump

selector or in
This gage line
"W F"o[ "L.G." i~ lea~dng
See Page 172A o~ P~ge 172B Page 172D

170
 ,SECTION
(b) LANDING GEAR CHECK
Use Hand Pump

! I
(1) Gage fluctuates only (2) Gage fluctuates "up" (3) Gage fluctuates only
on "down" and "down" on "u223" J

Repeat (1), "gage fluctu-

ates only on down" discon-
Repeat (1), necting "L.G.D." and re-
Remove "Gage fluct- turn line from selector
"L.G.U." line ares only on valve,"L.G.D." and "return"
and return from down" without line from vent and dump
L.G. selector disconnecting valve and"L.G.D."lines from
valve emergency line cylinder under floor. Do
not disconnect emergency
line from cylinders.

1
No oil
I
Up line
I i
Oil out
!
Up port
and Return port
out of line of sel. valve

May be
external I
Vent &
leak dump valve Cylinders
!
Disconnect Disconnect Disconnect No Oil
"LG.U." line up line Emerg, Line Oil out

I I r--[--n Sel. Sel.

Bad
No oil Oil out No Oil out No oil Oil out
of valve Oil of up of port
port
[
O.K. Bad seal O.K.
Bad seal Shuttle Leaky
piston valve O.K. shuttle

I
External Leak
in Down’ Line
171
SECTION

(c) WING FLAP CHECK’. -- The wing flap selector valve is closed in any of the flap intermediate
positions and full down position. It may be open in the flap "up" position.

Use Hand Pump

I
Gage fluctuates Gage fluctuates Gage fuctuates
only on "up’’ in all positions only on "down"
or 45°

Disconnect Flaps Flaps Mechanism may

down creep stationary be out of
line to cylinder adjustment

I
I
Oil from Oil from No oil selector
cylinder selector

Piston
seal bad
I
Selector
bad
Selector.
may be
F--’--
Leak in
pressure
line to
selector
Selector
bad
Rotate
"V" block
Selector
bad
bad counter-
Check clo~kwis~
pressure
Disconnect line for I
return line external Gage. Gage
from seL leak holds fluctuates

1 I
Mech .out of Selector
No oil Oil adjustment bad
out of out
return of return Disconnect
port8 ~etu~n
llne

[.
External
leak in
Bad sel.
’
Oil out oll

line Bad seL

1
Check down Bad
line for Selector
ext. leak

172
 SECTION ill

(d) COWL FLAP AND WINDSHIELD WIPER CHECKo--The cowl flap selector valves and windshield
wiper speed control are normally closed.

Disconnect pressure line be-

tween windshield wiper
speed control and control
.unit

Use Hand Pump

I
Oil Out
I
No Oil

Speed Control
Seat Bad
!
External Leak
I
Cowl Flaps
I
Cowl Flaps
in Pressure Stationary Creep
Line to Cowl
Flap Selector Extern!l Leak Selector
or Windshield in Pressure Valve
Wiper Control Line. I
Disconnect up
and down Line
to Cylinder

I
Oil!Out No Oil

I
i
Selector
Bad
Move Handle
back and .forth
slowly through
approx. 20°
Connect down
line, apply
pressure down

0il out of
Oil J stops after cylinder
OilI out at same stops moving
point . j
J Bad piston seal
Adjust springs
Replace to hold handle
selector in this
valve position
173
 SECTION I!!
(e) CHECK FOR LEAK IN THERMAL RELIEF VALVEOR LANDING GEAREMERGENCY
POPPET IN HAND PUMP OR GAGE LINE.

Disconnect
Return Line

U~ Hand Pump
I
No Oil Oil out
I
Thermal Thermal
Relief Relief Leaks
-- O.K.

Disconnect
1
Reconnect line.
L.G.E. Line Operate hand
I pump rapidly
I for 1/2 min. Re-
lieve all system
No Oil Oil Out pressure and re-
check.
L.G.E. Poppet Poppet
O.K. Leaks
I
Leak must Select L.G.E.
be external and Pump for
in gage line ½ Min. and
Recheck

(f) MISCELLANEOUS TROUBLES

1. Engine pumps fail to develop pressure or
develop pressure very slowly,
a. Lack of oil in reservoir,
b. Shut-off valve in pump suction closed.
c. Pump getting air due to leak in pump
suction or in pump seals,
d. Pump drive shaft sheared,
e. Suction and pressure line reversed on
pump,
f. Leak in main relief or unloader valve.
2. One system operates very slowly.
a. With" normal system pressure on gage
valve for that system not fully open or
hand pump selector valve not fully indexed.
b. With system pressure dropping very
low
--leak.in that system either internal or
external valve
3. Lose all system pressure on raising gear.
System returns to normal when gear is put down.
a. Leaking emergency L.G. poppet in hand
pump selector valve causing vent and dump valve to
operate.
--disconnect L.G.E. line and check for
leak.
b. Normal and emergency line reversed on
one L.G. cylinder.
--build up pressure on L.G. down and
check flexes.
4. Parking brake fails to hold
a. External leak.
b, Shuttle ~¢alve leaks internally.
--disconnect brake bleed line from top
of master cylinder. Apply parking brake. Check
for oil coming out of master cylinder.
c. Return poppet in hand pump selector
leaks.
--disconnect return line. Apply park-
ing brake. Check for oil coming out of return port.

14, ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
a. GENERAL.--The electrical system is a single
wire, 28 volt system powered by two’ generators (one
each engine) or a 24 volt, 34 ampere hour battery
when the engines are not operating.
b. GENERATOR VOLTAGE SYSTE~V~.
This
system consists of the generators and their control
panels or voltage regulators, the battery and its relay
box and the necessary junction boxes and wiring to
the distribution switch panels. Refer to Figs. 114,
115, 116 and 117.
(1) GENEP~&TORS--AIRPLANES J1 TO J3 IN-
CLUSIVE ONLY.--The generators in these airplanes
are Eclipse No. 1273-3, 75 ampere capacity with Eclipse total connected load. Never adjust the voltage rheo-
control panels Type 1539~Model No. 1.
Inasmuch as this generating system ~ some-
what different than previous Grumman installations,
the following procedure for paralleling the gener-
ators is outlined.
With this equipment the generators will not
"cut in" or "drop out’ at any fixed value of engine
rpm or voltage. Rather, the generators "cut in" only
when their out-put voltage is one half volt above the
bus voltage and they "drop out" when they draw a
certain amount of reverse current.
(a) ADJUSTMENTS.
1. Control panels should be adjusted on the
bench as follows:
a. Pilot Relay~pick up at 26.5 to 27
volts,--drop out at 22.0 to 22.5 volts.
b. Differential Relay--pick up at 30 to 31
volts,~drop out at 20 to 21 volts.
c. Voltage Adjustment Rheostat -- 28.0
volts (withe regulator hot).
d. Paralleling Resistor--move slider to top
of travel
Note
Adjustments a. and b. above are normally to
be made by the manufacturer.
2. Regulator should be adjusted in the air-
plane as follows:
a. Warm up regulators for ½ hour. Bat-
tery ’tON".
b. Remove external power.
c. W,~th minimum load, check engine rpm
and voltage at which right generator "cuts in". This
can be determined by reading the tachometer and volt-
SECTION !1|
meter when the generator warning light on the pilot’s
panel is turned off indicating that the line switch has
dosed. Engine speed and voltage at which the line
switch will close will vary due to the condition of the
battery but should always be between 26 and 27 volts.
Run engine to 2200 rpm and observe maximum volt-
age. This should be 28.0+0, -.2 volts.
d. Repeat adjustment c. using left engine.
e. With both engines running at 1400 rpm
and with a 20 ampere (approx.) load connected,
set the voltage adjustment rheostat of the left regu-
lator so that each generator is supplying ½ of the
stat of the right regulator unless it is found necessary
to do so to meet the tolerances of adjustment c. The
28 volt setting is to be used as a reference point to
maintain the proper system voltage.
f. With both engines at 2000 rpm and a
load of 80 amperes (approx.) on the system, adjust
the paralleling resistors of the two regulators so that
each generator is supplying ½ the total connected
load. Sliders on the paralleling resistor should be
kept as near to the top as possible. In putting the 80
ampere load on the system care should be used in order
that the load on one generator should never exceed
60 amperes.
g. With engines running at 1550 rpm,
check the paralleling-of the generators at full, ~,
½, ¼ and minimum installed loads° If the generators
do not divide the load within 10% of the connected
load repeat adjustments e., f., and g.
Note
Adjustments f. and g. above can best be made
while the airplane is in flight, due to the fact
that the high engine speed necessary for these
adjustments can not be held on the ground
for a long enough time without overheating
the engines.
(2) G2NERATORS---AIRPLANES J4 TO J 8 IN-
CLUSIVE ONLY. -The generators on these airplanes
are Leece-Neville No. 2471-G12, 75 ampere generators
with Leece-Neville differential relays No. 23538 in-
stalled in the nacelle connector boxes and voltage
regulators No. 3130-R12 mounted in the wing center
section and accessible from the aft cabin, and a Leece-
Neville paralleling panel No. 23555 located between
the voltage regulators. For wiring of these units,
refer to Figures 115, 116 and 117.
178
SECTION !11

KEY TO FIGURE 112

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENT

1. Distribution Switch Panel 52. Starter. 102. Aft Cabin Light Switches,
2. Ignition SwitclL 53. Carburetor Air Temperature Bulb. 103. Aft Cabin Left and Right Horizontal Lights.
3. Booster Fuel Pump Switch--Left Engine. 54. Carburetor Header. 104. Wing Flap Position Transmitter.
4. Voltameter. 55. Oil Temperature Bulb (in oil-in line). 105. Aft Cabin Left and Right Aft Window Lights.
5. Generator Warning Lights (2) (airplanes J1 to J8 56. Quick Disconnect Plug (on forward face of firewall). 106. Fore and Aft Lavatory Compartment Lights.
inclusive only). 57. Nacelle Firewall. 107. Entrance Light.
6. Right Generator Field Switch. 58. Line to Nacelle Junction Box. 108. Entrance Light .Switch.
7. Battery Switch. 59. Nose Wheel Up Switch ..... 109. Cabin Air Exhaust Temperature Control Bulbs.
8. Left Generator Field Switch. 60. Wheel Well Light. 110. Inside Air Temperature Bulb.
9. Radio Master Switch. 61. Nose Wheel Down Switch. 111. Baggage Compartment Light Switch.
10. Starter Switch. 62. Bow Compartment Light. 112. Baggage Compartment Relay and Circuit Breaker
11. Entrance Lights Circuit Breaker. 63. Instrument Junction Box. Panel .....
12. Primer Switch. 64. Compass Light Junction Box (located on radio panel 113. Cabin Heater Temperature Control Outside Air
13. ~Left Propeller Feathering Switch. on airplanes J3, J4, J6 and J7; in circuit breaker Temperature Bulb.
14. Propeller Feathering Circuit Breaker. jhnction box on airplanes J1, J2,, J5, J8 and sub- 114. Spare Lamp Container.
15. Right Propeller Feathering Switch. sequent) ..... 115. Fuel Unit Bo~ (heater).
16. Voltameter Switch. 65. Circuit Breaker .Junction Box. 116. 350° Thermal Limit Switch (heater).
17. Terminal Panels. 66. Left and Right Instrument Lights. 117. Temperature Control Air Discharge Bulb (heater).
18. Fuel Quantity Indicator. 67. Landing- Gear Control Safety Lock Solenoid (air- 118. Mallory Condenser (2) (heater).
19. Cabin Heater Switch. planes J! to J23 only). 119. Ignition Box (heater).
20. Pitot Heater Switch. 68. Bow Compartment and Wheel Well Light Switches. 120. 400° Thermal Limit Snap Switch (heater).
21. Engine Fire Extinguisher Switch. 69. Instruments. 121. Baggage Compartment Light. ~
22. Fire Warning Light. 70. Fuel Analizer (special e~quipment). 122. Heater Ignition Lead.
23. Cabin Heater Fire Extinguisher Switch. 71. Compass. 123. Heater Fan Lead.
24. Left Engine Fire Detectivn Warning Light (air car- 72. Fuel and Oil Low Pressure Warning Lights (special 124. Air Pressure Switches (heater).
riers only). equipment). 125. Heater Compartment Light Switch.
25. Right Engine Fire Detection Warn:ng Light (air 73. Outside-Inside Air Temperature Indicator (special 126. Combustion Air Blower (heater).
carriers only). equipment). 127. Parachute Flares..
26. Cockpit Lights Rheostat. 74. Left and Right Auxiliary Switch Panels. 128. Heater Compartment Light. ~
27. Anchor Light Switch. 75. Left and Right Cockpit Lights. 129. Terminal Block.
28. Flasher Motor Switch (air carriers only). 76. Left and Right Forward Column Lights. 130. Conduit Coupling.
29. Position Lights Switch. 77. Parachute Flare Switches. 131. Red Tail Light.
30. Landing Lights Switch. 78. Passenger Cabin. Safety Sign (air carriers). 132. White Tail Light.
31. Left Landing Light Sw~tch (airplanes J1 to J13 incl.). 79. Left and Right Aft Column Lights. 133. Fuel Gage Transmitter.
Landing Light Bulb Switch (airplane J14 and subs.). 80. Left and Right Wheel Down-lock Switches ~34. Cabin Heater Fuel Solenoid.
° 32. Left Lan, ding Light Switch (airplane J14 and subs.). 81. Left and Righ~ Wheel Up-lock Switches. 135. Fuel and Oil Low Pressure Warning Lights Dis-
33. Booster Fuel Pump Switch*--Right Engine. 82. Landing Gear-Safety Switch (left side only) (air- connect Fittings (special equipment).
34. Generator. planes J1 to J23 only). 136. Fuel and Oil Shut-off Solenoid Valve Disconnect
35. Engine Junction Box. 83. Table Spotlight Switch. Fitting (air carriers only).
36. Induction Vibrator. 84. Table Spotlight, 137. Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Valve (air carriers only).
37. Lead to Right Hand Magneto. 85. Left and Right Voltage Regulators. 138. Oil Shut-off Solenoid Valve (air carriers only).
38. Right Hand Magneto. 86. Paralleling Relay. 139. Fire Detector Temperature Indicators (11 each
39. Lead to Left Hand Magneto. 87. Water Cabinet Light. nacelle).
40. Left Hand Magneto, 88. Water Cabinet Light Switch. 140. Engine Junction Box.
41. L~ad--Magneto to Ignition Switch in Cockpit. 89. Left Engine Fire Extinguisher Direction Solenoid. ~141. Propeller Deicer Pump (left wing--special equip-
42. Lead-~R.tI. Magneto to Front Harness Ring. 90. Cabin Heater Fire Extinguisher Direction Solenoid. ment).
43. Front Igrition Harness Ring. 91. Right Engine Fire Extinguisher Direction Solenoid. 142. Wing Tip Float Tank Auxiliary Fuel Transfer
44. Lead--I~H. Magneto to Rear l~arness Ring. Pumps (1L-1R) (special equipment).
92. Aft Cabin Left anal Right Forward Switches. 143. Propeller Feathering Pumps.
45. Rear Ignition Harness Ring. 93. CO2 System Recess Switch.
46, Propeller Feathering Cut-out Sw~tch. 144. Nacelle Junction Boxes (1L-1R).
94. Electrical Line Terminals. 145. External Power Plug (right nacelle only).
47. Tachometer Generator. 95. Main Distribution Junction Box.
48. Engine Primer Solenoid. ~6. Battery (right nacelle only).
96. Temperatnre Control Box. 147. Battery Relay Box (right nacelle only).
49. Auxiliary (booster) Fuel Pump. 97. Spare Battery Power Receptacle.
50. Fuel Pressure Line Shut-off Solenoid Valve (air car- 148. Outside Air Temnerature Bulb.
98. Inter-compartment Light. 149. Landing Lights (1L-1R).
riers only). 99. Fire Extinguisher Solenoid.
51. Oil Pre,~sure Line Shut-off Solenoid Valve (air car- 150. Moorinu Lights (1L-1R).
100. Temperature Control Cabin Rheostat. 151. Wing Running Lights (1L-1R).
riers only). 101. Aft Cabin Left and Right Forward Window Lights. 152. Pitot Head Heater ....

174
 SECTION III

OVERHEAD PANEL
(FORWARD FACE SHOWN)

LAMP ARRANGEMENT IN
SPARE Ii.AMP CONTAINER

Figure 112--Electrical Equipment Arrangement

SECTION ill
(a) TO PARALLEL THE GENERATORS.
I..When cold, set voltage adjusting rheostat
on each regulator for 27.5 volts. Set the paralleling
rheostat, on the panel, to the center of its range, as
indicated by the red dot.
Note
The voltage for paralleling the two generators
is obtained from voltage drop across com-
peusating fields of the generators by the slid-
ing taps on adjustable resistors on the par-
alleling panel No. 23555 (airplanes J4 to J8
incl.). Set sliders so that drop across field at
ful! load will be 3.0 volts from DR terminal
to ground. This adjustment is made at the
factory with the gene~rator and resistor cold
and cannot be made in the airplane. No
field service is required.
2. Warm up voltage regulators for 1½ hour,
with-battery "ON", 40 to 50 amperes of load, and
engines running at 1000 to 1100 rpm.
3. With both engines idling, with both gen-
erator warning lights on, with minimum load con-
nected, check battery voltage which should be 22-28
volts. Increase speed of right engine until warning
light goes out, and note voltage and rpm. Voltage
should be .3 to .5 volts above battery voltage; engine
rpm reading will vary with battery voltage.
4. Run engine at 1600 rpm, and set voltage
adjusting rheostat of regulator to 28 + 0 --.2 volts.
Turn approximately 20 amperes of load on and off
several times to make certain that voltage remains
constant; If voltage varies, re-adjust. Then run up
to 2250 rpm and note maximum voltage. This’ should
not exceed 28.0 volts.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 with left engine
(ammeter switch set to LEFT).
6. With maximum connected load on system,
and engines running at normal cruise rpm, set the
tntralleling rheostat so that each generator is supply-
ing ~2 the total load.
Never exceed 60 amperes per generator.
7. With engines at normal cruise rpm, check
the paralleling at maximum, one half, and minimumthe paralleling at maximum, one half, and minimum
loads. If generators do not parallel within ~5 am- loads. If generators do not parallel within + 5 am-
peres of the mean connected load, repeat steps 3. to 7. peres of the mean connected load, repeat steps 3. to 7.
inclusive.
~76
N
Steps 6. and 7. should be done in flight, be-
cause of long ,periods of high engine speed
that are required.
(3) GENERATORS AIRPLANES J9 AND
SUBSEQUENT.--In general, the generator circuit and
its components in these airplanes is identical with
that in airplanes J4-J8 incl., except these airplanes in-
corporate Leece-Neville 100 ampere generators No.
2473-G12 with a No. 23564 paralleling panel. The.
warning lights have been eliminated. Only on air-
planes J32 and subsequent, are the generator drive
gears capable of continuous operation at full gener-
ator capacity.
(a) TO PARALLEL THE GENERATORS.
1. When cold, set voltage adjusting rheostat
on each regulator fo~ 27.5 volts. Set the paralleling
rheostat to the center of its range, as indicated by the
red dot.
2. Warm up voltage regulators for 1/2 hour,
with battery "ON", 40 to 50 amperes of load, and
engine running at 1300 to 1400 rpm.
3. With both engines idling, and with mini-
mum load connected, check system voltage.
4. With ammeter switch set at RIGHT, in-
crease speed of right engine until ammeter indicates
generator has been connected to line. Voltage should
be .3 to .5 volts above battery voltage; engine rpm.
varies with battery voltage. Run engine at 1600 rpm,
and set voltage adjusting rheostat of regulator to 28
-q- 0, --.2 volts. Turn approx. 20 amperes of load on
and off several times to ascertain that voltage remains
constant. If voltage varies, readjust. Then run up to
2250 and note maximum voltage. This should not
exceed 28.0 volts.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 with left engine (am-
meter ~witch set to LEFT).
6. With maximum connected load on system,
and engines at normal cruise rpm, set paralleling
rheostat so that each generator is supplying 1/2 the
total load.
Never exceed 60 amperes per generator on
airplanes J9 to J31 inclusive.
7, With engines at normal cruise rpm check
inclusive.

Steps 6. and 7. shonld be done in flight, be-
cause of long periods of high engine speed
that are required.
(4) BATTERY. -The battery, in all airplanes,
is an Electric Storage Battery Co. No. 12-TS-9L or
equivalent, AN3150.
The battery is installed in the right naceLle,
abov~ the upper wing skin and under the ~ Upper
nacelle access door.
SECTION o [~
To make a pre-flight battery check:
(a) Remove access door and free wing nuts
on battery tie-down rods and remove case cover.
(b) Test electrolyte hydrometer should read
1.275-1.300 at 77°F.
(c) Level of electrolyte should be over rubber
splash cover.
(d) Sea"that vents are open.
(e) Inspect terminal connections for clear~-
line~s and security and see that tie-down rods are secure.

I. Battery--Electric Storage Battery Co. No. 12-TS-gL 6. Battery Terminal Box.

or ANS150. 7. Relay
2. Wing Top Skin. 8. Cable from Negative Terminal.
3. Rod--~!19-110 CaMe from Positive Terminal.
4. Attachmen~Rod ~ Channel: Ivi-ilex Tubing from Battery Vent-to Sump Jar
Check Nut~AN316-4R (2) (attached with AN748 Clamps.)
Washer~ANP~0-D416 (2)
Lock Washer~AN935-~16L (2) 11. Battery Acid Suml~ Jar (American Phenolic Cor~.
~ut~AN365*~28 (2). No. ~9-128-25) Installed in Support Assembly
5. Attaehmen~Cover to Battery: I~272 (assembly is elamp~ to rod).
WasherS118 (2) I~-fl~x Drain Line Tub~g~from Sum~ Jar Over-
Washer~ANP~O-D416 (2) board (attached to jar tube ~fith AN748 clam~ and led
Wing Nut--AN350-4 (2) (Lockw~e). ~rough grommet in wing s~n).

WING STA. N092

(& R.k[NACELLE)
 c~ E~ POWER CIRL-~IT.mRefer ~o F~gs. 118, 119 p. AUTOMATIC FLRE EXTINGUISHER CIR-
s~ 120. CUIT.--Refer to Figs. 139 and 140. and Fire Extin-
guisher Equipment (16).
d. ~G~E P~R C~IT.~Ref~
121 ~d 122. q. LIGHTS CIRCUITS.
(1) CABOT, COCKPIT AND ANCHOR
LIGHTS.--Refer to Figs. 141 and 142.
L PROP~LER ~EA~~G (2) LNSTRUbiENT LIGHTS.mRefer to Fig**
to Fig, 125. 143 and 1!vL
g. ~O~ ~T.~Refer ~ ~ ~2& (3) LANDING LIGHTS.--Refer to Figs. 145,
146 and 147.
(4) POSITION LIGHTS.
For ~h~ Jnfo~a~on rela~ve ~
~en~n~ ~d ~j~e~ ~fer to Fuel S~ (a) STANDARD--WITHOUT FLASHER.--
Refer to 3Fig. 148.
Refer ro Fig. 128. (b) AIR CARRIER--WITH
~; ~L ~d O~ S~T-O~ V~ ~TIT.-- fer to Fig. 149.
(5) COMPASS LIGHT.mRefer to Figs. 150 and
~ ~ormation d~i~ ~ ~g 151.
(6) FUEL AND OiL LOW PRESSURE WARN°
~hut~ff vMv~ ~ ~e ~el and o~ p~ ~ to ING L~GHTS (SPECLA_L EQULPlciENT),mRefer
Fig. 152.
~ ENG~ SE~ION F~ D~OR r. GROUND CIRCU~T.--Refer to Figs. 153 ~
154,
s. FUEL TRANSFER PUMP ~ WING FLOAT
TANK ($PECL&L EQLEiPBIENT).--I~fer to Fig,
155. For additional information relative to p~mp
(~) GE~ ~S~U~S.~R~ maintenance and adjmtment zefer to Fuel Sy~em (9).
132 ~ 133.
t. PROPELLER DE-ICER CIRCUITw(SPECIAL
(2) ~DER~AD~~~ GAGE. EQUIPMENT).~Refer to Fig. 156.
--Ref~ to F~g. 134.
~. PASSENGER CakBIN SAFETY $IGN~AIR
CARRIEIL~Refer to Fig. 157.
~I~TOR.~Refer to Fig. 135.
v. AUTOMATIC PILOT CIICUIT~($PECIAL
n. ~ ~IT~Refer ~ F~g. 136 ~d EQUIPMENT).--Refer ~o Fig. 158. and
ce~an~ Eq~pment ~d ~~ (18), Equipment amt Furnishings (18). For additional
o. C~ HEA~R ~T,~ ~ ~i~ 137 formation ~elative to the maintenance and
and 138~ For ~di*i~ ~o~a~on rd~ of any component refer to S~rry Gyroscope Co~
vic~g ~d ~~e o~ ~e h~g manu~l for the Operation and Service o~ !Vgodel A-12
~n~ ~er ~ H~g ~ V~n~g (15), GympiI~t.

In an emergency, the cabi~ window light lamps (Grimes 1524) may ~ ~ ~

~pl~men~ ~or ~e ~g ~ght ~ps, ~d ~e white ~ ~ght ~ ~ ~-
~bla wi~ ~e ~or ligh~ 1~. Refer to EI~ ~pm~t P~
L~h
 SECTION Iii

CIRCUIT BREAKER BOX DIST. SW. PANEL, VOLTAMETER

WESTON

NSTRUMENT C.B~ R ELEC. STORAGE BATTERY CO.

I,S, PENCER 1035-20 -- ----0"850-20 --~( 3~).---- 835-20 - ~I2-TS’gL OR AN3150
I .... RIGHT GENERATOR/""-’~
I 8EN. WARN. L’TS. 2"~ I L ECLIPSE 1273-3
SEARLE VM400 BATT

POWER FEED ,
LEFT GENERATOR BUSS. 1~ I101
ECLIPSE ’~ 1273- 3
/
GEN. FIELD SWS.

444 -16 ,O GENERATOR

RESISTOR ’:"
446-16 AWA ~ 105~

I LEFT GEN. CONTROL PANEL

/ GENERATOR xm ~. LOJI IMALLORY
RESISTOR
?AWA,~OSO T 9~& ’;" = o~ ~ss. ~ I I~cA~z~x
! E:IP:E;YP~ 1539- MODEL’~

i& iI
,

TTT;
N CO O~ ~
I~- N I~- O0

~ T LEFT ENGINE AN3106-36"~

J~CTION B~

263-14 _

J359-0 ~~
- !78-t4
176-18
~ /
00
~’~
~ ~~ RIGHT GEN. WARN.
LEFT GEN, WARN. LIGHT RELAY
G.E~CR2791- BIOgR3
C~.~HT RELAY
CR2791~BIOgR3
t--’
I 374 -18
I o
I 376-t8
I 306 o 18 ~

R~ NAC. JUNC~ BOX

625-20~
LEFT ~CELLE JUNCT. BOX 610-20~

Figure 114--Generator Voltage System, Airplanes Jl to J3 Inclusive |79

SECTION

DIST. SW. PANEL

R. GENERATOR .
LEE~- NEV~LE ~ 2471 -GI2

ELEC. ST~E BATTERY CO.

4~ 12-TS-gL OR AN3150

3T9°
-- 380-18

171-
WESTON 104.290
184-20-
DIFFERENTIAL RELAY
LEECE NEVILLE@ 2353B

645-0~ ~ DIFFERENTIAL RELAY

~ LEECE-NEVlLLE

L. NAC. JUN~ BOX

611 - 20
612- 20
613 - 20
R. NAC. JUNCT. BOX
DIST. JUNCT BOX

Figure I 15--Generator Vo~!;Page System, Airplanes J4 to J7 Inclusive

 SECTION

CIRGUIT BKR. BOX

DIST. SW. PANEL ~" _..----r--~BAT T E RY RELAY
~.,~BLE (ELF_GT. ASSEM.)
GEN. WARNING LIGHTS VOLTAMMETER
=~ 606- 210Y- ;~
.x Ft~~.~ I I NAF 1,204-~
SEARLE ~ VM4.00 (2)

C A

A ~ ~ ~ ’

DIST. ’JUNC T.

6S- 178-
i

182-18

,8 -2o
DIFFERENTIAL RElY
LEECE-NEVlLLE

611-20
LEFT NACELLE ,JUNCTION BOX

Figure 116--Generator Voltage System, Airplane J8 Only

181
SECTION |1|

L. GENERATOR LEECE-NEVILLE RT. GENERATOR LEEGE-NEVILLE

VOLTAMI!!IETE R
tt= 24.71-Gi2 (J-g ONLY) WESTON
¢~.2473-GI2(J-IO 81 SUB.)

AN3106-14S-2S B C A D

AN 3106- 36-19S
AN3100- 56-19P
EP

/L
63 ~ 178-14

O---- 179-18
0
182-t8

tUSS ~ 115
172-0
70-16 Ii
!
i + SHUNT
I I WESTON
~I 104290 171-1t!
IS4-1
"-" ~ )_1 ~_!...0,1 SW _~._L.~PROR FEATH. RELAY
.I _~ I " i LEEOE-NEVILLE

114- I
DIFFERENTIAL RELAY
LEEOE- NEVILLE 4~ 25558
DIST. JUNGT. BOX ----
tt 110056 (USED ON a-9 THRU J-20)
~IIO072(USED ON J-21 81 SUB.)

Figure 1 17--Generator Vol:tage System, Airplanes J9 and Subsequent

L. GENERATOR R. GF...NER ATOR
ECLIPSE ~, 1275=~,

DIST. S~ PANEL
¯ = llO02i

|
!

DIST, JUNCT. BOX

~ 11005B

BATTERY
Figure 120--DC Power Circuit, Airplane J8 and Subsequent
 ENGINE F~MER
UNITED AIRGRAFT
’#UB :5100-t

L. NAG. JUNGT, BOX

D~3T. JUNGT. BOX
~llO0~ {J’8 THRU ENGINE P Rtll~..R
~l!OOTE (J"21 ~ SUB,) UNITED AIRCRAFT
U B 510G" I

Figure 122-Engine Primer Circuit, Airplane J8 and Subsequent

 L
!0

188
S~CTION !1!

189
SECTION

DIST¯ SW.PANEL 110021 OR 110022

LPROR FEATH CUTOUT SW.
--2- 20
~ HAM. STD.#4Kil- POT
(FURN. W. GovERNoR }
DIST. SW, PANEL RT PROR FEATH.
~I |002| (USED ON J-I THRU J-7 ONLY)
#||O022(USED ON J-8 8, SUB.)
/ ~
2 20 _~_
813--18------’~ SW.(HAM. STD. 11[-’-- 815H4----,1~!

LEFT PROR FEATH /

"/
SW. (HAM. STD. 54267) I .j
I -.J:::L-- ~
~m
II
~1
L."~j

831-18~ I HAM STD #4KII- POT I

e PROP. FEATH CIRC. BKR. I " ’ I
(FURN. W. GOVERNOR)
.___] z~ oo o
,-,
, ~ AN31-61-P5
~ ~ R, ENGINE -- /
.:~ t-- MTG. STUD BOX #1!0065 / ,.= -~ "~
~ 1_=21 2o
OF PUMP-
PROP. FEATH. PUMP
HAM. STD. #59664-1
TO C.B. JOT.
BOX 110164
[,_3
~euss 0,,05 e~l
|I I~ ~oeuss e~,o4 !
J~ ~ , ~ 0 ~ o ~PROR FEATH.
o oo liBussu04 5BUSStI05 i ; ~~
CUT-OUT SWITCH
llw~ Buss,~o, I .~.-- X .
! i~ROP. FEATH
~103B--8~ / 0 ~ o m
362-20 PROP. FEATH. PUMPRELA~
~~?~~~1
3t9-4 PUMP RELAY ~
WESTO N
#104209
It SHUNTI
PROP. FEATH. RELAY o
HAM, STD. #62730-1

R. NAG. JUNCT. BOX.

~I10067

;1! ~_~, ~ I ~JI

NOTES=
POWER FEED TO PROP. FEATHERING
OI ~ ~

~8--20 -- -
,,
I

LOAD RELIEF UNIT CONTROL RELAYS. PROP, FEATH,

~ PROP. FEA’H. PROR FEATH
LOAD RELIEF LOAD RELIEF LOAD RELIEF
RELIEF UNITS INSTALLED IN AIRPLANES
LEFT OONTROLRELAY RIGHT CONTROL RELAY POWER RELA~
JlO TO J31 INCL. ONLY. GE GR2791B 109R5 GE CR279’BIOgR3 NAF 1204-3

THIS DIAGRAM OF LOAD RELIEF UNIT WIRING

APPLICABLE TO AIRPLANES alO-aSI INCLUSIVE ONLY.

190 Figure 125--Propeller Feathering Circuit

(FUR~ W~TH
 NOTE=
L FUEL 8, OIL SHUT OFF .SOLENOID VALVES
ARE NORMALLY CLOSED

Figure 129--Fuel and Oil Shut-off Valves Circuit (Air Carriers On|y]
 (

ll!lO01l ll-li!t ~l fltlt!.

PILOTS

133
Figure 131-Pitot Tube Heater Circui~
AN3t06-12S-3S
CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE
WESTON MODEL ¢827

YELLOW

BLACK OYL. HD, THERMOCOUPLES

THERMO ELECT. OO@IBIOB (2)
YELLOW

BLACK
iRON AND CONSTANTAI~
~ OHM :50 FTo LEADS
THERMO ELE~,T. CO,
TYPE
(O)-I)LAOi( (~V)-V~ITEI
ON ~0. J2 THROUGH
WHEEL SAFETY SOL.
ALLIED CONTROL
 SECTION 111

BARBER COLEMAN # AYLF 2242(P)

101~-20
1014- 20

Figure 138--Co, bin Heater Circuit, Airplane J8 and Subsequent

 SECTION III

204
 FLARE SW. FLARE SW.
AN3022-8

AN3~ 606-16 FLARE SWS. ON

STA. 140 BULKHEAD

556-16

555 - 16
(+) BUSS~576
[~~’~ 561-14

~ 560 - 16
AUTO FLARE C,B,
KLIXON PA-5
DIST. JUNCT. BOX AIR ASSOC.#8-F (2)
110056 (J-I THRU J-20) FLARES IN HEATER
110072 (J-21 8 SUB,) COMPARTMENT

Figure 136--Flare Circuit

SECTiO~ II!

~033 - 18 NOTES:
CABLE NOS, WITHOUT GAGE DESIGNATION
BUSS ~ ~+) FIRE ExTING. SWITCHES (ENGINE)(CABIN HEATER.) ARE BUSS WIRES
Ipoooo( ~-7B ANSO23-8B CABIN HTR. SW. 2 FIRE EXTING, THERMAL ClRGU~T BKR. &
AN3022-1B THER~o SNAP S~ ARE NORMALLY OPEN
5 COMB, AIR PRES,S,. SW. IS NORMALLY OPEN
CLO~ES AT 41/2’ H20 PRESSURE
4 RAI~ AIR PRESSURE SW. IS NORMALLY CLOSED
HEAT OPENS AT 51/2 H20 PRESSURE

WING CABIN HTR. TANK SOL. VALVE

ADEL~ 12257- 26 (2) (REE)

IO56 -IO,, ~~596-20 ~

5s~-ie.
,538-1B ~

COMB. AIR BLOWER ENGLISH ~,, L~LER

CU.-008-4 ~,2CC25 (WEE)
~620-20 ~

~ AN3106-|2S-4S

1r I

OO4OO’F.. FIRE EXTING.

THERMO. ~AP SW.

CABIN HTR. VENT

622 F~ RELAY
ALLIED CONTROL
572 572 ~ BOI5035

595-20
5.36 - 16
537-12 592 -12
20

BUSS
~ 575
FUEL ~::)L, VALVE
FURN. W. HTR.

DIST. JU~CT. BOX

545-20~
TEMP. CONT, CABIN RHEO
WIRT. low 250 -20~ CABIN AIR EXHAUST BULB
I~HARGE BULB BAR~ER- COLEMAN
BARBER COLEMAN AY~ 2195-1 ~ AYLE :5242 (2)
AN3106-12S-3S (2)
U AN3’06"14S’2S

Figure 137--Cabin Heate~ Circuit, .Airplanes 31 to .~7 ~cluslve

GABLE (ELECT. ASSEM.)
~ oo
~ ~r

00
 R~.~HT ~tl~G LIGHT
L~[FT WIP~G LF’,~HT GRL~S ~ A- 1815 L~GHT
~ ~A"l~15 LIGHT GR~S ~A-I2~) LF.~S

GR~S ~A-2064

G.F_ ~315 ~J’-g ~ SUI~) LA.~P

 PO~TK~ L1GEI"

PO~ER FEED
BUSS ~857

TAiL
(HULL

Figure 149--Position Lights Circui~ (Wit~ Fiasher)

 BUSS

GOMPAS$ LIGHT
KOLL,~AN ¢b :5980-OI
o

CIRCUIT BRF_AKER BOX

8U~S ~ 7;57

Figure |50--Compass Light Circuit, Airplanes J1, J2, JS, J8 and Subsequent
216
(~) s~-s~,-so,~v z¢~

117
 /
/

@°"°°7 rr
 x

22{)
PROPELLER DE-iCER
CONTROL RHEOSTAT
 SECTION

INSTRUMENT JUNCTION BOX H0064

68 o
O
69
28v AN 3022-Z

70 o

71 SW~TCH NAMEPLATE 1019~

SWITCH ~OUNT~ BRACKET HOI99 (J-25 ONLY}

75

0
55 o

~--~

58 o
ml

88

8~ @
1905-20 B

+I

017

~UMPER W~RE TABLEw~

~NSTALL THE FOLLOWING JUMPER W~RE5 ON
ALL AUTOMATIC P~LOT ~NSTALLAT;0N$

Figure 158--Automatic Pilot Circuit (Sperry A’f2, Speci.al Equipment)

 W. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PARTS LIST.
BATTERY--Electric Storage Battery Co. No. 12-TS-9L or AN3150 CONNECTOR PLUGS
BULBS-- (Temperature) Fuel Shut-off Valves ........AN3106-12S-3S (2) (Spec. Equip.)
Carburetor Air Temperature--Weston 112638 (AN 5525-1) (2) Oil Shut-off Valves ......... AN3106-12S-3S (2) (Spec. Equip.)
Engine Gage Temperature Weston 112638 (AN 5525-1) (2) Tachometer Generator .................... AN3106-14S-1S (2)
Extra Inside Air Temperature Weston 112638 (AN 5525-1) Fuel Pump ............................... AN3106-12S-5S (2)
Propeller Feathering Switch .............. AN3108-12S-4S (2)
(Special Equipment)
Extra Outside Air TemperatureMWeston 112638 (AN5525-1) Primer ................................... AN3106-8S-1S (2)
Fuel and Oil Shut-off Valves .............. AN3106-10S-2S (4)
(Special Equipment)
Outside Air Temperature--Weston 112638 (AN 5525-1) (Air Carriers)
Cabin Heater Carburetor Air Temperature Bulb .......... AN3106-12S-3S (2)
Outside Air--Barber Coleman AYLF2336 Engine Gage Temperature Bulb ...........AN3106-12S-3S (2)
Cabin Air Exhaust Barber Coleman AYLF2242 (2) Firewall Disconnect ...................... AN3106-36-19S (2)
Heater Air Discharge--Barber Coleman AYLF2199-1 AN3100-36-19P
Firewall Auxiliary Disconnect ............ AN3106-16S-8P (2)
BLOWERS AN3100-16S-8S
Ventilating Air--La-Del Conveyor & Mfg. Co. F-1568 Wing Float Fuel Pump ....... AN3108-18-4S (2) (Spec. Equip.)
Combustion Air English & Lauer Inc. CM-008-41/fi CC25 Landing Light ........................... AN3106-18-5S (2)
Left Pitot Tube ................................. ~...AN3115
CABIN HEATER UNITS Right Pitot Tube ...................... AN3115 (Air Carrier)
Temperature Control Box Barber Coleman CYLZ-2343 Outside Air Temperature Bulb ............... AN3106-~2S-3S
Ground Stud on Heater--Surface Combination Corp. 61A78 Spec. Outside Air Temperature Bulb ......... AN3106-12S-3S
(Spec. Equip.)
CIRCUIT BREAKERS Spec. Inside Air Temperature Bulb ............ AN3106-12S-3S
Landing Lights ............Spencer D6751-1-25 (J14 and Subs.) (Spec. Equip. )
Cabin Lights ............................ Spencer D6751-1-25 Tachometer Indicator .................... AN3106-14S-IS (2)
Cabin Heater ............................ Spencer D6751-1-5 Engine Gage ............................ AN3106-14S-2S (2)
Cabin Ventilating and Combustion Blower...Spencer D6751-1-35 Carburetor Air Temperature ................. AN3106-14S-5S
Cockpit and Instrument Lights ............Spencer D6751-1-5 Outside Air Temperature Indicator ............AN3106-14S-2S
Engine Gage .............................. Spencer D6751-1-5 Wheels and Flaps Indicator ....................AN3106-18-1S
Instrument ................... - ............ Spencer D6751-1-5 Voltameter ................................. AN3106-14S-2S
Compass Light ............................ Spencer D6751-1-5 Fuel Quantity Indicator ....................... AN3106-14S-6S
De-Icers .................... Spencer D6751-1-5 (Spec. Equip.) Spec. Outside-Inside Air Temp. Indicator ......AN3106-14S-5S
Entrance Lights ............................ Spencer D6751-1-5 (Spec. Equip. )
Propeller Feathering ................ " ............ AN3161-P5 Temperature Control Box .......... . ........... AN3106-18-1S
Cabin Lights Aft Cabin Left ..................... Klixon PA5 Fuel Level Transmitter ................... AN3106-14S-2S (2)
Aft Cabin Right . .. .................. Klixon PAl0 Flaps Position Transmitter ................... AN3106-14S~2S
Forward Cabin Left ...............Klixon PAl0 Combustion Air Blower ....................... AN3106-12S-4S
Forward Cabin Right .............. Klixon PAl0 Cabin Heater Fuel Solenoid Valve .............. AN3106-10S-2S
Flare ............................. - ............. Klixon PA5 Cabin Heater Ram Air Pressure Switch N.C ....... AN3106-12S-3S
Starter and Primer .............................. Klixon PAl0 Cabin Heater Combustion Air Switch N.O ....... AN3106-12S-3S
Landing Light Motor ............................ Klixon PA5 Cabin Heater Fuel Pump ...................... AN3106-10S-2S
Automatic Fire Extinguisher ...................... NAF1131-5 Cabin Heater Outside Air Temperature Bulb .....AN3106-12S-3S
 w. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PARTS LIST. (Continued)
CONNECTOR PLUGS (Continued)
Fire Extinguisher Solenoids
Control Head
Left Engine Direction
Right Engine Direction
Cabin Heater Direction .......... AN3106o12S-4~ (4)
Cabin Heater Cabin Air Exhaust Bulbs .....AN3106-12S-3S (2)
Cabin Heater Air Exhaust Bulb ............... AN3106-14S-2S
Oil Dilution Solenoid Valves ............. AN3106-10S-2S (2)
(Spec. Equip.)
Fuel Analyzer Mixture Indicator Plug ....... Cannon GK-9-212
(Spec. Equip. )
Analysis Cells ...................... Cannon WK-421 (2)
(Spec. Equip:)
IGNITION UNITS
Induction Vibrator .............. American Bosch VJR24-C5 (2)
Switch ........................................... AN3213-I
INSTRUMENT UNITS
Voltameters .............................. Wsteon 606-210Y-2
Shunts .................................. Weston 104209 (2)
Compass
Tachometer Indicator .................... Kollsman 751-CK020
Engine Gage ............ G.E. GAd or Edison Model 111-5 (2)
Cabin Air Temperature .......................... Lewis 77B13
Outside Air Temperature ........ Weston Mc~lel 728 Type 34Y-2
Wheels and Flaps Position Indicator .......... G.E. 8DJ26AAA
(AN5780.3)
Cylinder Head Temperature ................ Weston Model 827
Iron Constantan Type 14Y-2 (8 ohm)
Fuel Quantity Indicator G.E. 8DJ12LAW (J1 thru J7, Jg, J10, J!l)
G.Eo 8DJ12LAY (JS, J12 and Subs.)
Fuel Analyzer Mixture Indicator
Cambridge Instrument Co ........... 8500-11 (Spec. Equip.)
Analysis Calls--Cambridge Instrument Co ........... 10555 (2)
(Spec. Equip)
Special Inside-Outside Air Temp .... Weston Model 828 Type
(Spec. Equip.)
CONDENSERS
Fuel Pump ........................... Mallory CA275X (2)
Generator .............................. Mallory CA275X (2)
Induction Vibrator ............... Soiar 1MFD 100 V.D.C. (2)
Ventilating Blower ........................ Mallory .CA275X
Cabin Heater Fuel ........................ Mallory CA275X
Wing Float Fuel Pump ........ Mallory CA275X (Spec. Equip.)
FLARES .............................. Air Associates No. 8-F (2)
FIRE DETECTORS ........................ Wilcolator A4981 (22)
FLASHERS ............... Bendix 450250-0-1 or Bendix 450250-0-3
(Air Carrier)
GENERATORS
Eclipse (75 amp) - (2) (J1 thru J3)
Leece-Neville (75 amp) ............ 2471-G12 (2) (J4 thru Jg)
Leece-Neville ( !00 amp) ......... 2473-G12 (2) (J 10 and Subs. )
GENERATOR REGULATOR PANELS. (JI-J3 incl.)
Eclipse Type !539 Model 1 (2)
GENERATOR REGULATOR PANELS. (jzg and Subs.)
Voltage Regulator ................ Leece-Neville 3130-RI2 (2)
Base 23556 (2)
Paralleling Relay .............. Leece-Neville 23555 (J4 thra Jg)
Leece-Neville 23564 (J10 and Subs.)
LAMPS
Safety Sign .................. AN312t-313 (7) (Air Carrie~)
Left and Right Landing .................... AN3130o4562 (2)
Left and Right Anchor ............... " .......... G.E. 305 (2)
Left and Right Wing Running ....Grimes 1524 (AN3032-3) (2)
Compass Light ............................ Kollsman 398D-01
Left and Right !nstrument Light ............... :G.E. FS000 (2)
Hydraulic Emergency Selector Valve Light .......... AN3121-313
(Spec. Equip. )
Auxiliary Spot-light ................................ G.E. 313
Fuel and Oil Low Pressure Warning. G.E. 313 (4) (Spec. Equip.)
Engine Fire Warning (L. and R.) .. - G.E. 313 (2) (Air Carrier)
Generator Warning ................ G.E. 313 (2) (J1 thru Jg)
Cabin Heater Fire Warning .......................... G.E. 313
 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PARTS LIST. (Continued)
LAMPS (Continued) Fuel and Oil Low Press. Warning ............
Searle VM400 (4)
Pilot’s Compartment Dome Lights ............... GoE, 303 (2) (Spec. Equip.)
White Tail Light ....................... G.E. 305 (J1 thru Right and Left Engine Fire Warning ........
Searle VM400 (2)
Red and White Tail Light ............. G.E. 315 (Air Carriers) (Air Carrier )
Forward Cabin Left ,Aft Column Lumiline Generator Warning ............Searle VM400 (2) (J1 th~ J8)
~
Forward Cabin Left Forward Column | 20W 28V Frosted Half Cabin Heater Fire Warning . ~ ...................S¢~1 VM~00
Forward Cabin Right Aft Colum~ Alumilized Pilot’s ~mpartment ~me ............... Grim~ B3550 (2)
~
Forward Cabin Right Forward ColumnJ G.E. 201F (8) $hmter A3701 (2)
Forw~d Cabin--Table Spot ................ G,E. !385 Red Tall .......................Grim~
Forward Cabin Left Forward Window ~ White Tail ......................Gzim~
Fo~d Cabin Lef~ A~t Column
Forward Cabin Right ~orward Window~ (Sp~. Equip.) Forw~d Cabin Right Aft Columnj
Forward ~bin Right Aft Window Forw~d Cabin L¢~ Forward ~lumn ... Grimes D3540A (4)
A~, Cabin Le~t Forward Window ~ Forward Cabin Right Forw~d Column
A~ Cabin Le~t A~, Window ~orw=d Cabin~T~ble Spot ....................Grim~ A3~5
Grimes 1524 (~)
A~ Cabin Righ, A~, Window ~.. ........ Borw~d C~bin Left Forward Window
A~, Cabin Right Forward Window J
A~ Cabin Right Hori~n,at Cornice~ .... Forward ~bln ~eft Af~ Window [Grim~ A3~97-2 (4)
A~t Cabin Left Horizontal Cornice ~...Luml~me G.E. 2o1~ (2) Forward C~bin Right For~rd Window[ (8pec. ~quip.)
Forw~d CabM Righ~ Af~ Window
Aft Lavatory Ligh~ ~ "
Forw~d L~vatory Light j" .Lum~li~e G.E. 201F (2) Aft C~bin ~ft Forward Window ~
Entrance Step Light ................................ G.E. 3!3 Aft Cabin Right Forward Window
Aft Cabin Lef~ Aft Window ....... Grim~ A3497-2
gatercomp~tment Light ............................ G.E. 3!3
Bow Compartment Light ............................ Aft Cabin Right Aft Window
G.E. 303
Nose Wh~1 Well Light .............................G.E. 303 Aft Cabin Left Hori~nt~l Cornice ~
Baggage Comp~ent Light ........................ G.E. 303 Aft Cabin Right Horizontal Cornice J’ ....... Grim~ B3~ (2)
~ter Com~tment Light .......................... G.E. 303 Forw~d
Water Cabinet Light .............................. Aft Lavatory j. ...................... Gr~ B3545 (2)
G.E. R313
Bow ~m~rtment ............................Gr~ B3550
LIGHTS No~ Wheel Comp~tment ....................Grim~ A3497-2
Safety Sign ........................ AN3034 (7) (Air Carrler) Baggage Comp~tment ........................ Gr~s B3550
Right and Left Landing ........................ AN3095-2 (2) Heater Comp=tmem ..........................G~es B3550
Right and Left Anchor ...................... Grffnes S-2 Light W~ter Cabinet ....................................~303~1
A-2103ol Lens PITOT TUBE HEATER
Right and Left Running .................. Grimes ADS15 Light
A.1281 Lens (AN3032-3) Left Wing ................................ Kollsman 373Do02
Left and Right Instr~maent ............ Grimes B-2930oA-1 (2) Right Wing ................. Kollsm~n 373D-02 (Air Carrier)
Hydraulic Emer~n~ ~le~or Valve ............ Grim~ A-2200
POWER RECEPTACLE
(S~c. Equip. )
Right and Left Auxiliary S~t ......... Ty~ C-4A (No Fi.lter) External ......................................... AN2552.2
(2) (Sp~. Equip.) Internal .......................................... AN2552-2
 w. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PARTS LIST (Continued)

PRIMER VALVE SOLENOID VALVES

United Aircraft Products .....................
PUMPS
Lef¢ and Right Fuel Pump ...................
~ft and Right Wing Float Fuel Pump.. Thompson TFD 10600.1
Propeller Feathering ................
Propeller De-Icer ................
Cabin Heater Fuel ............................
UB3100-1 (2) Fuel Shut~off ......G~neral Controls 40R342 (2) (Air Carrier)
Oil Shut-off ...... General Controls 40R342 (2) (Air Carrier)
Pesco 2E-607 (2) Left and Right Cabin Heater Fuel ...........
Adel 12257-26 (2)
Cabin Heater Fue! (Furn. with Heater)
(2) (Spec. Equip.) Fire ExfinguisherwContro! Head
Ham. Stdo 59664-1 (2) --Left Engine Direction
Weldon Tool Co. No. 100-1 --Right Engine Direction
(Spec. EquipS) --Cabin Heater Direction
Adel 8818-1 Oil Dilution ....General Controls 40R342 (2) (Spec. Equip.)

RELAYS STARTER ................................... Eclipse 1,f16d5 (2)

Starter ............................ Gtmrdian Type B-8 (2)
Battery ......................................... NAB 1204.3 SWITCHES
Propeller Feathering ..........Hamilton Standard 62730~1 (2) Fuel Pressure ............Pioneer 3123-1A (2) (Spec. Equip)
Generator Cut-out, (Differential) ...... Leece-Neville 23538 (2) Oil Pressure ........... Pioneer 3122-1A (2) (Spec. Equip.)
(J4 and Subs.) Prop. Feathering Cut-out--Furnished with
Ventilating Blower ..............Allied Controls--B015 D35 Hamilton Standard Propeller Governor
Combustion Air Blower ................................. B2A Cabin Safety Signs
Ram Air Pressure ......................... Clare (J1, J2, J3) Fasten Seat Belts ................AN3022-2 (Air Carriers)
G,E. CR2791-BI09R3 (J4 and Subs.) No Smoking .................... AN3022-2 (Air Carriers)
Fire Extinguisher Nose Wheel Up
Warning Light ..................... -.. G.E. CR2791-B109A3 Nose Wheel Down
Cabin Heater Direction Valve ....... G.E. CR279t-B109A3 Right Wheel Up
Cabin Heater Cylinder Assembly ..... G.E. CR2791-B109R3 Right Wheel Down o.. Micro Switch-YZV-7RNTN-~i (7)
Generator Warning Light .... G.E. CR2791-B109R3 (J1 thru J9) Left Wheel Up
Prop. Feathering Load Relief Power ............. NAF 1204-3 Left Wheel Down
Prop. Feathering Load Relief R-Control ....G.E. CR2791-B109R3 Wheel Safety Lock Switch
L-Control .... G.E. CR2791oB109R3 AN3023-B (Spec~ Equip.)
Oil Dilution ........... ." ..........
Left Generator Field ............................. AN3022-2B
RHEOSTATS Right Generator Field ........................... AN3022o2B
Compass Light ........................ Wirt 140 ohm, 10 watt Starter .......................................... AN302
Propeller De-Icer ............ AN3155-50-30 (a) (Spec. Equip.) Primer ......................................... AN3021-7B
Cockpit Lights .............................. NAF1099-25-185 Landing Lights .............................. AN3022-1B (2)
Cabin Air Temperature Control ....... Wirt 250 ohm, 10 watt Landing Lights Bulb .............. AN3022-2B (~[14 and Subs.)
Cabin Heater , " .AN3022-1B
RESISTORS Engine Fire Extinguisher ........................ AN3023-7B
Instrument Light (Burn. with Grimes B-2930-A-1 ) 27 ohm (2) Cabin Heater Fire Extinguisher .................... AN3023-SB
65 ohm (2) Voltameter ................................... AN3023-3B
SOLENOID Propeller Feathering .............. Hamilton Standard 54267 (2)
Wheels Safety Lock .................... Allied Controls APX-5 Fuel and Oil Shut-off Valves ......AN3022-2 (4) (Air Carrier)
 w. ELECT~CAL SYSTEM PARTS LiST (Continued)

SWITCHES (Continued) Forward Cabin Table Spot Light ........ Carling Switch No. 111
Cabin Heater Fire Detector Switch ................... (400oF) Forward Cabin Left Forward Window Light
Forward Cabin Left Aft Window Light ~ Carling Switch
Flare Switches ................................ AN3022-8 (2) [~
Forward Cabin Right Forward Window Light~ No. 111(4)
Cabin Heater Forward Cabin Right Aft Window Light (Spec. Equip,)
j
G.E. CR2927-D100-J19 Aft Cabin Left Forward Window Light ~
Ram Air Switch N.C. (J1-J8 incl. and J15 and Subs.) Aft Cabin Left Aft Window Light [ Carling Switch
Aerotec P801-C (J9-~14 incl.) Aft Cabin Right Forward Window Lightr No. 111(4)
G.Eo CR2927-DI00.~20 Aft Cabin Right Aft Window Light ]
Comb.Air Switch N.O. (J1-J8 incl. and J15 and Subs.) Left Aft Cabin Horizontal Light 1~
Aerotec P801-D (J9-J14 incL) Right Aft Cabin Horizontal Lightj Carling Switch No. 111 (2)
305°F Thermal (Furnished with heater) Entrance Step Light ............. .. Carling Switch No. 111 (2)
SWITCH BREAKERS Cabin Heater Compartment Light ~.
Baggage Compartment Light .Carling Switch No. !11
Battery ........................................ AN3160-5L .~. ....
Water Cabinet .......................... Micro Switch WP-3
Anchor Lights ................................... Bow Compartment
Position Lights ................................... AN3160-3L Nose Wheel Compartment ........ ...Carling Switch No. 111
Fia~her Motor ...................... AN3160.SL (Air Carrier) )
Radio .......................................... AN3160-50L TACHOMETER GENERATOR .......... Kollsman 10016.02.0 (2)
Pitot Heat ........................ A~N3160-10L (Jl THERMOCOUPLE .............. Thermo Electric Co. IBIOB (2)
AN3160olSL (J9 and Subs.) TRANSMITTERS
Left and Right Fuel Pump ............ AN3160-10L (2)
Wing Float Fuel Tanks ........ AN3160.10L (2) (Sp¢c. £qnip.) Left and Right Fuel Tank "
Landing Light Bulb, Switch ........AN3160-35L (J1 , G.E. 8TJ13LJE (2)
Flap ............................................. AN5785.1

x. SPARE LAMP LIST.

The following lamps are supplied in the container
installed in the hull heater compartment:
GE 1385 AN 3136-323
GE 305 GE R-313
GE 315 GE 313 (3)
GE 6 Lumline (3) GE F-5000
(half frosted alumilized) GE 1810
Part No. GE 201F Grimes 1524 (3)
GE 303

15. HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT.
a. GENERAL.--A Janitrol Model ADS-100N-P41
combustion type heater using engine fuel is installed
with the necessary ducts, controls, and equipment to
provide cockpit and cabin heat. The heater is moun-
ted vertically aft of Sta. 428 bulkhead.
Fuel from the main tanks flows aft through a line
under the cabin floor to the heater compartment; and
through a filter, an electric driven pump, a differen-
tial regulator, a second filter, a solenoid valve and into
the heater spray nozzle .............. installed be-
tween the fuel pump and differential regulator, returns
fuel to the inlet line if-pressure differential between
the pump and the regulator becomes too great.
On airplanes No. J 10 and subsequent, a fuel con-
trol shroud (box) incorporates the electric driven
pump, filters, relief valve, solenoid valve and the dif-
ferential regulator with necessary fittings for attach-
ment of the fuel, air and drain lines. This unit is
mounted with four bolt assemblies to channels on
the aft side of Sta. 428 bulkhead. See Figure 120.
Heating air (taken in by a scoop on top of the
hull) is di~?ected to the head of the heater by the
main inlet duct. This duct is equipped with an electric-
ally driven fan which provides either fresh air for the
cabin, through the heater duct sytem, or air under
pressure for heater operation; the setting of the switch
on the pilot’s overhead panel selects the condition de-
sired ("CABIN FRESH AIR" or "HEAT").
Heating air flows between the combustion cham-
ber and jacket of the heater and is carried by ducts
under the floor from the lower end of the heater to
outlets in the cabin and cockpit floors.
Watertight doors have been installed in the
heater duct at the forward side of Sta. 140 and the aft
side of Sta. 180 bulkheads to prevent flow of water
through the duct, from one watertight compartment
to another, in case-of damage to the lower hull. The
mechanism consists of a cork float on the end of a
lever arm, the other end of which is hinged to a fitting
on the bulkhead. A link connecting this arm and an
arm on the shaft of the door, transmits the motion of
the float to close the door.
b. CABIN VE~NTILATING EQUIPMENT.--In
early airplanes fresh air is picked up by four air scoops
(two on each side of the hull) and directed through
tubing to nine fresh air outlet valve assemblies in the
cabin cornices. Each outlet valve can be regulated in-
SECTION III
dividually to control the flow of air. In later airplanes
fresh air is taken in through openings in the wing
leading edges just outboard of the hull and directed
through tubing to eleven outlet valve assemblies
(eight in the cabin, one in the lavatory compartment
and two in the pilot’s cabin). A water separator with
a drain is located on the right side of the cabin,
c. HEATING EQUIPMENT.
(1) OPERATION. Combustion air for the heat-
er is taken in through the scoop on the right side hull
skin at Sta 448~2 and carried by flexible tubing to a
water separator (which has a drain line to the bottom
of the hull) ; from the separator air is carried to a com-
bustlon blower (driven by an electric motor) and to
the combustion air adapter on the heater. This air en-
ters the combustion chamber at right angles to its
length and tangent to its inner surface, thus causing a
whirling action. Air from the combustion air adapter is
carried through an aeration tube into the spray nozzle
to atomize the fuel. The fuel is ignited by a spark
gap between a spark plug and a ground electrode
(both mounted in the removable head of the heater)
and intermixes with the combustion air; the result is
a whirling flame throughout the full length of the
combustion chamber. At the lower end, the burned
gases pass through cross-over passages ino the radiator
and return to the upper end where they pass through
the outlet flue to the exhaust pipe and to an outlet on
the right side hull skin at Sta 452.
A drain line is connected at the bottom of the
heater to carry overboard any accumulation of fuel
within the combustion chamber caused by failure of
the ignition, system.
(2) FUEL CONTROLS SHROUD AND ACCES-
SORIES.~The fuel control shroud is formed sheet
aluminum alloy and encases the fuel pump Adel No.
18470-6, a filter-Adel No. 12755-1, a relief valve-
Parker No. SP7-3046-7, a second filter Skinner model
450, a solenoid valve--Minneapolis-Honeywell type
G104A2CA3, and a pressure regulator--Surface Com-
bustion No. B54A20. These units are installed in the
shroud together with the necessary lines and fittings
for operation. For installation of the shroud and con-
trol units, see Figure 120.
187
 KEY TO FIGURE 114

HEATING AND VENTILATING SYSTEM

1. Heater Air Inlet Scoop and Duct AssemMy. 19. Heater Thermostat and Lavatory Exhaust.
2. Electrically Driven Blower in Duct. 20. Cabin Ventilating Fresh Air Scoops.
3. Heater Unit. 21. Water Separators.
4. Combustion Air Scoop. 22. Water Vents (in hull skin).
5. Combustion Air Blower. 23. Fresh Air Valve Assemblies (individually adjust-
6. Heater Exhaust. . able).
7. Heater Control Units Shroud (on airplanes J1 to 2-L Cabin Air Exhaust Temperature Control Bulbs.
J10 inclusive, the control units are installed in-. 25. Inside Air Temperature Bu!b.
dividually on the heater unit and adjacent hull Baggage Compartment Light Switch.
26.
structure).
27. Baggage Compartment Relay and Circuit Breaker
8. Main Duct and Branches (under cabin and cockpit Panel.
floors).
28. Temperature Control Outside Air Temperature Bulb.
NOTE
29. Spare Lamp Container.
When installing wrap main duct and branches
with ½ inch fiber-glass insulation and ~ecure 30. Control Unit Shroud (item 7).
with "Wraplock" spaced approximately eight 31. 350° Thermal Limit Switch.
inch es apart. 32. Temperature Control Air Discharge Bulb.
9. Damper Assembly and Control Handle. ~3. Mallory Condenser (2).
10. Cabin Heated Air Outlets (8) (fresh air when switch 34. Ignition Box.
is set to "CABIN FRESH AIR").
35. 400° Thermal Limit Snap Switch.
ll. Duct Watertight Door Mechanisms at Stas. 140 and
]80 (float operated). 36. Baggage Compartment Light.
Pilot’s and Co-pilot’s Heated Air Outlets. 37. Heater Ignition Lead.
12.
13. Duct to Windshield Defrosters. 38. Heater Fan Lead.
14. Windshield Defrosters. 39. Air Pressure Switches.
40. Heater Compartment Light Switch.
15. Pilot’s Heater Control Switch (on overhead panel).
41. Combustion Air Blower,
16. Heater Fuel Feed Line.
42. Parachute Flares.
17. Cabin Thermostat (with manual control).
43. Heater Compartment Light.
18. Wiug Beam Exhaust Air Outlets.
 I

NOTE
ill
This installation effective on Airplane :[28 and subsequent.

1. Cockpit Ventilating Air Scoop - Thermotank Punkah Louvre Type AR 1-1/2 (2)

2. Forward Cabin Ventilating Air Scoop - Thermotal~k Punkah Louvre Type AR 1-1/2 (4)

3. Ventilating Air Intake Duct (1L IR, in wing leading edge)

4. Separator - No. 111379 (4}

5. Separator - No. 110611 (2)

6. Drain Line (2)

7. Aft Cabin Ventilating Air Scoop - Thermotank Punkah Louvre Type AR 1-1/2 (4}

8. Lavoratory Ventilating Air Scoop - Industrial Design No. SA-54-9A

9. Cabin and Lavoratory Exhaust Vent

10. Drain Line (2)

1. Connection for Fuel Line ]0. Spark Plug
from Pressure Regulator 11. Electrode
2. Heater Fuel Line Filter 12. Head
3. Heater F~el Line Solenoid 13. Spark Gap
4. Fuel Inlet Tube 14. Combustion Chamber
5. Combustion Air Adapter 15. Return Passage
6. Air Tube 16. Combustion Exhaust
7. Nozzle Aeration Tube 17. Heated Air
8. Nozzle Holder 18. Outer Jacket
9. Spray Nozzle 19. Drain Connection (2)

Figure 115--Cutaway View of Heater Unit


On airplanes J1 to J9 inclusive the heater
control units are mounted individually on the
heater unit or adjacent hull structure.
(a) FUEL RELIEF VALVE (Parker No. SP7-
3046-7).nA fuel relief valve, tee’d from the line be-
tween the heater fuel pump and the fuel pressure reg-
ulator,_relieves pressures in excess of 15 psi. The
relief line returns fuel to the supply line ahead of the
filter.
(b) FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR (Surface
Combustion No. B54A20).--The fuel pressure regu-
lator is designed to vary the rate of fuel flow into
the heater in response to. changes in combustion air
pressure differential. Control is accomplished by the
action of a large diaphragm in the housing. Com-
bustion air inlet pressure is applied to one side of the
diaphragm and exhaust pressure applied to the other.
The net loading is the. combustion air pressure dif-
ferential Movement of the large diaphragm is trans-
mitted to a smaller diaphragm which regulates the
flow of fuel to the heater.
(c) OVERHAUL OF PRESSURE REGULA-
TOR.
Do not disturb the safety-wired cover cap.
The regulator is factory adjusted and need not
be changed unless the prescribed bench test
establishes the need for adjustment. Refer to
Surface Combustion Corp. Cleveland, Ohio.
1. Remove the 12 screws and lift off the upper
diaphragm case. Give the outlet pressure spring a
visual inspection. If cracked or broken, replace the
spring.
2. Remove the loading diaphragm assembly
and wipe off with a clean cloth. Further cleaning
should not be necessary. DO NOT USE .GASOLINE.
3. Hold the diaphragm up to a strong light
and if any cracks or pin holes can be detected, replace.
4. Remove the regulator body. Remove small
diaphragm and wipe off with .a clean cloth. Hold up
to a strong light and inspect for holes or cracks. Re-
place diaphragm if any are found ....
5. Remove the valve seat using an 11/16-
inch hex. socket or a 17ram 12 point socket wrench.
Clean fuel passage with solvent and air. Use small
stick if necessary.
6. If the hex corners are rounded so that the
SECTION ~ll
wrench does not fit well, replace the entire valve seat
assembly.
If necessary to replace any part of the valve
assembly, the replacement of the entire valve
assembly (Part No. 52A35) is recommended.
The valve stem is lap fitted to the seat in each
assembly.
7. Clean valve stem with solvent. Inspect
valve spring.
8. Clean upper and lower diaphragm cases
with solvent and blow our with air.
9. Cleanregulator body with solvent and
air. Blow air both ways through fuel passages. This
will clear the inlet screen of any dirt particles.
10. Assemble valve spring, guide, stem and
seat and tighten with wrench.
11. Peen the regulator body with a center
punch counterclockwise ahead of one corner of the
hex. of the valve seat to lock in place.
12. Correct reassembly of the control’ dia-
phragm, regulator body and lower diaphragm case is
essential to satisfactory operation of the regulator.
A jig should be used to properly center the diaphragm
on the lower diaphragm case. Such a jig can be
machined from aluminum, brass or steel Either
0.375-inch hex. or 0.433-inch round stock may be used.
Machine according to specifications given in Figure 116.
13. Place lower diaphragm case, top side
down, on a smooth level surface. Place the jig i~ the
space opening, machined end up.
14. Place the control diaphragm, with re-
cessed side of disc down, on the diaphragm case so
that the jig holds the diaphragm i~ the centered
position.
USE!el 2
J
HEX
OR
.453 ROUND STOCK
Figure I 16--Heater Reg~ulafor
Diaphragm Ce~eri~ Jig
 15. Set the regulator body, with valve as-
sembly installed, carefully on diaphragm. The direc-
tional flow arrows on the under side of the body
should point toward the exhaust connection side of the
lower diaphragm case. Install the six attaching screws.
Note
Exercise care to prevent the diaphragm from
creasing or moving out of position when the
body is being installed on the case.
16., Turn the assembled lower diaphragm
case and body over and put the pan spacer in position.
17. Place the loading (large) diaphragm
in position on the top of the lower diaphragm case
being careful to see that the bolt holes line up with
those in the case. The recessed side of the diaphragm
center disc should be up.
18. Insert outlet pressure spring in upper
diaphragm case and install it on the lower diaphrag~n
case already assembled ...........................
connection should be on the same side as, and line up
with, the exhaust connection. Be sure all screw, holes
llne up evenly and that the large diaphragm is not
creased in assembly. Install screws and nuts.
19. Cover all openings with tape to prevent
the entry of dirt until the regulator is to be tested or
installed. Safety wire the six attaching screws that
hold the body to the lower diaphragm case.
(d) OVERHAUL OF FUEL FILTER.
1. Remove safety wire, unscrew filter bowl
and remove filter element.
2. Inspect the element. If it is extremely
dirty, it must be replaced.
3. If a replacement is not available, clean
the element by blowing air or approved sol-cent
through the element in reverse direction from normal
fuel flo~.
4. Inspect head gasket. If damaged, it
should be replaced.
5. Wash out the filter head with gasoline.
6. To reassemble, insert the filter, element,
place retaining spring in position, put gasket on bowl,
screw bowl into head and safety wire.
7. PIug both openings until the filter is
reinstalled in the fuel system.
(e) OVERHAUL OF FUEL SOLENOID
VALVE (MINNEAPOLIS-HONEYWELL).
1. Remove safety wire and six screws and lift
coil off the base. It is not necessary to separate the
upper housing and the coil.
192
Z Wipe off.armature and ground surfaces in
valve body with soft cloth and approved solvent, mak-
ing sure that no solvent gets into the electrical parts.
Blow out both inlet and outlet passages with air.
3. Examine the spring and guide pin.
4. Inspect the gasket. If damaged, it should
be replaced.
5. Reassemble except for safety wire.
6. Connect 28 volt direct current with an
ammeter in the line. (The ammeter should have a
range of 0 to 1 ampere.) Turn the power on and
off several times to check valve operation. The valve
should draw 0.45 amperes. (After 30 minutes of
operation the amperage should drop to 0.34 at 28
volts.) A clicking sound will be heard when the
valve opens. If the coil does not operate properly,
replace the entire valve.
7. To check valve for leakage, apply 35
pounds psi air pressure to inlet end of valve and sub-
merge oudet end in water. (The ends can be de-
termined by the directional flow arrow on the valve
b0dy.) If the valve leaks more than 20 bubbles per
minute, clean the valve again, and again check with
air at 35. pounds psi. If valve still leaks more than
20 bubbles per minute, replace it with a new valve.
If the valve is satisfactory, blow dry and install safety
wires.
While making this leak test be sure that the
coil is not submerged in the water.
(3) HEATER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. -- The
heater switch in the pilot’s cockpit has three settings,
i.e. "CABIN-FRESH AIR", "OFF", and "HEAT".
When set to ~’CABIN-FRESH AIR" only the fan in
the main air inlet duct is energized to furnish ven-
tilating air through the heater duct system. When set
to "HEAT" this switch connects 28 volt current to the
heater system.
The control circuit (see figure 119A).which is
in the form of a bridge with the various resistive units
making up the arms) is made up o~ the following units
manufactured by the Barber-Coleman Co.
Temperature Control Box
No. CYLZ-2343
Cabin Exhaust Air Bulbs (2) No. AYLF,2242
Heater Discharge Bulb (Duel Unit) No. AYLF-2199-2
Outside Air Temperature Bulb No. AYLF-2336
Cabin Temperature Control Rheostat
Wir~ 10 Watt, 250 Ohm
 Mounting Plate--No. 111288.
Attachments to Hull Structure:
Bolt--AN3-5 (8)
WashermAN960-D10 (16)
Nut--AN310-3 (8)
Cotter--AN380-C2-2 (8).
2. Main Air Inlet Duct--No. 111285.
3. Fan--La-del No. AV-6.5-8400-0.
4. Clamp---No. 111262.
Attachments:
Bolt--AN4A-12
Washer--AN960-D416 (2)
Nut--ANg65-428.
5. Jacket Clamps (2) (furnished with heater-lockwire
in closed position).
6. Heater--Surface Combustion Model ADS-100NP41.
7. Heated Air Duct to Cabin and Cockpit.
8. Fuel Control Unit (Shroud) No. 110560, (contains
elec. driven pump, filters, solenoid valve pressure,
regulator and relief valve) See Figure 165.
Attachments--Control Unit to Channels on Aft
Side of Sta. 428 Bulkhead:
Bolt--AN3A~4 (4)
Washer--AN960-D10 (8)
NutmAN365-1032 (4).
9. Fuel Feed Line Assembly--No. 110333-25.
10. Fuel Line from Control Unit to Heater--No. 110333-
24.
11 Combustion Air Pressure Line to Control Unit
(pressure regulator)--No. 110333-27.
12. Exhaust Air Line to Control Unit (pressure reg-
ulator) No. 110333-28.
13. Support--No. 111192.
14. Pressure Switch General Electric No. CR2927-D100-
J19.
15. Differential Pressure Switch General Electric No.
CR2927-D100-J20.
Differential Air Pressure Line from Main Air Duct
to Differential Pressure SwitchmNo, 110333-3.
17. Air Pressure Line from Fan (or ram air) to Dif-
ferential Pressure Switch--No. 110333-4.
18. Combustion Air Duct--No. 111294.
19. Combustion Air Blower~English and Lauer No. C~1-
008-4 ½ CC25.
NOTE
1.
Drill blower and tap intake pert on heater to
install with screws--AN502-]0-6 (2). Lockwire.
2.
Drill two holes~ No. 19, in combustion air duct
and No. 29 in blower ho~sing to match and tap
for screws-AN-503-832-6 (2). Lockwire.
20. Blo~ver SupportmNo. 110336.
21. Ignition Unit-Surface Combustion No. 61A78 (furn-
ished with heater).
22. Ignition Lead to Heater (furnished with heater).
23. Electrical Connection for Blower.
24. Heater Drain Line---No. 110333-12.
25. Fuel Control Unit Drain Line---No. 1~1280-3 (syn-
thetic hose AN880-4-6).
Attachments:
Clamp--AN735-D8 (2)
Screw--AN520~-10-8 (2)
Nut--AN365-1032 (2).
26. Fire Extinguisher Line.

193
SECTION III
The temperature control box located in the main dis- the cabin. They are temperature sensitive resistance
tribution box, contains the micropositioner, the power elements which have a high negativetemperature
relay and two calibrating resistors. coefficient and are installed to sense cabin temperature.
(a) MICROPOSITIONER. This is a very sen- For proper oper.ation, the air flowing past these bulbs
sitive polorized relay which senses any unbalance in must flow at a velocity of at least 500 feet per minute.
the control bridge circuit. If the unbalance indicates This flow rate requirement is the reason why optimum
that cabin air is too cold, or that supply air is too cool, heater performance can not be .obtained on the ground;
the micropositioner will close and "pull in" the power the lack of airflow is indicated by shifting of the con-
relay which will energize the heater circuit. trol point and sluggish control Late model airplanes
(b) CALIBRATING RESISTORS. These units have more air flow because of revised exhaust ducting
are installed for use in initial balancing of the circuit and thus provide better conditions for the sensing
and in adjusting for system variations, so that the ~lements.
cabin temperature control will be calibrated properly. (d) HEATER DISCHARGE BULB~--This is a
’(c) CABIN EXHAUST AIR BULBS.--These dual resistive element with a positive temperature co-
are located in-the exhaust air duct at the top aft end of efficient, and is mounted in the heater discharging

1. Duct-Outlet Transition--No. 111150.

2. Stop--No. 110513-3.
3. Slide Assembly--No. 110513-1.
4. Grill--No. 110513-2.
5. Outlet--No. 111151.
6. Screw--AN515-6-16 (4) (pick up anchor nut on out-
let transition).

Figure 118--Heating ’and Ventilating Duct Outlet

194
 SECTION III

1. Duct.
2. Watertight Door Box AssemblymNo. 111153 (Sta.
140); No. 111154 (Sta. 180).
3. Door AssemblymNo. 110341.
4. Pin-No. 110342-1.
5. Lever--No. 111196 (welded to pin).
6. Arm--No. 111197-1.
7. Attachments:
Bolt--AN23-17
Washer--AN960.A10L (2)
Spacer~-G5-3-35
Nut--AN320-3
Cotter--AN380-C2.2.
8. ArmmNo. 111197-2.
9. Attachments :
Bolt~AN23-17
Washer~AN960-A10L (2)
Spacer~G5.D3-35
NutmAN320-3
Cotter~AN380-C2.2.
10. Channel on Bulkhead.
11. Angle Clip--No. 111199 ....
12. Attachments:
Sta. 140:
Bolt~AN23-28
Washer--AN960-A10L (2)
Spacer---G5-D3-32
Spacer~G5-D5-35
Wash ermAN960-A10
Nut--AN320-3
Cotter--AN380-C2-2.
Sta. 180:
BoltmAN23-20
Washer~AN960-A10L (2)
Spacer--G5-D3-35
Nut--AN320-3
Cotter--AN380-C2-2.
13. Stop Clip---No. 111198.
14. Cork Float~No.~ 111195 (2).
15. Attachments:
Bolt~AN3DD-45A
Washer~AN960-A10L (2)
WashermAN960-A10 (2)
Spacer--GS-D3-35
Nut~AN365-D1032o

Figure 11g-Heating Ventilating Duct Watertight Door

195
SECTION
duct. Its function is to sense the temperature of the operation of the heater if there is insufficient air flow
heater discharge and balance the bridge accordingly. through the heater to carry off the heat generated.
The heater cycling rate may be changed by changing (c) VENTILATING AIR BLOWER.--This
the distance between this unit and the heate~. blower (La-del No. F1568) is located in the ventilat-
(e) OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE BULB. ing air duct and supplies ventilating air when air-
This is a resistive element with a positive temperature speed is too low to supply sufficient ram air.
coefficient and is mounted in the intake duct above the (d) COMBUSTION AIR BLOWER.mThis
heater. Its function is to sense temperature change blower (English and Lauer No. CM-008-4½-CC25)
in incoming air and to compensate _ot such change. supplies combustion air for the heater when airspeed
The unit is packed, in an insulating material to make is too low to supply sufficient ram air.
it insensitive to momentary temperature changes.
(e) HEATER SOLENOID VALVE.-- This
(f) CABIN TEMPJ~RATURE CONTROL valve is normally closed and is located on the heater,
RHEOSTAT.The unit is used to change the bridge inside the shroud. This valve controls fuel injection
balance to vary the cabin temperature. It is mounted into the heater.
on the wheel well above the main distribution box.
(f) PRESSURE REGULATOR. This device
(g) CONTROL CIRCUIT OPERATION.- controls the amount of fuel fed to the heater in accord-
Assuming that the heater has been operating and that ance with the difference in pressure between the intake
a set temperature has been reached, the bridge will be and the exhaust of the combustion chamber; i.e., the
balanced and there will be no current flowing through amount of fuel fed is governed by the rate of fl0w
the micropositioner. Therefore, the power relay will through the combustion chamber. The pressure relief
be open and the heater will not be operating. If cabin valve governs the fuel pressure being delivered to the
temperature drops, the resistance in the cabin exhaust regulator.
air bulbs will be increased and the bridge will become
(g) 350° THERMAL SAFETY SWITCH.-
unbalanced; current will flow through the micro-
This limit switch, located in the ventilating air duct,
positioner coil, the power relay will close and the heat-will shut off fuel to the heater if t.emperature goes
er will be started and will continue to operate until above 350°.
the heater discharge bulb temperature increases to a
point where the bridge is again balanced. If cabin On airplanes J1 to J31 inclusive a fire extinguisher
temperature is too high, the opposite sequence of snap-switch is installed on the bottom of the ignition
operation will occur. If we assume that the cabin box will open the fire extinguisher valve and line to
the heater compartment automatically should the temp-
temperature remains within the limits, air coming in
through the heater will coo! it and the heater dis- erature of the compartment rise to 400°F.
charge bulb, which will drop the resistance and cause On airplanes J32 and subsequent, and on airplanes
a bridge unbalance. This will close the microposi- which have been modified in accordance with Grum-
tioner and .start heater operation until the bridge is man Mallard Service Bulletin No. 9, this automatic
balanced again. The function of the outside air temper- operation of the extinguisher has been eliminated;
ature bulb is to lower the resistance of its arm if out- in these airplanes, the pilot must shut off the heater
side air becomes colder, and thus offset this colder in- and turn on the fire extinguisher manually when the
coming air by increasing the temperature at which fire warning light glows.
the heater discharge air will balance the bridge. With the earlier installation, the heater will be re-
started automatically after the compartment has cooled
(4) OPERATION OF HEATER ELECTRICAL
UNITS.~See figures 119A and 119B. down, which might repeat the cause of the original
fire.
(a) RAM A!R PRESSURE SWITCH.--This The ignition box (Surface Combustio~ No.
switch (G.E. No. CR2927-100D-J19) located in the
61A78) incorporates a higher tension coil, a vibrator,
duct ahead of the fan, is normally dosed; it is set to
a condenser, and three radio filters, to step up 28 volt
open at six inches of water pressure; its function is to
dc to 18000-20000 volts, and to eliminate ady possible
shut off the ventilating and combustion-air blowers
radio interference from the heater. This box is moun-
when there is sufficient ram air.
ted with four screws picking up anchor nuts on a sup-
(b) VENTILATING AIR SWITCH.--This port installed on the aft side of Sta. 428 bulkhead.
switch (G.E. No, CR2927-100D-J20) located in the The lead from the electrical block and a high tension
duct between the fan and the heater, is normally open; radio-shielded cable to the spark plug in the heater
it doses at three inches of water pressure. It prevents head; make up on the top of the ignition box.
196
 SECTION i~

Low resistance in this leg i

CYLZ-2343-1 High resistance ~n this l’eg I

Control box
This is more or less eritica!. NOMINAL RESISTANCES OF
Low voltage will affect operation. CABLE AT CONTROL BOX PLUG

PINS RES. I COMMENT

+28V DC A
Rheostat 0-100 ~ Higher if colder
Adjust so cabin temp B-C 230 ~ Lower if hotter
is at dia! setting. To heater Higher if hot outside
C-GND 150 .O. or heater hot
Higher if colder
E-GND 230 .C). Lowe~: if Hotter
Cabin controller .+28V DC
0-250 i-~ 80°F Dial
E-D 80 ~
96 f)_70°F Dial Higher if heater hot
E-D 30 .C1 60°F Dial
AYLF-2199-2 (Dual unit) B Higher if heater hot
Heater discharge AYLF-2242 F-GND 0
A Cabin air exhaust
114 _¢’). 140°F
230 f). 70°F Switch on
Pos. coef. A +28 0 iQ. Power off
Neg. coef. (Lower resistance
at higher temp).
relay
R B B
NOMINAL RESISTANCES OF
280 CONTROL BOX AT PLUG PINS
AYLF-2199-2 (Dual unit)
Micropositioner Heater discharge
I14.C1140OF PINS RES. COMMENT
Pos. coef. (Higher resistance
Current in this direction at higher temp). A-D 150.CI±5 Rheo. full C.W.
turns heater "ON’. D-B 50 ~ Rheo. full C.W.
D-B 150_Q. Rheo. full C.C.W.
H-G Open
AYLF-2242 E-C
AYLF-2336-1 280 ~ Test very quickly
Cabin air exhaus[
A Outs!de air A-F Open
230 fl 70°F 115 .Q. 50°F
Neg. coef.
Pos. coef.
A
High resistance in this leg ~ Low resistance in this leg I
B

Figure ! 19A--Cabin Heater Automatic Cycling Control Schematic Diag’ram

196A
 SECTION

MALLARD HEATER SYSTEM

Skin
Outside air temp.bulb

Vent to cabin--
Ventilating air blower
Adel No. 1568
Ram air pressure switch
GE No. CR2927-D100-3"19
stion air blower
English & Lauer
No. CM-008-4-1/2CC25
Ventilating air switch
GE No. CR2927-D100-~J20
Heater solenoid valve
Ignition spark plug

Heater
l~ressure regulator
Heater discharge temp.bulh
relief
350°F Limit switch

Emergency shut off Adel

special equipment

To cabin outlet Exhaust

Overboard
To tank solenoids ~

Fire extinguisher relay special equipment --~ ~--’~Combustion air blower relay

i/ 1 A~ /---Ventilating fan relay

| ] ,. ~ ~ -~-~, ,, -_.| /--=Ram air

~relay

Closes 3 in. water ~ressure Opens 6 in. water ~ressure

HEATER WIRING DIAGRAM

J
Figure 1 1?B--Cabin Heater System Schematic and Wiring Diagram
I
 SECTION

1. Box Assembly - No, 110525 .... 9. Fuel Line to Heater.

2. Fuel Feed Line. !0. Combustion - Air l~ressure Line.

3. Filter - Adel No. 12755-1. 11. Exhaust Air Pressure Line.

4. Electric Driven Fuel Pump - Adel No. 17358-6. 12. Electrical Lead to Pump,

5. Relief Valve - Parker No. SP7-3046-7. 13. Electrical Lead to Solenoid.

6. Filter - Skinner Model 450. 14. Fire Extinguisher Line.

7. Pressure Regulator - Surface Combustion No. B54A20. 15. Cover Assembly - No. 110526.

8. Solenoid Valve - Minneapolis-Honeywell Type G104A- Attachments to Box:

2CA3. Screws - AN515-6-8 (24)

NOTE

On later airplanes, pump (item 4, shown mounted hori-

zontally) is mounted ,vertically for more efficient opera-

tion. This modification has been made on some airplanes

in the field.

Figure 120--Cc~bin Heckler Contro! Uni~ Assembly

197
SECTION !!i
(5) HEATER UNIT.
(a) REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY.
1. Disconnect all fuel, air, fire extinguisher,
and electrical lines from heater unit.
2. Remove jacket clamps (top and bottom)
and remove heater unit.
3..Remove the spark plug and ground elec-
trode.
4. Remove fuel and air lines,
5. Remove combustion air inlet adapter.
6. Remove the fuel and air jacket fitting nuts.
7. Cut safety wire, remove the nozzle holder
screws and remove fuel and air assembly.
8. Cut safety wire and remove heater head.
9. Remove the three jacket clip screws and
slide off the heater jacket.
(b) CLEANING, INSPECTION, REPAIR.
1. Inspect the asbestos rope gasket around
the exhaust. If it is burned, cut or otherwise damaged,
replace.
2. Wipe out the inside of the heater jacket
with a cloth. Inspect for corrosion.
3. Using a wire brush, clean the inside of the
combustion chamber of any carbon desposits or loose
scale. Check for holes or cracks. If any are found, re-
place the combustion chamber assembly.
4. Clean inside of head with a wire brush,
removing any carbon deposits.
5. Visually inspect the two thermal switches
:in the outlet plenum just below the heater. They need
not be removed. If either has failed to operate, replace
with a new switch.
6. Overhaul of fuel spray nozzle.
a. Remove tip and strainer from nozzle
adapter.
b. Remove strainer ,from tip body.
c. Unscrew the tip core from the tip body
with a screw driver.
d. Clean the core and tip body by washing
with approved solvent. If any paiticles of dirt will
not wash away, they can be scraped off with a hard-
wood stick.
e. Inspect all parts carefuly for signs of
corrosion. If any are found, replace the entire nozzle
assembly.
f. Assemble tip core in-tip body, drawing
up snugly with a screw driver.
.g. Assemble strainer to tip body, drawing
finger-tight.
h; Assemble the tip and strainer assembly
in the nozzle adapter, drawing up tightly with,wrench.
(c) ILEASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION.
1..InstaLl heater jacket. Press jacket tongue
into locking groove, positioning the exhaust gasket
so that it is not pinched.
2. InstaLl the middle jacket clip screw, first
to hold jacket in position. Install the two remaining
screws.
3. install the combustion air inlet adapter
and safety wire the set screw.
4. Install the head. Use a new head gasket.
Tighten the head screws evenly all around and safety
wire.
5. InstaLl the spray nozzle in the nozzle
holder and tighten.
It is extremely important that the nozzle in-
stalled is stamped "4.50". ~he use of any other
nozzle will resuk in improper operation of the
heater. Nozzle tip cores are not inter-change-
able between nozzles. Since there are no iden-
-tifying marks on the tip core great care must
be exercised to reassemble the correct tip core.
6. Install the nozzle holder (use a new gasket)
and feed assembly. Tighten screws.
7. Install the washers and nuts on the fuel
and air jacket fittings. Install the elbow fittings.
When tightening the lock nut on the fuel
and air tubes, hold the fitting inside the
heater jacket to avoid bending the fuel and
air tubes.

Do not use any metal object to clean out the 8. Install the spark plug and ground elec-
slots in the core as the passages may betrode. Safety wire electrode to nozzle holder ~crews.
en ....
larged, thus disturbing the flow character- . 9. To install assembled unit reverse removal
istics of the nozzle, procedure above.

198

(6) MAINTENANCE NOTES AND TROUBLE SHOOTINGThe heater should be removed from the
airplane after every 750 hours, and given a complete overhaul; the filter element and fuel nozzle should be
cleaned every 750 hours; replace after 1500 hours. For overhaul and test information refer to Surface Com-
bustion Corp., 225 Broadway~ N. Y., N. Y.
(a) In the event that the heater does not operate,
switch to alternate set of vibrator points by operating
push-pull switch on the ignition box. If operation
PROBABLE CAUSE
1. Automatic controls not operating properly.
2. Air pressure switch out of calibration or faulty.
o Insufficient fuel flow:
Inoperative fuel pump.
Master or heater fuel valves not energized.
Solenoid valve inoperative.
Air loaded fuel pressure regulator air line leak-
ing excessively.
Fuel filter clogged.
Spray nozzle dogged.
4. No power to ignition box.
5. Defective vibrator.
6. Defective spark coil.
Insufficient combustion air:
Excessive leakage in combustion air duct to
heater and fuel pressure.
Air ram stopped.
(b) In the event the heater backfires, com.
bustion is pulsating or the exhaust is smoky, the
probable causes are insufficient combustion air (checked
as above) or excessive fuel flow. Check out air-
~oaded fuel presure regulator and replace if neces-
SECTION
does not occur then the follow!ng is a list of prob-
able causes and remedies:
REMEDY
Check out automatic controls in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions.
Disconnect air pressure switch if failure of heater oc-
curs on ground or by-pass switch if failure occurs in
flight.
Check out circuit to pump. Correct as necessary.
Check circuit to valves.
Replace valve.
See that the air loading line to regulator is secure.
Clean or replace filter.
Clean spray nozzle.
Check circuit from power source. Check for open
switches, burned out fuses and faulty wiring.
Operate push-pull switch on ignition box. If vibra-
tor fails to operate,, replace.
If vibrator operates but spark plug does not fire re-
place spark coil.
Tighten connections and repair any leaks that are
found.
Remove restriction from scoop if failure is in flight
or check out blower circuit for ground operation.
sary; check nozzle size--it s~louldbe stamped
and tighten core of nozzle.
(c) If heat output is low and heater cycles on
and off, check out high limit switch ~nd if setting is
correct, check air ducts from the heater for obstruc,
tions.
199
 SECTION Ill
(d) At every 100 hour check, the heater should
be checked for proper combustion with manometer
and fuel pressure gage, and the spark plug and nozzle
should be checked and cleaned or replaced ............
(7) COLD WEATHER OPERATION.--When
operating in extreme cold weather; an increase in
pilot’s cabin temperature and windshield defogging
efficiency may be obtained by closing the four aft floor
heat outlets (two in the forward cabin, two in the aft
cabin), This also will provide an evener heat distribu-
20O
tion throughout the airplane. A full length curtain
seal with a slide fastener opening, which may be insta-
led in place of the standard half length curtain may be
ordered from the factory.
Note
Additional information on heater mainten-
ance, testing etc., may be obtained from the
Surface Combustion Corp. 225, Broadway,
New York, N. Y.

16. FiRE EXTINGUISHER EQUIPMENT.
a. CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEM: Two fifteen below the wing; if the plug is not visible it indicates
pound, electrically controlled CO2 fire extinguishers
for the engine nacelles and cabin heater are installed
in the wing box beam; they are accessible from the
aft cabin. Lines of tubing, with individual solenoid
operated valves, run out from the extinguishers to the
left and right nacelles and to the heater compartment
in the aft end of the hull~ The tubing line to each
nacelle terminates in a perforated ring, to take care
of the engine and accessory compartment, and two
branches, one to the carburetor header and one to the
oil cooler air intake duct. The line to the heater di-
rects CO,, to the heater muff and to the fuel control
unit.
Direction of CO-" to the nacelles is manually con-
trolled; if fire should occur, either of the two toggle
switches on the right side of the overhead control
panel should be set to either left or right and No. 1 or replace CO2.
No. 2 bottles as needed; the solenoids are actuated to
open the selected bottle valve and the valve in the
selected line and the entire contents of the selected
bottle will be directed to the selected nacelle.
On airplanes J1 to J31 inclusive, direction of CO.,
to the cabin heater is effected automatically by the clos-
ing of a thermal snap switch when the temperature
reaches 400°F. In addition, a manually controlled
toggle switch is installed on the overhead control
panel. On airplanes J32 and subsequent, and on air-
planes which have been modified in accordance with
Grumman Mallard Service Bulletin No. 9, the auto-
matic operation of the extinguisher to the heater com-
partment has been eliminated; when the fire warning
light glows the pilot must set either of the fire ex-
tinguisher switches to the heater compartment man-
ually.
Fire detectors, which operate red jewel warning
lights located on the right side of the overhead panel,
are installed in the nacelles and heater compartment.
This system is a "two-shot" type; when either
switch is set to open a bottle, the entire con-
tents of either No. 1 or No. 2 bottle is dis-
charged. When the selector switch is turned
to the unused bottle, the system is set up and
ready for a second shot if needed.
A y~llow plastic indicator plug is located at the
lower left corner of the radio control panel in the
pilot’s cabin; if the plug is not visible a bottle has
been discharged and must be refilled or replaced.
red plastic plug is located on the left side of the hull
SECTION Ill
that a bottle has been discharged by use or by over-
heating and must be refilled or replaced.
In event of fire in the baggage compartment,
cabin or cockpit do not open cockpit win-
dows. Close if open. Take care not to in-
hale extinguisher fumes (stand away from
fire when using). After fire is out, the main
cabin door may be opened slightly to hasten
exhaust of fumes or smoke.
To check bottle, weigh--the combined weight o~
the botle and charge should be 38.9 pounds if less,
To remove the bottle (£or weighing, replace-
ment etc ) :
(1) Unsnap upholstery head lining panel in aft
cabin, on aft face of wing beam.
(2) Remove ¼ inch line (to hull indicator), one
inch line (main £eed line) and disconnect plug from
solenoid on bottle.
(3) Break lockwires and release two straps hold-
ing bottle.
To replace the bottle:
(1) Push thermal reset button (behind bottle--
see placard) to re-establish circuit.
(2) Set bottle in place, making up two holding
straps and lockwiring.
(3) Make up two line connections (one ¼ inch
and one one inch) and connect electric line to solenoid.
(4) Replace upholstery panel (snap into place).
b. HAND EXTINGUISHERS.--Two one-quart car-
bon tetrachloride hand extinguishers are installed by
clips; one on the bulkhead below the pilot’s seat and
one at the aft end of the cabin, on the right hand side
at the lavatory bulkhead.
Take care not to inhale fumes (~tand away
from fire when using) and ventilate area in
which fire occured as soon as possible.
201
 KEY TO FIGURE 121
CO2 FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM
1. Cockpit Discharge Indicator.
2. Discharge Line to Carburetor .Header.
3. Perforated Ring (aft side of engine).
4. Line to Oil Cooler Intake Air Ducts.
5. Oil Cooler Intake Air Ducts.
6. Line to Magneto Blast Tubes.
7. Line to Generator Blast Thbe.
8. Generator Blast Tube.
9. Magneto Blast Tubes.
10. Line to Right Engine Nacelle.
11. Line to Left Engine Nacelle (discharge lines similar
to right nacelle shown).
12. Left Engine Solenoid Control Head - Kidde No. 66129.
¯ 13. Left Engine Direction Valve - Kidde No. 80939.
14. Stop Valve - Kidde No. 42499.
NOTE
Solenoid control heads and valves mounted on support
assembly No, 109220-1; support assembly mounted
to wing structure with bolts AN4-5A (6).
15. Line to Cabin Heater.
16. Cabin Heater Solenoid Control Head - Kidde No. 66129.
17. Right Engine Direction Valve - Kidde No. 80939.
NOTE
1. Items 22, 23, 24 and 25 are applicable to airplane No.
551 and subsequent.
2. Item 26 is applicable to airplane No. :[32 and subsequent.
3. Aeroquip flex hose No. 390A-16D used from cylinder to
cross fitting and from bulkhead fittings on inboard side
of nacelles to discharge rings; aluminum alloy tubing
1 inch OD x . 049 used for lines to inboard sides of na-
celle; Monel or C.M. steel tubing 1 inch OD x. 035 used
to connect to flex hose in left hand nacelle; aluminum
alloy tubing 1/2 i~ch OD x . 065 used for line to cabin
18. Right Engine Solenoid Control Head --Kidde No. 66129.
19. Cylinder and Flood Valve Assembly - Kidde No. 981282
(15 pound charge).
NOTE
Cylinder mounted with two Marman Clamps - No.
4750-S-7000-W to support assembly on aft face
of box beam to left of center line.
20. Line to Cockpit Discharge Indicator ~ Kidde No. 921937
on Left Side Radio Panel (installed on airplane ~[5 and
subsequent}.
21. Overboard Discharge Line and Outside Indicator (on
left side of hull); Fitting - Kidde No. 922315.
22. Left Engine Direction Valve - Kidde No. 982051.
23. Stop Valve - Kidde No. 982499.
24. Solenoid Control Head - Kidde No. 966129 (3).
25. Right Engine Direction Valve - Kidde No. 982051.
26. Cylinder and Flood Valve Assembly - Kidde No. 981283
(2) (15 pound charge).
NOTE
Cylinders mounted @ith four Marman clamps - No.
4750-S-7000-W to support assembly on aft face
of box beam to left of center line.
nearer (line from sta 428 bulkhead to heater control
shroud perforated); Everdur tubing 1/4 inch OD x . 020
used from control shroud to heater; aluminum alloytub-
ing 1/2 inch ODx .035 used on cockpit indicator line from
cross to forward face of box beam; alumlnum alloy tub-
ing !_/4 inch OD x . 035 used from forward face of box
beam to indicator and from cylinder to outboard dis-
charge fitting. Standard AN fittings used throughout
except on 1 inch OD aluminum alloy tubing along face of
box beam where Ermeto fittings are used.
TUBING IDENTIFYING COLOR BAND--BROWN.

Figure 121--C0~ Fire Extinguisher System

SECTION

204
 SECTION !11

17. RADIO EQUIPMENT.

There is no standard radio equipment installation
in Mallard airplanes. Various systems of equipment
have been installed in accordance with the require-
ments of individual owners; these installations have
been revised by owners in the field and, in some cases,
owners have made the entire installation themselves.
Therefore, it is not feasible to provide radio wiring
or maintenance information in this manual and infor-
marion formerly contained herein, with the exception
of a typical antenna installation drawing, has been
deleted.
Applicable radio wiring diagrams are supplied with
each airplane on delivery but as installations are re-
vised in the field and new equipment added, the Grum-
man company has no means of keeping accurate
records of radio equipment changes.

For information on internal wiring, adjustment,

maintenance, etc., refer to the manufacturers of the
equipment.

2O5
 KEY TO FIGURE 122
ANTENNA INSTALLATION

L MastmNo. 107439. 19. Nico-press Sleeve--No. 18-10-4B.

2. Strain InsulatorRNAF 38787-2, Secure to mast
with stranded copper ’wire (NAF 29720-6)
wrapped with solid copper wire (NAF 1042).
3. Antenna wire (NAF 29720-6).
4. Nico-press sleeve---No. 18-11-4B,
5. Serving (NAF 1042)--continous with five turns
around lead-in wire.
6. Strain Insulator.
7. Thimble (AN100-3) secured to mast as for-
ward insulator.
8. Spring (NAF 1086-2).
NOTE
On installation, spring should be compressed
nntil it bottoms to obtain tension of approx.
40 pounds.
9. Fin with Hook No. 42332 attached.
10. Lead-in Stud (insulated) at Sta 409.
11. Plate---No. 110266-3.
NOTE
Seal retaining nut (not shown) to plate with
lacquer after tightening.
12. Lead-lnmNo. 110215-3.
13. Range Antenna Assembly.
14. Compass Sense Antenna Assembly (not shown-
identical) to item 14 except for lengths).
15. Insulator Holder (L.H. shown).
NOTE
Tighten screw to flatten tubing and hold in-
sulator firm.
16. Nico-press Sleeve--No. 18-11-4B.
17. Strain Insulator.
18. Retaining Wire Assembly No, 110214-2,
20. Spring--NAF 1086-4.
NOTE
On installation spring should be compressed
until it bottoms to obtain tension of approx-
imately 40 pounds.
21. Sta-kon LugmThomas & Betts---D-71.
22. Lead-in Stud (insulated) (2) between Stas. 79
and 93, (typical).
23. Lead-inmNo. 110214-7 Range: No. 110214-8--
Compass Sense.
24. Rear Step Fairing--No. 107585 with Hook No.
42332 attached.
25. Spring--NAF-1086-4.
NOTE
In installation spring should be compressed
approximately ~ inch to obtain 18 pounds
tension.
26. Thimble--AN100-3.
27, Strain Insulator (retaining wire s~rved as
shown with NAF 1042),
28. Antenna Assembly--No, 110234-2,
29. Antenna Mast--No, 111832, (installed on bot-
tom of hull),
30, Lead-in Stud (insulated) aft of Sta, 495,
31. Lead-in No. 110234-4,
32. MN-54A Fixed Loop at Sta.-140,
33, Attaching Screws--AN520-10-10 (8),
34. Loop Support AssemblyRN0, 107037-1,
35. MN-36C Automatic Loop at Sta, 188,
36, Attaching Screws AN501A-10-12 (8),
37, Automatic Loop Support Assembly -- No,
107437-1,

l~ote
The installation shown is typical; it does not illus-
trate a specific airplane.

206
 SECT~O~ t~

- NOTE- LOOP ANTENNA WIRE

~ THROUGH TWICE.

MN--54A FIXED LOOP

RANGE AND COMPASS SENSE

(SERVED)

VlN-:36C AUTOMATIC LOOP

MARKER BEACON
HULL SKIN ~

Figure 122-Radio Antenna Installation 207

sEcT!0N iii

Sta 140 Bulkhead. 8. Chair "N" Support Brace - No. 111357.

2. C hanneL Attachments - Brace to Fittings on Bulkhead:
3. Chair Assembly - No. 111020. Bolt - AN4-12 (2)
4. Shock Cord Assembly - No. 111375. Washer - AN960-D416 (4}
5. Chair Height Adjusting Handle Assembly - No. Nut - AN310-4 (2)
110320: (handle - No. 111359, flex steel cable - Cotter Pin - AN380-C2-2 (2).
3/32 dia - 7x 7 spec AN-RR-C-43, lever - 9. "No-sag" Springs.
No. 111356). I0o Arm Rest (inboard - movable, outboard - fixed).
Chair Adjusting Lock Assembly : (slide - No. ii. Safety Belt
111354, pin - No. 111355, spring - G101-217). 12. Springs - GI02-124 (16)
Attachments - Slide to Chair Assembly: 13. Panel - No. 110747-19
Bolt - AN4-10
Washer - AN960-D416 (2)
Nut - AN310-4
Cotter Pin - AN380-C2-2.
Attachments - Adjusting Handle Assembly to Slide: NOTE
Bolt - AN3-7 i. Co-pilot,s chair identical, but arm rests are
Washer - AN96~-D3 (2) reversed.
Nut - AN310-3 2. Items 12 and 13 installed on later model
Cotter Pin - AN380-C2-2. airplanes.

Figure 123--Pilot’s Seat


18. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND
a. PILOT’S SEAT.raThe pilot’s and co-pilot’s seats
are identical (except for R. H. & L. H. installations)
and are made up of aluminum alloy tubing with flat
springs and cushions on the seat and back. The arm
rests are movable so that the inboard side may be
swung out of the way for greater ease in getting into.
and out of the seats. The seats are made secure to
Sta. 140 bulkhead in three places; two at the bottom
("N" brace) and one at the top. The top connection
is made to a sliding lug which allows vertical adjust-
ment as necessary (the "N" brace is free to swing
vertically as necessary) ; the handle to free the lockpin
is on the inboard Side of the seat. A heavy bungee
cord is installed behind the seat which tends to hold
the seat in highest lock position. Refer to Figure 123.
b. CABIN CHAIR.raThe cabin chairs have alu-
minum Sheet sides, frames and back and a tubular
frame. The seat and back have flat springs which sup-
port upholstered cushions. In later airplanes, the seats
have canvas bottoms supported by coil springs.
The chairs are installed (arranged as ordered by
the customer) by a snap lock on each leg to a socket
fitting on the floor. The chairs are adjustable from
an upright to a reclining position; the adjustment
handle is on the inboard front of all chairs. Refe?
to Figure 124.
c. CABIN DIVAN.--The upholstered divans are
basically the same construction as the chairs and are
made in three sections; two ends (one high and one
low) and a removable center section (seat only).
The forward and aft cabins and the divans and chairs
are so designed that the positions of the floor socket
fittings will accommodate any arrangement of seats
and divans that the customer may desire. Refer to
Figure 125.
d. LOUNGE TABLE.-- A lounge table is furnished
with the airplane and is normally stowed in the bag-
gage compartment by bungee cord~. A socket, installed
in the forward cabin floor for the table .support, is
covered by a plate when the table is. not in use.
The table is made up of a swivel top with a push
button lock and a tubular column support. The sup-
port locks into the floor socket by a spring loaded
latch. The top incorporates a Iatching mechanism
and push button to free it from the support. The
table is installed off center to provide easier passage
through the cabin. Refer to Figure 126.
SECTION
CONTROLS.
e. LOCKER SPACE.--Locker space is provided at
the forward outboard corners of the forward cabin
and at the water cabinet in the right side hull column.
(An electrica! connector box is installed in the left
side hull column).
The lockers (upper and lower) are identical;
on each side the upper cabinet has a thumb latch and
the lower cabinet has a finger latch. The set-back
of the upper locker provides an end table.
The water cabinet (in the right hand hull column)
contains a standard two quart thermos (with two
lugs on the bottle case) installed in the inverted posi-
tion and three shelves; each shelf holds 3 drinking
glasses. To remove the thermos bottle twist lugs free
of support and pull down and out of cabinet.
f, LAVATORY COMPARTMENT.~The lavatory
compartment extends from hull Sta. 340 to Sta. 38zL
The forward partition carries a full curtain on a vert-
ical roller to enclose the compartment. The aft bulk,
head (with access door) is the baggage compartment
partition.
(1) TOILET.--The standard type chemical toi-
let is installed in a flex-wood finished cabinet. The
hinged cover is a padded and upholstered seat. The
can is held in place by tension springs and is readily
removable. For servicing information refer to Section
II, 4. Service, j. Chemical Toilet.
(2) FORWARD CABINET.--The forward cab-
inet, equipped with a hinged lid, is a deep utility tray
for toilet accessories.
(3) AFT CABINET.~The aft cabinet is identical
with the forward cabinet and houses the ,wash basin
and soap dish combination.
(a) WATER TANK. In airplanes J1-J49 in-
clusive a four gallon capacity water tank is installed
on the aft face of Sta. 384 bulkhead; a fillerneck is in-
stalled, In airplanes J50 and subsequent a one and
one half gallon capacity tank is installed in the toilet
curtain partition; this tank fillerneck may be reached
by swinging the hinged mirror out from the partition,
(4) CURTAIN.raThe fabric curtain is installed
within the forward partition of the toilet compart-
ment. It is mounted on a vertical roller and is
signed to hook to the ~eft side of the hull. Accem to
the curtain roller may be had by removing the a~t
. right chair and the forward face o~ the partition,
209
SECTION III

1. Chair Assembly,
2. Back Assembly - No. 111213.
3. Seat Assembly - No. 111217.
4. Attachments - Seat to Back, Assembly:
Bolt - AN4-13 (2)
Washer - AN960-D416L (2)
Washer - AN960-416 (2)
Nut - AN310-4 (2)
Cotter Pin AN380-C2-2 (2).
5. Lock Assembly - No. 111249 (4).
6, Adjusting Tube Assembly - No. 111237.
7. Adjusting Handle - No, 111407,
8. Attachments - Handle to Tube Assembly:
Bolt - AN3-1 IA
Washer AN960-10L (2)
Nut - AN365-I032. .....
9. Position Locking Pin - No. 112956 (2); with
Springs - GI01-4 (2), Washers AN960-D616 (2),
Cotter Pins - AN380-C2-2 (2).

NOTE
TO ADJUST, ROTATE HANDLE UP TO CLEAR
10, Attachments - Pin to Tube Assembly: PINS, THEN MOVE CHAIRBACK FORWARD OR
Bolt -AN3-6 (2) (~ AFT AS DESIRED (THREE POSlTIONS)-SEAT
Washer AN960-10L (2) SHtFTS~WlTH BACK (AS BACK MOVES AFT,
Washer - AN960-10 (2) ~
j~ SEAT MOVES FORWARD ETC.)
Nut - AN310-3 (2) -
Cotter Pin- AN380-C2-2 (2).
Ii. "No-sag" Springs.
12. Socket in Cabin Floor Channel to Take Lock I
Assembly on Chair. .

14. Panel - No. 110747-15.

NOTE
Items 13 and 14 installed in later model airplanes.

Figure 124--Cabin Chair I’nstallation

210
 1. Cabin Divan Assembly~No. 110373.
2. Safety Belt (3 per Divan).
3. End Cushion (2 per Divan).
4. Center Cushion.
5. Divan Leg Lock Assembly--No. 111249-1 (8).
6. Center Seat Rear Supporting Pin--No. 110379 (2).
7. Removable Center Seat Assembly--No. 110371.
8. Seat Locking Handle--No. 110384.
Attachments:
Bushing--G27-6-7.
Rivet--G73-AD4-12 (2).
9. Seat Locking Pin--No. 112953 (2).
Attachments :
Spring--G101-221 (2).
Cotter Pin--AN380C2-2 (2)
10. Seat Locking RodmNo. 110381 (2).
11. Seat Lock Arm--No. 110380.
12. Seat Lock Plat~--No. 110377-1.
13. Divan Attaching Channel--No. 107350 (4 per Divan).

Figure 125--Cabin Divan Installation

 SECTION III

1. Table To_~--No. 111059.

2. Top Tilting Mechanism Assembly--
No. 11046.
AttachmentsmMechanism to Top:
Woo, d Screws No. 14 X ~ (8).
3. Release Plunger and Lock.
4. Support Assembly-No. 111092.
5. Cabin Floor.
6. Socket in Cabin Floor-No. 111044.
7. Support Locking Mechanism in
Socket (shown in locked position).
8. Horizontal Bulkhead (hull structure
below floor).
9. Hinged Socket Hole Cover--
No. 107549.

DETAIL OF SOCKET
COVER IN PLACE
(TABLE REMOVED)

DETAIL SHOWING LOCK

PUSHED CLEAR TO REMOVE
SUPPORT FROM SOCKET

Figt~e 126--Lounge Table rnstailation

212

g. BAGGAGE STOWAGE.--The baggage compart-
ment extends from hull Sta. 384 to Sta. 428. Access
to the compartment is had by means of a door in Sta.
384 bulkhead. A door is installed in Sta. 428 bulk-
head for access to the heater and its appurtenances and
to the flares (if installed).
Radio equipment is installed on the floor and
is enclosed by a box-like structure. Provision is-made
for stowing the lounge table by bungee cords and
for baggage stowage by straps and loops on the floor.
Hooks may be installed for parachute stowage if de-
sired. A channel rack with coat ,hangers is installed
on the left side of the compartment.
h. ANCHOR AND LINE.--A MK IV 10 pound
DarLforth anchor is supplied and stowed in the bow
compartmeat with 100 feet. of ½ inch nylon rope.. A
SECTION
galvanized shackle and a strap hook are spliced to the
rope ends.
i. BILGE DRAINAGE.wA Perko bilge pump is
supplied and stowed in the bow compartment, forward
of Sta. 53. Bilge drainage system tubing is installed
in the hull; there are two points where the pump may
be attached to either of two lines to drain the entire
bilge or specific sections as necessary. Refer to Figure
127.
j. PARACHUTE FLARES (SPECIAL EQUIP-
MENT).--Two three-minute landing flares (Inter-
national Flare-Signal Division, Kilgore Mfg. Co.) may
be installed as special equipment. These flares, which
are released electrically by control switches in the
cockpit, are installed in a rack in the hull between
Stations 4~6V2 and 464. Refer to Figure 128.

NOTES

The Perko bilge pump (Perkins Fig. 202 No. 6)

is stowed in clips on the left hand side of the bow
compartment; the pump suction line is equipped
with a coupling for attachment to the drainage
line outlets.
2.
The drainage lines are made up of ½ inch O.D.
X .065 aluminum alloy tubing with standard AN
fittings; the outlets have removable caps. The
forward outlets are located above the floor on
the right side of the hull ; the aft outlets are lo-
rated under the step at the entrance door. OUT~T FOR
BAGGAGE
COMPARTMENT.
3.
To drain the forward end of the bow compart- OUTLET FOR HULL STA
MAIN CABIN 428
ment, and the lavatory compartment, the pump COMPARTMENT
suction line may be dropped into the bilge through HULL STA.
HULL STA. 384
access openings. 540

PILOT’S CABIN
GOM PARTMENT. BAGGAGE
COMP’T,
FOR HULL STA.
FORWARD CABIN 180 LAVATORY
COMPARTMENT. COMP’T,
HULL STA.

HULL STA.

CABIN COM P’T

HULL STA. (MAIN)

CABIN COMP’T
(FORWARD)

CABtN
COMP’T.

Figure 127--Bilge Drainage System

213
1. Hull Skin. STA
2. Flare Supports. 464
3.-
Bracket.
4. Flare Rack.
5. Landing Flares (three minute)--Inter~tional Flare
Signal Division, Kilgore Mfg. Co.
6. Ring Seals and Attachments: STA
446-
Ring~No. 107459-3
Ring Seal--No. 107460-2
Ring Seal--No. 107460-3
Ring Seal--No. 107460-1
Plate--No. 107459-1
Screws--AN505-8-18 (8)
Washers---AN960~D8 (8)
Nuts---AN365-832 (8)
7. Electric Leads (attached to terminals on flare rack).

NOTES
Before replacing a flare, or, if desired, at 50
hour check, with flare removed, close master
switch, insert test lamp in place of flare, and close
switch for that flare. T~he test lamp should light
only when individual switch for that flare is
thrown; each circuit should be tested individually.

CAUTION
Never test or repair a circuit or switch without
removing both flares from airplane.
Never attempt to pass any current through a
flare ignitor.
Note
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT; MAYBE
ORDERED FROM FACTORY.

Figure !28--Parachute Flares Installation


k. AUTOMATIC PILOTmSPERRY A-12 GYROo
PILOT (SPECIAL EQUIPMENT).
(1) GENERAL.--The fully electrical Sperry A-
12 gyropilot installation is made up of the following
two groups of units:
(a) Control units for the use of the pilot or
co-pilot.
1. Main Power Switch (on radio panel).
2. Pedestal Controller.
3. Pilot Engaging Control.
4. Gyrosyn ~ompass Repeater.
5. Electrical Release Buttons.
(b) Operating Units.
1. Gyrosyn Compass Control.
2. Vertical Gyro Control
3. Amplifier Assembly.
4. Servo Control Unit.
5. Flux Valve.
6. Servos--Elevator, Rudder and Aileron.
7. Servo---Elevator Trim Tab.
Together with the above units an inverter
and a phase adapter are required in the circuit. Refer
to Figure 129.
(2) INSTALLATION NOTES.
(a) PEDESTAL CONTROLLER.--The pedes-
tal controller (656536) is installed on a support
assembly by two AN3 bolts and washers; the support
assembly, in turn, is installed on the inboard side of
the pilot’s seat and may be swung down below the
seat and out of the way when the gyropilot is not
in use.
(b) PILOT ENGAGING CONTROL.--The
mechanical engaging control (659657) ............
on the cockpit floor at Sta. 134 (approx.) to the left
of center by four AN4 bolts and washers to elastic
stop nuts.
The unit includes three individual control
levers from which 1/16" diameter 7 x 19 stainless
steel cable assemblies run to the respective servo
clutches; the inboard lever controls the rudder servo,
the center lever controls the aileron servo and the
outboard lever controls both the elevator and .elevator
trim tab servos.
There is one electrical connection from the
control units.
(c) GYROSYN COMPASS REPEATER. m
This indicator (656530) is of standard instrument size
and is installed on the instrument panel by three
AN515 machine screws. The exact location depends
on customer request and the location of the other in-
struments.
SECTION
(d) ELECTRICAL RELEASE BUTTONS. --
Emergency electrical disengaging buttons are in-
stalled on the upper left hand corner of the pilot’s
and upper right hand corner of the co-pilot’s control
wheel. The attaching plate is held by three screws.
A quick disconnect plug in the electrical lead permits
either button being connected readily, depending
upon which wheel is in use for flight control.
(e) OPERATING I INITS.--The following are
installed on the forward shelf located in the bow
between hull Sta. 41 and 53; Servo Control (656541),
Gyrosyn Repeater Amplifier (661953), Gyrosyn
Compass Control (656519), Vertical Gyro (656518),
Inverter (708!74), and a Phase Adapter (661102).
movable for testing or servicing.
(f) FLUX VALVE.--The flux valve (656520)
is installed on a support assembly between hull Sta.
480 and 495 by three screws.
(g) ELEVATOR SERVO (656542-141).--The
elevator servo is installed by three AN5 bolts and
washers to stop nuts on a bracket between Sta. 108.
and 124 bulkheads. There is one electrical con-
nection from the control units.
A chain and cable assembly is wound around
the servo drum and the chain is installed over a
sprocket on the elevator torque tube assembly.
(h) RUDDER SERVO (656542).--The rudder
servo is installed by three AN5 bolts and washers to
stop nuts on a bracket at approximately Sta. 81 and
at the cockpit floor level There is one electrical
connection from the control units. Two cable as-
semblies are counter-wound around the servo drum;
each cable is led over pulleys to a collar on each of
the pilot’s pedal assemblies.
(i) AILERON SERVO (656542).raThe aile-
ron servo is installed’ by three AN5 bolt assemblies to
a support assembly between hull Sta. 108 and 124,
just below the floor line and to the left of center.
There is one electrical connection from the control
units.
A chain and cable assembly is wound around
the servo drum and the chain is installed over a sproc-
ket in the reworked control column assembly.
(j) ELEVATOR TRIM TAB SERVO (R-
664237).--The elevator trim tab servo is installed by
three AN3 bolt assemblies to a support assembly on
the forward face of Sta. 428 bulkhead. There is one
electrical connection from the control units. The
outboard (down tab)elevator trim tab control cable
is wound with two full turns around the drum of the
~rVOo
 1. Phase Adapter--Sperry No. 661102.
2. Inverter--Sperry No. 708174.
3. Vertical Gyro--Sperry No. 656518.
4. Gyrosyn Compass Control--Sperry No. 656519.
5. Gyrosyn Repeater AmplifiernSperry No. 661953.
6. Servo Control--Sperry No. 656541.
7..Shelf Assembly--No. 110701oL
8. Amplifier--Sperry No. 656537 on Mount--Sperry No.
661850.
9. Support Assembly--No. 110708-1.
10. Rudder Servo---Sperry No. 656542, Mounted on Sup-
port No. 110720.
11. Rudder Pedal Actuating Cables.
12. Pilot’s Rudder Pedal Support Tubes.
13. Elevator Servo--Sperry No. 656542, Mounted on Hull HULL
STA.
Structure.

ILL
STA.
495

STA
48O

14~ Chain and Cable Assemb]ynNo. 110736.

15. Sprocket--No. 110738 on Elevator Torque Tube.
16. Aileron Servo--Sperry No. 656542, Mounted on
Structure.
17. Chain and Cable Assembly--No. 110726.
18. Control Column (modified).
19. Electrical Disengage Switches (one on each control
wheel).
20. Pedestal Controller~Sperry No. 656536, Mounted to
Inboard Side of Pilot’s Seat Frame with Clamps.
21. Pilot’s Seat Frame.
HULL
HULL
STA. 108 22. Pilot Engaging Controller--Sperry No. 659657,
HULL STA, 79 Mounted on Pilot’s Seat Frame with Clamps.
STA 5:~ 23. Trim Tab Servo---Sperry No. 664237 (drum actuates
rudder and elevator tab cables).
24. Flux Valve--Sperry No. 656520, Mounted on Support
No. 110747.

Figure 129--Automatic Pilot (Sperry A-12) Unit Location Diagram (Specia! Equipment)

!
 SECTION !!1
the left n~celle by straps to the Adelite channel cradles
on the rear face of the rear wing beam. A filler neck
on the top is led up above the upper wing skin line
and is accessible under the upper nacelle access door.
Access for draining or inspecting the tank is had by
removing the lower rear nacelle skin.

On installation and/or ground check test The tank capacity is seven and one half U.S.
cable tension for each main servo: each should gallons (6.25 Imperial gallons) and the recommended
be 50+10 pounds. The standard 20 .pound fluid is alcohol, 95% ethyl, 5% methyl, or iso-propyl.
tension should be held for the tab control (4) TUBING.--The feed lines from the pump
cable. are supported by clamps and are aluminum alloy
(3) OPERATION, SERVICE AND MAINTEN- tubing up to a Parker pressure loaded check valve (405-
ANCE. For more detailed information relative to the 4D) mounted on the aft face of the firewall; from
general operation, all servicing and the maintenance the check valve forward the tubing is monel and fire
of the various components refer to Sperry Gyroscope resistant hose. The tubing terminates at a standard
Co., Inc., manual for the Operation and Service of Hamilton Standard slinger ring installed on each
Mod~l A-12 Gyropitot. propeller hub.
1. ANTI-SQUAT STRUT.--A retractable strut, in- n. OXYGEN SYSTEM (SPECIAL EQUIPMENT).--
stalled to prevent "squatting" due to excessive weight The constant flow oxygen system inst~lled on certain
in the aft end of the cabin when the airplane is on airplanes consists of two 514 cu. in. capacity Kidde
the ground, is mounted on the aft face of S~a. 428 (No. 923748) cylinders and valves, a constant flow
bulkhead and retracts into the rear step fairing. On regulator (ARO No. 0655-E) and the necessary tubing _
airplanes J1-J49 inclusive, the strut is controlled by with 10 outlet couplings (AN 6009-2). The out-
a ~lever on Sta. 384 cabin bulkhead which operates a let couplings are located on the cabin side wails ad-
steel cable running over pulleys and through fairleads jacent to the pilot’s and co-pilot’s seats, at each rear
to a compression spring on the strut. To retract the cabin chair and above each divan.
strut, move lever to right, to extend the strut, move
The cylinders are installed in a cradle on the right
lever to left. On airplanes J50 and subsequent the
side of the bow compartment floor between Stas. 53
strut control lever is on the pilot’s cockpit ceiling on
and 72. A line from each cylinder includes a check
the right side. The lever operates a cable which runs
valve, which permits use of either or both cylinders.
aft along the top of the hull and down to the strut
compression spring. This control is moved forward These lines are teed together and the single line from
the tee is led to the regulator installed on the right
to retract the strut, aft to extend it. Refer to Figure 130.
side o_~ Sta. 93 bulkhead. Refer to Figure 132.. To
m. PROPELLER ANTI-ICING SYSTEM (SPECIAL operate the system:
EQUIPMENT). The anti-icing system consists, of
a pump rheostat control switch, a pump and filter, (1) Turn on either or both cylint]ers before a
the tank and lines to each propeller slinger ring. P~ight requiring oxygen.
Refer to Figure 131. (2) Set regulator to normal flow.
(1) PUMP SWITCH. -- The rheostat switch
which controls the pump is installed on the radio Note
panel. In an emergency a manual override of the
(2) PUMP.--The system pump (Weldon No.- regulator permits turning the control knob
100B) is installed in the left nacelle aft of the tank. clockwise until the indicator is diametrically
The pump rating is two gallons per hour and it opposite the normal setting position. This
is controlled by the "rheostat" switch in the cockpit. setting allows approximately double the nor-
The two supply lines are led forward from the pump mal flow.
to feed the slinger rings on the propeller hubs. (3) Plug mask into conventient outlet coupling.
(3) TANK.--The tank is a welded alumimun (4) Turn off either or both cylinder valves at
alloy assembly and is installed on the center line of completion of the flight.

217
SECTION III

KEY TO FIGURE 130

ANTI-SQUAT STRUT INSTALLATION
1. Control Lever AssemblymNo. 108071. 15. Spring~-N0.
2. Instruction Plate--No. 108075 Riveted to Bulkhead. 16. Arms~No. 108076-2 (1L!1R).
Attachments to Arm No. 108076-3:
3. Lever Mounting Bracket~--No. 108073 (1L-1R) on Bolt--AN24-10.°
Aft Side of Bulkhead. Nut--AN320-4.
4. Cable Assembly--No. 10802 with Adjusting Turn- CottermAN380-C2-2.
buckle. 17. Arms--No. 108076~1 (2).
5. Attachments--Cable Terminal to Lever: Attachments to Arms No. 108076-2:
Bushing--No. 112541~8. Bushing--No. 112541-2.
BoltmAN23-8. Bolt--AN3-6A.
WasherwAN960-10. Washer--AN960-516 (2).
Nut--AN320-3. NutwAN365-1032.
CottermAN380-C2-2~ 18. Attachments, Arms No. 108076-1 to Hull Rear Step
Fairing Channels:
6. Cable Support Pulley Bracket Assembly~No. 108072 Bushing--No. 1~2541-1 ~2).
on Aft Side of Sta. 384at Stringer No. 5. Bolt~AN23-SA (2).
Attachments, Pulley AN210-A to Bracket: Nut--AN36~-1032 (2),
Bolt~--AN3-6A 19. Stop Assemblies (1L/1R) on Hull Rear Step Fairing
WashermAN960-D10 Channels:
Nut--AN365-1032 Spacer~G5-2-8 (2).
NOTE Screw--AN515-6-8 (2).
Nut--AN365-632 (2).
Phenol block cable fairleads No. 57645-9 on Sta. 20. Strut End Fitting Tube--No. 108066-2.
406, 428 and 446.5 attached with screws AN515.8- 21. Attachments~ Arms No. 108076-1 to Strut End Fit-
10 (2), washers AN960-D10L (2) and nuts AN365- ting Tube:
1032 (2), each. SpacermNo. 112541-1 (2).
7. Cable Support Pulley Bracket Assembly--No. 108079 Bolt--AN23-28A.
on Forward Side of Sta. 464 at Stringer No. 5. WashermAN960-10 (2).
Nut--AN364-1032.
8. Cable Support Pulley Bracket--No. 108078 (2) on 22. Strut .Tube Assembly~No. 108054 (in up posltion~
Sta. 464 ]~lkhead at Stringer No. 8. down posit~on shown in broken lines).
9. Cable Guide Tube AssemblyNNo. 108077 (end plate 23. Attachments~Strut to Hull Channels:
riveted to rear step fairing floor enclosure box). Bushing--No. 112541.7.
10. Guide Tube Support Bracket--No. 108081 at Sta. Bushing--No. 112541-3.
446.5. Washer~AN960-516L.
Attachments, Guide Tube to Bracket: Bushin~No. 112541-6 (2) (outside washers).
Clamp--AN742-8. Bolt~AN3-23A.
Screw~AN515-8-8. Nut--AN364-1032.
24. Plate---No. 110646-3--Installed on Ceiling over Co-
WashermAN960-DS.
Pilot’s Seat. Attachments:
NutmAN365~832. Screw--AN520-10-7(6)
NOTE WashermAN960-D10 (6)
Tube supported forward of Sta. 364 and midway Nut--AN365-1032(6).
between Sta. 364 and 446.5 by NAF1051-32T 25. Lever in Locked Position. Dotted Lines Show Unlock-
clamps and led through gromment in hull skin ed Position, Against Stop Block No. 110645-7,
Attachments Lever to Plate:
just forward of Sta. 364. These details not shown, Bolt--AN23-15
11. Rear Step ,,Fairing Floor Enclosure Box. Washer--AN960-D10(2)
12. Cable Fork End Strap Fitting~Tru-loc--No. RA- Washer--AN960-516
~ut--AN365-1032
2500-2. A~tachments, Stop Block to Plate:
13. Arm~No. 108076-3. Screw--AN526-103L-14 (2)
Attachments~Cable End Fitting to Arm: Washer--AN960-D10(2)
Bolt~AN23-5. Nut--AN365-1032(2)
Washer--AN960-10 (2). Attachments, Lever to Cable
Nut--AN320-3. Bolt--AN23-I 0
Cotter--AN380-C2-2. Washer--AN960-D10 (3)
14. Attachments, Arm to Enclosure Box: Nut--AN365-1032
Bushing--No. 112541-3. 26. Cable Assembly to Strut. Made Up of Assemblies
Spacer--GS-4-50 (2). Nos. 110643-1, -2, -3.
Bolt--AN3-23A.
Washer--AN960-D10 (2). Note
Nut--AN365-1032. -Items 24, 25 and 26 installed on airplanes 350
and subsequent. They may be installed on earlier
airplanes and replace the installation illustrated
in items 1 to 8.

218
 SECTION III

Figure 130--Anti-Squat Stru~ in~sta[~ation

219
 SECTION

TUBING IDENTIFYING COLOR BAND--WHITE-YELLOW.

1. Anti-icing Fluid Tank (mounted by straps to rear of

wing beam, in left nacelle). Tank Capacity 7.5 U;S.
Gallons.
2. Tank Overflow Line.
3. Tank Fillerneck (cap at top of wing beam, accessible
by removing hydraulic power unit access plate).
5. Tank-to-Filter Line.
4. Tank Outlet Finger Strainer.
6. Filter with By-pass Valve; Weldon No. 26450.
7. Filter.to-Pump Line.
8. Pump--We]don Fluid Metering Pump ~No. 100-1,
Controlled by Rheostat (AN3155-50-30, Weldon No.
16365-X) Located on Pilot’s Radio Control Panel.
9. Pump Outlet Line.
10. Tee (AN926-4D).
11. Bulkhead Fitting (on fire wall).
12. Flexible Hose.
13. Left Engine Propeller Slinger Ring Assembly (Ham-
ilton Standard).
14. Line to Right Engine Propeller Slinger Ring As-
sembly.
15. Line to Provide for Windshield Anti-Icing (capped).
NOTES
1.
This installation supplied as special equipment,
only on customer’s request.
2.
All solid tubing is ¼" O.D. x .020 aluminum alloy.
3.
Anti.Icing Fluid--Alcohol-95% Ethyl, 5% Methyl
or Iso-propyl.

Figure 131--Propeller Antl-icing System (Special Equipment)

220
 L Cylinder and Valve Assemblies (2)--Walter Kidde 12. Mounting Bracket--No.
Co,--No. 923748. (Each cylinder 514 cu. in. capacity, NOTES
1. 13. Block--No. 96606-1.
!028 cu. in. total).
See detail for information on outlet assemblies; 14. Attachments--Block to Bracke~:
2. Cradle---No. 110567 (attached with turn fasteners)
and Cover--No. 110569. the five shown are on the right side--those on the Screw--AN520-10-22 (2),
3. Strap--No. 110573 (attached with bolt--AN5-4, left side are opposite and identical. Two are Washer--AN 960-A10L
washer--AN960-A516, Nuts--AN365-D52A (2). stalled above each divan and one at each chair. Nut--AN365-1032 (2).
15. Oxygen Coupling--AN6009-2.
4 Oxygen Check Valves---AN6015-2 (2) (attached to 2. 16. Nameplate--No. 119582.
forward side of Sta. 72 by phenol laminate supports). Aluminum alloy tubing, ~/~" O.D. x .035 52SO, is 17.
5. Line from Check Valves to Regulator (supported by Screw--AN520-2-4 (4).
used throughout, with standard AN fittings.
clamps). Tubing lines are supported by clamps attached
6. Regulator--Aro No. 0655-E (attached to mounting to structure.
angles installed on right side of hull at Sta. 93 by
screws--AN520-10-8 (4), washers--AN960-A10L (4),
nuts--AN365-1032 (4).
7. Line from Regulator to Outlets.
8. Co-pilot’s Outlet Assembly (on right side of huff,
forward of Sta. 140). See Detail.
9. Line Tee--Located to Left of Centerline, Aft of Sta.
124, below Floor.
10. Line to Pilot’s Outlet Assembly.
11. Line to Cabin Outlet Assemblies (8).

HULL
I STA.
I HULL 140
HULL STA.
STA. 95
55 TUBING IDENTIFYING COLOR BAND--LIGHT GREEN. -~

Figure 132--Oxygen System Diagram (Special Equipment)

 SECTION

1. Engine Mount.

2, Clamp - G81-4-20-0 (3).

3. Oil Dilution Line Assembly - No. 109016-2.

4. Oil Dilution Line Fitting - AN823-4D.

5. Solenoid Valve - (General Controls - No, 40-R-342

Attached to Engine Mount with:

Clamp - No. 10909-1 6. Oil-in-Line to E~gine - Ng. 109148-3.

Bolt - AN3-12A 7o Oil Dilution Line Fitting - AN822-4D (2).

Bolt - AN3-5A 8, Flexible Hose - Aeroquip No. 350-4W-8.

Washer - AN960-10 (2) 9. Oil Dilution Line Fitting - No. 109016-3.

Nut - AN365-1032 (2). 10. Line to Engine Driven Pump.

TUBING IDENTIFYING COLOR BAND - RED

]:igure 133--0il Dilution System Diagram (Special Equipment)

222
 SECTION III

1. LH Outer Panel De-icer Boot 8. Pressure Gage - Electric Auto-lite No, 10564

2. Pressure Relief Valve - ARO No. A510 9. De-icer System Electronic Timer -~No. 110634

3. Separator - No. 108738 10. Expander - No. 108745

4. Suction Relief Valve - ARO No. 504 A 11. Oil Separator - Eclipse No. 1545-1

5. Vacuum Pump - ARO No. A505 DD 12. RH Outer Panel De-icer Boot

6, Check Valve - Kenyon No. 19-100-1 13. LH Stabilizer De-icer Boot

7, Distributing Valve - Eclipse No. 1532-2 14. Fin De-icer Boot

15. RH Stabilizer De-icer Boot

Figure 134--Wing and Tail Surface De-icing Sysfern Diagram (Special Equi.prnent)

223
SECTION III
Keep all oxygen equipment free of any oil,
grease or any other easily oxidized material.
Such material, when in contact with oxygen
under pressure will ignite violently.
o. OIL DILUTION SYSTEM (SPECIAL EQUIP-
MENTI. The oil dilution system, if installed, con-
sists of a line assembly which incorporates a solenoid
control valve. The line assembly is led from a re-
stricted fitting, installed in the fuel pressure line
between the electric boost pump "and the engine
driven pump, to a fitting in the "oil-in" to engine line.
To operate the system:
(1) Set engine speeds to 1000 rpm.
224
(2) Turn electric boost pumps switches to ON.
(3) Turn oil dilution control switch to ON.
(4) Run engines at 1000 rpm for two minutes
only.
(5) Cut throttles to "IDLE CUT-OFF" position.
(6) Hold oil dilution control switch ON until
engines stop,
p. WING AND TAIL SURFACES DE-ICING
SYSTEM (SPECIAL EQUIPMENT) .--The de-icing
system consists of boots, installed on the wing leadlng
edge, outboard of the nacelles and on the leading edge
of the fin and stabilizers, and the necessary pump and
controls. Refer to Figure 134.
Special manuals on maintenance, adjustment etc.,
of the components of this equipment are supplied
when the equipment is installed.
 Section IV

REPAIRS, HEAT TREATED STEEL PARTS, INSPECTION, MISCELLANEOUS

 REPAIRS, HEAT TREATED STEEL PARTS, INSPECTION, MISCELLANEOUS

1. REPAIRS

The information presented in this section is for use LOCATION FINISH NO.
only in. emergency repair, when such repair is neces- 1. Keel to skin. IV
sary to get a damaged airplane back to a responsible 2. Chine angles to skin. I
and properly equipped shop, or to the factory. Major 3. Skin joints. I
overhaul, or any repair work is a factory job, and the 4. Watertight bulkheads to skin. I
Grumman Aircraft Engineering Corporation assumes 5. Any member riveted to skin except
absolutely no responsibility for any repair or modifi- II
No. 3 and No. 4.
cation done outside the factory, or for any airplane
which has been damaged, changed or repaired in any (b) Above load water line, unshaded area
manner. shown in Figure 135.:

The information, covers only simple skin patches,
to repair damage caused by striking underwater objects,’
driftwood etc.; damage to ribs. frames, bulkheads etc.,
must be repaired at the factory.
a. GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR SKIN
PATCH REPAIRS TO HULL.
(1) Drill all rivet holes in skin and patch before
riveting..
(2) After drilling, separate patch and skin and
clean off all chips.
The only dri!ling done after sealing finishes
have been applied must be to open holes through
.P.A.W. tape.
(3) The following is a list of finishes which
¯may be used as applicable.
.Finish No. I-Two coats of Duprene LC-264
cement, one on each faying surface (i.e. patch and
skin) and one layer of P.A.W. tape. The tape is to
be dipped in or coated with kerosene before in-
stallation and applied wet.
Finish¯ No. II-Two coats of Duprene LC-264
cement, one on. each laying surface (i.e. patch and
skin). The parts must be riveted together as soon
as possible after spreading cement.
Finish No. III-Zinc chromate paste No. 2.
Finish No. IV-As finish No. I, except that two
¯ layers of P.A.W. tape must be used.
(4) The above listed finishes are to be used at
the following locations. Load water line means one
.... foot. above level or normal .water line.
(a) Below load water line, shaded area shown
in Figure 13~.
LOCATION FINISH NO.
1. Skin joints. II
2. Watertight bulkheads to skin.
3. Any member riveted to skin except
No. 2.. None
¯ 4. Adjacent to landing gear fittings and
nosewheel fittings, as well as any exposed
corners in landing gear and nosewheel
were. HI
Note
Leaks may be stopped, by applying zinc chro-
mate paste into joint.
b. sKIN PATCH REPAIRS TOWING, FIN,
STABILIZER AND FLOATS.--The procedure is simi-
lar to that used for repairs to the hull, except that
"below water line" finish applies only to the floats.
Note
If tip float fuel tanks are installed, the
damaged tank must be repaired at the factory.
c. FABRIC REPAIR.mAIl tears more than one inch
in length must be sewn before patching-to prevent
sagging. Sewing should be done with a single strand
of No. 8 four ply hand sewing thread and a curved
needle. Tack-stitch torn corner of tear before sewing.
(1) Employing a baseball stitch, space the
stitches not more than ~ inch apart and approximately
¼ inch from the edge of the tear as shown in Figure
140
(2) Draw edges of tear snugly together whLle
sewing, but do not draw stitching too tight, as this
may rip fabric.

225
 KEY TO FIGURE 135
HULL SKIN PLATING DIAGRAM

Ref. No. No. Req. Thickness Size Ref. No. No. Req. Thickness Size
1 i .064 40x48 24 .040 26x30
2 1L& 1~ .032 36x80 25 1L & 1R .032 40x80
3 1L & 1R .032 32x125 26 .032 28x40
4 1L& 1R .051 40x48 27 1L & 1R .032 40x4fi
5 2 .032 24x110 28 2 .040 ~0x96
6 1L & 1R .051 30x48 29 1L & 1R .032 ~2x7~
7 1L & 1R .051 14x40 30 2 .032 30x42
8 1 .032 30x33 31 2 .032
9 1L & 1R .032 18x32 32 2 .032 4~x82
10 1L & 1g ~051 22x34 3~
11 1 .032 36x05 34 2 .064 6x12
12 1 .032 22x67 35 1L & 1R .032 28x40
13 1L & 1R .032 40x44 36 .032
14 1 .032 24x60 37 2 .032 42x82
15A 1L & 1R .032 15x25 38 2 .032 32x~0
15B 1L & 1R .032 10x20 39 1L & 1R .032 20x60
16 1L & 1R .032 8x26 40 1 .032
17 2 .051 48x78 41 ! .032
18 1L & 1R .032 38x64 42 1L & 1R .032 12x$~
19 2 .032 24x64 4~ 1L & 1R .032 6x40
20 1L & 1R .051 36x70 44 1L & 1R 21x86
21 2 .051 36x90 45 1L & 1R .032 18x36
22 1L & 1R .032 12Vzx18Vz 46 1L & 1R .032 18x31
23 2 .032 30x60
 SECTION IV

-)

227
SECTION IV
(3) After sewing, surface of fabric around tear
must be cleaned of all old dope by first rubbing with
dope, dope solvent, or acetone, then rubbing with a
clean cloth, for at least 11/~ inches in all directions
from the tear. Do not allow dope, dope solvent, or
acteone to drip inside of the fabric.
(4) Cut a ~patch of pre-doped pinked tape or
fabric large enough to cover an area at least one inch
in all directions from tear.
(5) Apply one brush coat of clear dope to sur-
face and apply patch, making sure all edges are down.
(6) Apply two brush coats of dear dope and
228
spray one coat of cJear dope and two coats of semi1
pigmented dope to finish. Allow each coat of dope
to dry before applying next coat.
Note
To cover tears less than one inch long and
punctures less than one inch in diameter in
fabric, and holes less than 1½ inches in dia-
meter in metal skin a single strip of pre-doped
pinked tape or fabric may be applied as de-
scribed in the preceding paragraph. The
patch must extend at least 11/~ inches in all
directions from tear or puncture.
 FABRIC

FABRIC

UPP ER SURFACE
Ref. No. No. Req. Thickness Size Ref. No. No. Req. Thickness Size
1 1L & 1R .032 55x93 11 1L & 1R
2 1 .032 46x8~
.064 33 ¼ x254 12 1L & 1R .032 16x51
3 1L & 1R .040 25x25 13 1L & 1R
4 .040 12x25
1L & 1R .051 7x26 14 1L & 1R .032
5 1L & 1R 38x93
.051 9x24 15 2 .051
6 1L & 1R 34x126
.051 60x57 16 1L & 1R .051 24x57
7 1L & 1R .032 42x106 17 1L & 1R
8 .032 37x106
1L & 1R .040 68x50 17 1L & 1R
9 1L & 1R .032 30x166
.040 50x88 19 1L & 1R .040
I0 1L & 1R .032 36x166 20 1L & 1R .050

FABRIC

FABRIC

LOWER SURFACE

Figure 136--Wing Skin Plating Diagram

Ref. No. Req. Thickness Size
1 1 .032 48x124
2 1 .032 48x100
3 1 .025 34x70
4 1L & 1R .032 15S~x11~
5 1L & 1R .040 18~x30~
6 1 °040 18~/zx118
7A 1L & 1R .051 8¼X13½
7B 1L & 1R .032 8¼x15~
8 1 .016 20x31
9 1L & 1R .032 41x811/~
10 1L & 1R .032 42~x64S~
11 2 .025 29 s~ x47
12 2L & 2R .032 13~x19½
13 2L & 2R .032 13x20½
14 1 .040 15 ½ x103
15 1 .020 14 [/z x35

FABRIC3
FABRIC
FIN AND RUDDER,//

ELEVATOR AND STABILIZER

Figure 137--Tail Surfaces Skin Plating Diagram

 SECTION IV

DAMAGED
SKIN PANEL"-’~

/
DAMAGE CLEANED
TO A SMOOTH
OUTLINE

/- /

CHAMFER

~PATCH- NEXT HEAVIER

GAGE THAN DAMAGED
SKIN

,!----SKIN PANEL
"~"
~"""’~ PATC H

RIVET TABLE
SKIN R~VET R~VET !
GAGE DIAMETER PITCH"#’ CLEARANCE"E"
,016 *
.020÷ V4
.025* ~/4
.052 ’/4
.040 ~/~ I/4
,05 I
.064
-)~ ON TAIL SURFACES ONLY

NOTE: THIS TYPE PATCH IS NOT USED ON HULL BOTTOM

--]ORIGINAL STRUCTURE PATCH ~ PATCH IN CROSS SECTION

Figure 138--E~ternai Patch-Single Row

231
 SECTION iV

DA’MAGED SKIN
PANEL

E SEE CLEANED TO
"P" SEE TABLE~ SMOOTH OUTLINE

TABLE--~

"D"SEE
TABI
PATCH-NEXT HEAVIER
GAGE THAN DAMAGED
SKIN

SKIN PANE~

PATCH

RIVET TABLE
SKIN RIVET RIVET EDGE RIVET ROW
GAGE DIAMETER PITCH"P" CLEARANCE"E" SPACING "D"
.o~2 Va
.040 I/8
.051 , ~/52 % ~/8
.064 , 5/~6 ~/8 ~8

!/~SSEMBLED REPAIR

NOTE: THIS TYPE PATCH MAY BE USED ON HULL BOTTOM

ORIGINAL PATCH PATCH PATCH INCROSS SECTION

Figure 139--External Patch--Double Row

232
 SECTION IV

BASEBALL STITCH

CURVED NEEDLE

L’HAND SEWING CORNER OF

COTTON THREAD TEAR BEFORE SEWING

-APPLY DOPE TO SHADED

AREA AFTER CLI~ANING
OFF OLD ~OPE

PREDOPED PINKED

DOPE LAP

Figure 140-Fabric Repair Diagram

233
SECTION IV

2. HEAT TREATED STEEL PARTS LIST.

PART NUMBER LOCATION AND PART NAME AN COMM. HEAT

STANDARD TREAT
a. WING.
106463 Bushing--Outer Panel Aileron Control Rod Spacer AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
b. TAIL.
53822 Universal--Elevator and Rudder Tab Actuator Special SEE NOTE ~1 125,000
57941 Shaft--Elevator and Rudder Tab Actuator Torque AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
57948 Shaft Elevator, Rudder and Aileron Actuator
Torque, Inner AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
112221 Stud Rudder and Elevator Tab Control AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
HULL.
1O7262 Gusset--Cockpit Enclosure Corner Post AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
107307-1 Fitting (Welded Assembly) Nose Wheel Hydraulic AN.QQ-S-685 4130 150,000
Cylinder AN-WW-T-850
107556 Guide---Sta. 362 Entrance Door Safety Lock Rod -AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
107574 Details--Entrance Door Spider Lock Rod AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
107575-1 Bellcrank (Assembly) Entrance Door Spider Lock Rod AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
1O7577 Guide (Assembly) Entrance~ Door Spider Lock Rod AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
AN-WW-T-850
107578-1 &-2 Details--Entrance Door Spider Lock Strike Plate AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
107579 Retainer Entrance Door Spider Lock Shaft Bearing AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
112308 Bushing--Station 230 and 250 Drag Link AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
112328 Bushing--Trunnion Support Shoulder AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
112331 Bushing--Sta. 44~ Landing Gear Retracting AN-WW-T-850 4130 150,000
LANDING GEAR.
108058 LinkswAuxiliary Gear Tail Strut AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
108071 Lever (Assembly)--Auxiliary Gear Tail Strut Control AN-WW-T-850 4130 125,000
AN-QQ-S-685
108074 Plate--Auxiliary Gear Tail Strut Control Reinforcing AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
108076 ArmswAuxiliary Gear Tail Strut Control AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
108092 Bracket (Welded AsSembly) Main Landing Gear Drag
Link Door Attachment AN-WW-T-850 ~130 125,000
112500 FittingnNose Whe~l Door Operating Link Lower AN-QQ-S-756 4340 150,000
112501 Fitting--Nose Wheel Door Operating Link Upper AN-QQ-S-756 4340 150,000
112502 FittingnNose Wheel Shock Strut ,Door Operating Link
Pick-up Male AN-QQ-S-756 4340 150,000
112503 Fitting--Nose Wheel Shock Strut Door Operating Link
Pick-up Female AN-QQ-S-756 4340 150,000
112507 Bushing--Main Landing Gear AN-WW-T-850 4130 125,000
112509 Bushlng~Main Landing Gear Up-lock Idler AN-WW-T-850 4130 125,000
112510 Bolt--Main Landing Gear Up-lock AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
112513 LockmMaln Landing Gear Strut Lock Safety AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
112514 Shaft--Main Landing Gear Strut Lock Bellcrank AN-QQ-S-756 4340 150,000
112516 Bushing--Main Landing Gear Strut Lock Safety AN-WW-T-850 4130 125,000
112519 Pin--Nose Wheel Trunnion Axis AN-WW-T-850 4130 150,000
112520 Bolt--Nose Wheel Shock Strut Micro-switch AN-QQ-S-756 4340 150,000
112521 Bushing~Nose Wheel Door Threaded AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000

234
 SECTION IV
PART NUMBER LOCATION AND PART NAME AN COMM. HEAT
STANDARD TREAT
LANDING GEAR (Cont.)
112522 Eye Bolt--Nose Wheel Door Operating Link AN-QQ-S-756 4340 150,000
112527 Bolt--Wing Door Fitting AN-QQ-S.684 4130 125,000
112528 ForkWing Door Bolt AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
112529 Fork--Wing Door Bolt AN-QQ-S-684 ...........
112539 Bushing--Main Landing Gear Hull Door Link AN-WW-T-850 4130 125,000
112540 Bushing--Main Landing Gear Up Lock Spring
Cylinder Clamp-up AN-WW-T-850 4130 125,000
POWER PLANT. .........
58398 Screw (Special)--Induction System Protected
Air Valve Stop .... AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
109059 ShaftmInduction System Protected Air Door AN-WW-T-850 4130 125,000
109116 Ratchet--Cockpit Overhead Panel Carburetor AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
Air Control AN-QQ-S-684
112661 ToothmCockpit Control Panel Carburetor Air Handle AN-QQ-S-685 .............
112946 Shaft ( Assembly )--Cockpit Throttle, Mixture
and Propeller Restrictor AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
ENGINE NACELLE.
108334 BoltmUpper Cowl Panel Rear Tie Down
Bracket Supporting AN-QQ-S~684 4130 125,000
SURFACE CONTROLS.
109251 Tube (Assembly and Details)--Co-pilot Brake Pedal
(Special Equipment) AN-WW-T-850 4130 125,000
109252-1 Tube Co:pilot Brake Pedal Stanchion AN-WW-T-850 4130 150,000
109253-6 and 9 A~rm (Assembly) and Idler (Assembly)m
Co-pilot Brake Pedal AN,QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
109313-1 Key--Cockpit Control Panel Rudder Trim Tab Control AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
109315-1 Key--Fuselage Auxiliary Control Arm AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125~00
109316-3 Key--Fuselage Control Column AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
109351 Stanchion (Assembly) --Pilot’s Pedals AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
AN-WW-T-850
109352 Housing (Assembly) ~Pilot’s Pedals AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
AN-WW-T-850
109367-3 Reinforcement--Fuselage Adjustable Control Arm AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
109371 Latch--Fuselage Auxiliary’Control Arm AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
109462-1 Clip--Pilot’s Pedal Adjustment Arm AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
112704 Block Fuselage Control Arm Adjustment AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
112705 Tube--Fuselage Control Column Spacer AN-WW-T-850 4130 150,000
112707 Retainer Euselage Control Arm Bearing AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
112708 Shaft--Fuselage Control Wheel AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
112718 Pin--Fuselage Control Arm Lock AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
112722 Tube---Cockpit Elevator Tab Wheel Shaft AN-WW-T-850 4130 150,000
112725 Stud--lCuselage Elevator Torque Tube AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
112734 Pin--Cabin Rudder Tab Control Drive Pulley Lock 46S20 Dr~l Rod 125,000
112741 Shaft--Cockpit Control Panel Rudder Tab AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
1.12746 Shaft~Cabin Rudder Tab Control AN-QQ-S~684 4130 125,000
122853 Shaft---Control Column Sprocket 46S~ Drill Rod 200,000
122860 ShaftwAuxiliary Controls Arm AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
122867 Pin’-Auxiliary Controls Arm Shaft AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
122879 Collar--Control Column Sprocket Sh~ft AN-QQ-S-684 ~130 125,000
235
SECTION iV
LOCATION AND PART NAME AN COi~J~L HEAT
PART NUMBER
STf!.2’qDARD TREAT
HYDR.AULICS.
109605 Bracket--Brake Shuttle Valve Mounting ANoQQ-So685 4130 150,000
112850 Plunger--Reservoir Shut Off Valve AN.QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
112873 Adapter--Brake Shuttle Valve AN-QQ-S,684 4130 125,000

FUKNISHINGS.
110545-1 Tube (Welded Assembly)mBoarding Ladder
Top Support AN-WW:T-850 4130 125,000
110546-1 Tube (Welded Assembly)~B0arding Ladder Support ¯ AN-WW-T-850 4130 125,000
AN-QQ-S-685
110711 LockmAuto Pilot Controller Support AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
111028 Plate--Cockpit Ccaatrol Panel Carburetor Air Adjusting AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
111151-20utlevFuselage Cabin Heater Ducts, Cabin AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
111355 Pin--Cockpit Seat Adjusting Lock 46S40 Drill Rod 125,000
111356 Lever--Cockpit Seat Adjusting Lock AN-QQ-S-685 4130 125,000
111357 Brace---Cockpit Chair Back "N" Support .AN-WW-T-850 4130 125,000
AN-QQ-S.685
111359 Handle---Cockpit Chair Height Adjusting AN-WW-T-850 4130 125,000
111366-1and-2 Bracket--Cockpit Chair Movable and
Fixed Arm. Rest AN-WW-T-850 4130 125,000
112945 ¯Spacer--Cockpit Control Panel Throttle Restrictor AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
112947 Knob---Cockpit Control Panel Throttle Restrictor
112948 Restrictor--Cockpit Control Panel Throttle AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125~000
AN-QQ-S-68~ 4130 .125,000
112959 PinmCabin Chair Leg Back
AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
112960 Stud--Fuselage Sta. 351 & 362 Ladder Attaching
112963 Stud--Control Panel Upper Panel AN-QQ-S-684 4130 125,000
112974 Adapter Safety Belt Single AN-QQ-S-756 4340 180,000
AN-QQ-S-756 4340 180,000
112981 Adapter--Sofa Safety Belt Single
NOTES: ~
1. Apex Machine and Tool Co., Dayton, Ohio No. UJ-101
2. AllNormalized Parts---Rockwell B89 Except Brinnell 255
Maximum for Castings.
3. Conversion Table for Heat Treat Column:
125,000 psi--Rockwell C27-C32
150,000 psi--Rockwell C33-C37
180,000 psi~Rockwell C39-C42
200,000. psi~Rockwell C42-C46

236
 SECTION IV

3o HYDRAULIC PACKING RING LiST

a. GENERAL.--The following list is in accordance ( 1 ) APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS.--Hydrau-

with Grumman Mallard Engineering Specification No. lic "O" Ring Packings and Gaskets, AN Aeronautical
7, Hydraulic Packings, dated April 1, 1950. All draw- Specification AN-P-79, Class "B"; AN Aeronautical
ings, illustrations, lists, etc., should be revised to Con- Drawings AN6227B and AN6230B.
form to this listing.
LT2-70-0 1 yellow, 1 blue dot Linear, Inc.
The "AN" type Packings are the winterized type Philadelphia 35; Pa.
and are manufactured in accordance with Specifica- PSI-30-5 2 blue dots 1/ (1/- - Parker Appliance Co.
tion AN-P-79; the "Linear 1820" type packings are former marking ........... Ohio
the non-winterized type. Both have the same dimen- 2 white, 1 blue dot)
1052 1 green, 1 blue dot Goshen Rubber Co.
sions and are interchangeable, but the "Linear 1820" Goshen, Ind.
type are preferred because they have better wearing 711-70 1 red, 1 blue dot Plastic & Rubber Prod.
qualities which is important when they are subject to Co., Inc.
Dayton, Ohio
excessive use. 10-70W 1 white,. 1 blue dot E.F. Houghton & Co.
Tests of "ANTM type packings manufactured by Philadelphia, Pa.
various companies have been made at the Grumman 479-70 1 blue, 2 yellow dots Plastic & Rubber Prod.
plant and those made by the manufacturers listed im- Co.
Los Angeles, Calif.
mediately below have been found preferable although
products of other manufacturers may be used. Note
Parker Appliance Co., Cleveland, Ohio
Plastic and Rubber Products Inc., Dayton, Ohio Al! packings and gaskets listed above are
Plastic and Rubber Products Co., Los Angeles, Calif. approved for operation in temperatures of
Goshen Rubber and Mfg. Co., Goshen, Ind. from 54°C to 71°C ( 65°F to 160°F).
Whenever replacements are made in the field, "AN" 2
type packings should be used. The age of the re- Linear 1820, MJ70 Compound type "O" rings
placement packings and the conditions under which are the non-winterized type for use in temper-
they have been stored should be determined, as they amres of from--40°C to 120°C (--40°F to
dry out with age and improper storage conditions. 250°~). In an emergency these may be used
b. SPECIFICATION AND IDENTIFICATION.- to replace AN6227 and AF934 "O’ rings.
The following list gives the materia! compound used They may be identified by the absence of any
and the manufacturer’s identification marks. markings.

HYDRAULIC PACKINGS

Seal No. No. Per Units

Wing Flap Cylinder--109551 2
a. Piston Rod AN6227-15 1
b. Piston & Body AN6227-23
Strut Lock Cylinder--109552
a. Piston Rod *Compound MJ70-0 Linear 1820-15 I
b. Piston & Body AN6227-23
c. Shuttle Face AN6227-3
d. Shuttle Fitting AN6227-17

237
SECTION IV
HYDRAULIC PACKINGS (Cont.)

Seal No. No. Per Units

3.
Cowl Flap Cylinder--109553 2
a. Piston Rod ":Compound MJ70-0 Linear 1820-10
b. Piston & Body AN6227-!7
Main Gear Cylinder 109555
a. Piston Rod *Compound M J70-0 Linear 1820-19 1
b. Piston & Body AN6227~28 .....
c. Shuttle Face AN6227-5 1
d. Shuttle Fitting AN6227-7 1
5. Nose Wheel Cylinder--109556 1
a. Shuttle Face AN6227-5 1
b. Piston to Piston Rod AN6227-12 1
c. Piston Rod *Compound MJ70-0 Linear 1820-23 2
d. Piston & Lock Plunger AN6227-29 3
e. Body AN6227-33 2
f. Shuttle Fitting AN6227-7 1
6. Wing Flap Selector Waive---25250
a. Poppet AN6227-5 4
b. Shaft AN6227-8 3
c. Poppet Seat AN6227-14 8
7. Landing Gear Selector Valve--56219 1
a, Poppet AN6227-5 4
b. Shaft AN6227-8 3
c. Poppet Seat AN6227-14 8
8. Cowl Flap Selector Valve---Airex D357 2
a. Pin AN6227-1 4
b. Cap AN6227-7 .4
9. Hand pump Selector Valve--Kenyon 5-2000
a..Retainer AN6227-10 4 "
b. Relief Plug AN6227-8 2
c. Check Valve Cap AN6227-7 4
d. Poppet Seat AN6227:12 12
e. Relief Valve Seat Kenyon 7-1004 6
f. Shaft Seal (Outside) AN6227-12 4
g. Shaft Seal (Inside) AN6227-3 4
h. Poppet AN6227-5 12

NOTE:
1. On valves having modified gland on end of shaft, add back up ring AN6246-12.
2. If valve is taken completely apart during overhaul the aluminum washers should be replaced to
avoid leakage. They are Kenyon paros and are listed as SK666 (6).

:238
 SECTION IV

HYDRAULIC PACKINGS (Cont.)

Seal No. No. Per Units

10. Vent & Dump Valve-,109561
a. Piston AN6227-2 1
b. Piston AN6227-d 2
c. Landing Gear Down Fitting AN6227-6 1
d. Landing Gear Emergency Fitting AN6227-9 3
& Ring
11. Shut-off Valve--109563 2
a. Plunger AN6227-11 1
12. Brake Shuttle Valve 109562 2
a. Shuttle Face AN6227-3 2
b. Shuttle Fitting AN6227-7 2
13. Engine Pump--Pesco 011001-040-02 2
a. Gear Seal AN6227-14 2
b. Body Seal AN6230-3 1
c. Valve Seal AN6227-5 1
d. Valve Body AN6227-7 1
14. Filters AN6234-3 (1) Skinner 1
a. Case AN6227-32 1
b. Element AN6227-17 1
(2) Purolator
a. Case AN6230-d 1
b. Element AN622~-17 1
c, Cap AN902 -6 1
15. Main Relief Valve Electrol 191F 1
a, Lock Nut AN6227-15 1
b. Poppet Seat AN6227-13 1
c, Poppet A2877 (See Mfg,) 1
16. Wing Flap ReliefElectrol 285, 630 P.S.I. 1
a, Seat AN6227-6 1
b. Cap AN6227-9 1
17. Hand pump--Electrol 190 1
a, Piston AN6227-15 1
b. Piston Rod A2596 (See Mfg.) 1
18. Unloader Valve 109567 1
3. Plunger & Adjust. Screw AN6227-8 2
b. Adjust. Screw Nut AN6227-11 1
c. Retainer AN6227-15 !
d. Adjust. Screw ro Stop 27543 1
19. Restrictor -25247-1 8
. a. Body AN6227-7

239
 \

SECTION IV
HYDRAULIC PACKINGS (Cont.)

Seal No. No. Per Units

20. Hand Pump Filter AN6234-1 1

a. Element AN6227-7 1
b. Case AN6227-21 1
21. Landing Gear Dashpotm109571
a. Piston AN6227-17 1
b. Reservoir AN6227-9 1
22. Windshield Wiper
1. Window Unit Assembly 2068-4
a. 2046-1 (Factory No.) - AN6227-14 3
b. 2046-2 (Factory No.) AN6227-6 2
2. Speed Control 2331-2
a. 2046-2 (Factory No.) AN6227-6 1
b. 2046-3 (Factory No.) AN6227-10 1
3. Control Unit 2069-2
a. 2046-1 (Factory No.) AN6227-14 1
b. 20/~-1 (Factory No.) AN902-4 6
c. 2044-2 (Factory No.) AN902 -6 1
23. Main Strut 1L-1R
1. Bendix 69629 L
a. Total packings AN6227-38 1
AN6227-36 1
AN6246-36 2
AN6246-38 1
2. Bendix 69630 R
a. Total packings AN6227-38 1
AN6227-36 1
AN6246~36 2
AN6246-38 1
24. Nose StrutmBendix 69631
a. Total packings AN6227-38 1
AN6227-36 1
AN6246r36 2
AN6230-3 1
25. Goodyear Brake Assemblym9540152
a. Total packings AN6227-29 3
AN6227-5 3
AN902-8 2
ANg02 -4 1
AN6230-4 -3
26. Oil Shut-Off Valve--109150
a. Total packings *Compound MJ70 Linear AN1820-31 1
*Compound MJ70 Linea~ AN1820-10 1

240
 SECTION IV
HYDRAULIC PACKINGS (Cont.)

Seal No. No. Per Units

27. Oii Shut-off Valve Ext. Conn.--109150-1 2
a. Total packings AN6227-!8 1
28. F~i- Dr~i-~ Vdi462Koh~e-} i~i~00 B-i .................
a. Total packings AF934-2
29. Primer Solenoid Valve--United Products
UB3100
a. Total packings AF934-15
30. Heater System~
a. Adel Valve 12259-26 1
AN902-5
b. Adel Filter 12755-1 !
AN6227-9 1
AN6227-26 1
c. Adel Pump 18470-6
("O" Ring) Adel 42300-1 1
(Seal) Adel 20175 1
(Gasket) Adel 19197 1
(Seal) Adel 19075 1
(Gasket) Adel 15799 1
d. Parker Relief Valve SP7-3046-7
Parker B2-2045-2-16 1
Parker B6-143-3-24 1
31. Hydraulic Fitting~~--
a. ¼ Line AN6227-6
b. ~ Line AN6227-7
c. ~ Line AN6227-9
32. Swivels
a. No. "O" rings necessary
b. Use steel bolt on ~/4 and ~ sizes only.
c. Installation shal! consist of swive!, bolt
and vwo washers ANg01 type.
d. "O" rings must be used with above on
the "emergency" side only.
33. Master Brake Cylinders--Warner No. 10576
a. Shaft AN6227-8 1 2
b, Reservoir AN6227-27 1 2
c. Piston Cup No. 3645 A 2
t
 TABLE STOWAGE
SHOCK CORD ASSEM.

107472
BOARDING LADDER- STOWAGE
SHOCK CORD ASSEM.

SOFT SOLDER TO --I CAB~

107476
BOW HATCH DOOR RELEASE CABLE ASSEM.

107484
ROPE ASSEM,

IOB082
ANTI-SQUAT STRUT CABLE ASSEM.

109200-1B~-2 (ASSEMS.)
COCKPIT TO BELLCRANK

PROP. GOM CONTROL CABLE ASSEMBLY

109200-3B’4(ASSEMS.)
BELLCRANK TO GOVERNOR
PROP GOM. CONTROL GABLE ASSEM.

/ /

CABLE ASSEMS. 109202

CABLE ASSEM. I09202-1 LH MIXTURE CONTROL
MIXTURE AND THROTTLE CONTROL
CABLE ASSEM, IO9202-2RH MIXTURE CONTROL
GABLE ASSEMBLIES
CABLE ASSEM, IO9202-3LH THROTTLE CONTROL
CABLE ASSEMIO9202-4RH THROTTLE CONTROL

CABLE COCKPIT TO BELLCRANK

|09203-1
CARBURETOR HEAT CONTROL CABLE ASSEM.

GABLES FUSELAGE BELLCRANK

TO FIREWALL BELLCRANK
109203-’2
CARBURETOR HEAT CONTROL CABLE ASSEM.
 109204
FUEL SELECTOR VALVE CONTROL CABLE ASSEM.

~~ ~~~~T HRU CABLE

TACHE D CABLE

109407-1
LEFT RUDDER CABLE ASSEMBLY

~ ~ATTACHED CABLE

109407-2
RIGHT RUDDER CABLE ASSEMBLY

109408 -I
ELEVATOR CABLE ASSEM.-UP

109,$08-2
ELEVATOR CABLE ASSEM.-DOWN

109 409-1

AILERON RIGHT FORWARD CABLE ASSEMBLY

109409-2
AILERON LEFT FORWARD CABLE ASSEI~BLY

109409-5
AILERON REAR CABLE ASSEMBLY

Z=TRU- LOC"~RA2494-2

109439
FLAP CONTROL CABLE

109463-1 109463-2
FORWARD RUDDER TAB CABLE ASSEM. AFT RUDDER TAB CABLE ASSEM,
 109464-7
I09464-I 8-7
FORWARD ELEV. TAB CABLE ASSEM. (AUTO PILOT ONLY) 109464-2
FORWARD ELEV. TAB CABLE ASSEM. AFT ELEV. TAB CABLE ASSEM
ELEVATOR TAB CABLE ASSEMS.

110:520
COCKPIT CHAIR HEIGHT ADJUSTING
HANDLE ASSEM.

110643-~
LANDING GEAR TAIL STRUT CONTROL
GABLE ASSEM.

110643-2
LANDING GEAR [AlL STRUT CONTROL
CABLE ASSEM

~10643- 3

~ ,. - o. <3~, ¯ / , ,
/
/
AUTO mLOT RUDDER SERVO CABLES ASSE~. AUTO P~LOT A._ERON CONTROL CHA~ AND CABL~ ASSE~

110736-1&-2
AUTO PILOT ELEVATOR CONTROL CHAIN AND CABLEASSEM,

110744-2 AILERON

110744-:5 RUDDER

110744-1

AUTO PILOT ENGAGING CONTROL CABLES

 SECTION IV

Lengths
CLBarrel Length No. Reqd ~ of Barrel
Dash Before Cable Size
Assembly No. Overall B.P. Terminal to CL Barrel per Terminal AN Connection to
No. Cables Swaging 2nd As Noted Barrel to B.P. Diameter x Type Airplane
to B.P.* CL of Ball
Terminal

107139-1 Shock Cord Assembly 4944-1 1/4 Shock Cord 1 ANI15-16

107472-1 Shock Cord Assembly i’-7-7/8,’ 4944-1 1/4 Shock Cord 1 AN115-16

107472-2 Shock Cord Assembly 2’-9-3/4" 4944-1 i/4 Shock Cord 1 ANII5-16

3’-9-3/16" Arens Control R.A.2490-2 R.A. 2490-2

107476 -1 Bow Hatch Door Release 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1
F.3001-8-130 - 3’-5" R.A.2500-2 R¯A. 2500-2

T. B.290-3/8 T. B. 322-5/8
GA Shackle GA Thimble
107484 Anchor Line 1/2 Nylon Line Covert No.
T. B. 322-5/8 50 x 1 Snap
GA Thimble Hook

n,-5-3/4,, R. A. 2490-2 ’ 11’-8-3/16"

108082 -I Tail Strut Control 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 RH
R. A. 2500-2 AN155-8S
51-J48 only 13’-2-7/8"
-2 Tail Strut Control lU-4-5/16" AN668-2 1’-6-11/16" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 LH

-5 Propeller Control Cockpit to Bellcrank LH 2’-11-3/4" AN667-2 3’-2-1/8" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 RH
Propeller Control Cockpit to Bellcrank LH AN669S-2 LH AN155-8S
109200-1 -6 22’-5-1/2" 22’-8" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 LH Ii’-4"
R. A. 2494-2
-7 Propeller Control Cockpit to Bellcrank LH 3’-1-7/8’, AN667-2 3’-4-I/4" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 RH AN155-8S

-8 Propeller Control Cockpit to Bellcrank RH 3’-4-1/4" AN667-2 3’-6-5/8" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 RH
AN667-2 24’-8" AN155-8S
109200-2 -9 Propeller Control Cockpit to Bellcrank RH 24’-5~1/2" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 LH
R. A. 2494-2 12’-4"
-I0 Propeller Control Cockpit to Bellcrank RH 3’-2-1/16" AN667-2 AN155"-8S
3’-4-7/16" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 RH

-11 Propeller Control Bellcrank to Governor LH 2’-7-3/16" AN667-2 2’-9-9/16" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 RH
I09200-3 10’-6-11/16" AN155-8S
-12 Propeller Control Bellcrank to Governor LH 7’-6-3/4" AN667-2 7’-9-1/8" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 LH
-13-I Propeller Control Bellcrank to Governor RH 2’=7-3/16" AN667-2 2’-9-9/16" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 RH
109200-4 9’-11-9/16"
-14 Propeller Control Bellcrank to Governor RH 6’-II-5/8" AN667-2 7’-2" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 AN155-8S
1 AN669S-2 LH
-5 Mixture Control LH 2’-1-5/8" AN667-2 2’-4" ¯ 1/16 - 7±7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 RH
109202-1 Mixture Control LH 30’-9-7/8" 25’-9-I/2" AN669S-2 LH AN155-8S
-6 26’-0" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 l AN669S-2 LH 13’-0"
R. A. 2494-2
-15 Mixture Control LH 2’-3-I/2" AN667-2 2’-5-7/8" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN155-8S
AN669S-2 RH
-7 Mixture Control RH 3’-0-3/4" AN667-2 3’-3-1/8" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 RH
109202-2 -8 Mixture Control RH 30’-8-1/2" 23’ -9-1/2" AN669S-2 LH AN155-8S
R. A. 2494-2 24’-0" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 LH 12’-0"
-9 Mixture Control RH 3’-3" AN667-2 AN155-8S
3’-3-5/8" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 RH
-10 Throttle Control LH 2’-4-7/16" AN667-2 2’-6-13/16" i/16 - 7x7 - c48 1 AN669S-2 RH
AN669S-2 LH 24’-4" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 AN155-8S
109202-3 -11 Throttle Control LH 29’-7-7/8" 24’-1-!/2" 1 AN669S-2 LH
~ R. A. 2494-2 12’-2"
AN155-8S
-16 Throttle Control LH 2’-6-11/16" AN667-2 2’-9-i/16" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 RH

-12 Throttle Control RH 3’-4-1/8" AN667-2 3’-6-1/2" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 -1 AN669S-2 RH
AN669S-2 LH AN155 - 8S
I09202-4 -8 Throttle Control RH 31’-3-1/2" 23’-9-i/2" 24’-0" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 LH
R. A. 2494-2 12’-0"
3’-6-5/8" AN667-2 3’-9" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 RH AN155-8S
-14 Throttle Control RH
AN669S-2 LH
109203-1 B.P. toCLof Ball - AN155-8S AN669S-2 LH
-4 Carburetor Heat Control (Center Wing) 14’-3" 13’-10-1/4" i 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 AN155-SS
Ji-~29 only 7’ -1-1/2" AN165-8 RH AN165-8 RH
R. A. 2494-2
-5 Carburetor Heat Control (Left Hand) 3’-9-9/16" AN668-2 4’-0" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 AN669S-2 LH
109203-2 8’ -6-7/8"
-6 Carburetor Heat Control (Left Hand) 4’-4-7/16"i AN668-2 4’-6-7/8" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 AN669S-2 RH AN155-8S

* B.P. means "Bearing Point"

Figure 141 (Sheet 4 of 6 Sheets)--Cable Chart

245
SECTION iV

Lengths
CL Barrel Length No. Reqd ~ of Barrel
Dash Cable Size
Assembly No. Cables Before Terminal to CL Barrel per Terminal AN Connection to
No. Overall B.P. Swaging 2rid Diameter x Type
As Noted CL Barrel to B.P. Airplane ~ of Ball
to B.P. * Terminal

109203-3
51-~r49 only -5 Carburetor Heat Control (Right Hand) 6’ -9-3/8" 3’ -9-9/16" AN668-2 4’-0" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 RH AN155-8S
piece; 550 -8 Carburetor Heat Control (Right Hand) 2’-6-15/16" AN668-2 2’ -9-3/8" 1/16 - 7x7 C48 1 AN669S,2 RH
up - none

AN669S-2 LH
109203-9 B.P. to ff~ of Ball & AN165-8 RH AN669S-2 LH
-10 Carburetor Heat Control (Center Wing) Ii’-10-5/8" II’ -5-7/8" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 2 AN155-89
530 and subs AN155-8S & AN165-8 RH
R. A. 2494-2

’109203-11
51-549, 1 pc - -5 Carburetor Heat Control (Right Hand) 3 ’ -9-9/16" AN668-2 4’-0" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 LH
-12 Carburetor Heat Control (Right Hand) 6’ -10-3/8" 2’ -7-15/16"
550 and subs AN668-2 2’-I0-3/8" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 RH AN155-8S
2 pcs
R. A. 2494-2 21’-i-3/4" 21’-3/4" 10’-5"
109204 -1 Fuel Selector 20’-11-1/4" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 2 AN669S-2 LH AN155-8
AN669S-2 LH 10’-8-3/4"

-7 Rudder Left Rear 12’-10-3/4" R. A. 2490-6 13’-1-1/4" 3/16 - 7x19 - C48 1 AN669S-6RH
R. A. 2500-6
AN667-6 AN155-46S
31’-4" From start of 2610-6 to
109407-1 -6 Rudder Left Intermediate 44,-7-3/4,, 2,-10-3/8,, B.P. of 667-6--2’-11-7/8" R. A. 2610-6
31’ -6-i/2" 3/16 - 7x19 C48 1 AN669S-6 LH
From startof2610-~to R.A. 2610-6 AN669S-6 RH AN155-46S on
-5 Rudder Left Attached 2’-II-i/2" 3/16 - 7x19 - C48 1
q~of Barrel - 3’-I-~/16" No. 10. L=
-4 Rudder Left Front 1,-5-518,, AN667-6 I’-7-7/8" 3/16- 7x19 - C48 1 AN669S-6 LH I’-6-5/16"

Rudder Right Rear R.A.2490-6’ 14’-’/-3/8" 3/16 - ’/x19 - C48 1 AN669S-6 RH ANI55-46S
-11 14’~4-7/8"
44’-8-1/8" R. A. 2500-6
From startof2610-6 to ’ AN667-6
-10 Rudder Right Intermediate 29’-i0-I/4" 30’-0-3/4" 3/16 - ’/x19 - C48 1 AN669S-6 LH
109407-2 B.P. of 667-6 - 2’-II-7/16"! R.A.2610-6
2’-I0-3/8" AN155-46S on
-9 Rudder Right Attached R.A.2610-6 3/16 - 7x19 - C48 1 AN669S-6 RH
4’-1" No. i0. L =
-8 Rudder Right Front 1’-6-9/16" AN667-6 I’-8-13/16" 3/16 - 7x19 - C48 1 AN669S-6 LH i’-7/8"

-4 Elevator Up Rear 12’-7-I/2" : AN668-5 12’-i0" 5/32 - 7x19 - C48 1 ~ AN669S-5 RH

109408-1 41’-2-1/2" AN155-32S
-3 Elevator Up Front 28’-1-3/4" AN667-5 28’-4-1/2" 5/32 - 7x19 - C48 1 AN669S-5 LH

-6 Elevator Down Rear 11’-4-3/4" AN668-5 11’-7-1/4" 5/32 - 7x19 - C48 1 AN669S-5 RH AN155-32S
109408-2 -5 Elevator Down Front 41’-3-1/4" ¯ AN667-5 29’ -8" 5/32 - 7x19 - C48 1 AN669S-5 LH
29’-5-i/4"

-4 Aileron Right Wing 20’-11-3/4" AN668-5 21’-2-3/8" 5/32 - 7x19 - 22C7 1 AN669S-5 RH AN155-32S
i AN669S-5 LH ~
109409-1 -5 Aileron Center Wing 6’-8-7/8" E.V. 35 RH 7’-1" 5/32 - 7x19 - C48 1 AN669L-5 LH AN155-32L
AN155-32S Fittings from
Aileron Fuselage Front From ~of Barrel to B.-P. of ! No. 13 & up
-6 12’-0-7/8" AN669S-5 LH 12 ’-5" 5/32 - "/x19 - C48 1 AN669L-5 RH
Ball - 7’ -0"

-9 Aileron Left Wing 20’-11-3/4" AN668-5 21’-2-3/8" 5/32 - 7x19 - 22C7 1 AN669S-5 RH AN155-32S
AN669S-5 LH
109409-2 -8 Aileron Center Wing 11’-10-7/8" E.V. 35 RH 12’-3" 5/32 - 7x19 - C48 1 AN669L-5 LH ANI55-32L
~ AN155-32S Fittings from
No. 13 & up
-7 Aileron Fuselage Front I0’-3-7/8" From
Ball(~of Barrel to B.P. of AN669S-5 RH I0’-8" 5/32 -7x19 C48.
- i AN669L-5 RH
- 7’-0"
¯
109409-3 -10 Aileron Balance Right Wing ¯ 25’-2-7/8" AN668-5 25’-5-I/2" 5/32 - 7x19 - 22C7 1 AN669S-5 RH
-11 Aileron Balance Left Wing 52’-8-3/4" 27’-0-3/4"
AN668-5 27’o3-I/4" 5/32 1 AN669S-5 LH AN155-32S - 7x19 - 22C7

i 2’ -0- 5/8" RH
From ff~ of Barrel to ff~ of i
-2 Flap Control 18’-711/8" BallT, -I-13/16- II’-ii/16" & 18’-9-i/2" 1/16 - ~/x7 - C48 . "1 AN669S-2 LH AN155-8S
i R. A. 2494-2
-3 Flap Control 6’-4-i/8" R.A. 2490-2 6’-6-I/2" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 RH
R. A. 2500-2

z B. P, means "Bearing Point. "’

246 Figure 141 (Sheet 5 of 6 Sheets)--Cable Chart

 SECTION IV

Len~hs
Barrel Length No. R~eqd CL of Barrel
Assembly No. Dash Cable Size per Terminal AN Connection to
No. Cables Before Terminal to ~ Barrel
OverRll B.P. Swaging 2nd As Noted Barrel to B.P. Diameter x Type Airplane
to Bo P. * Terminal
AN669S-2 LH AN669S-2 LH
109463-1 -3 Rudder Tab-Front 57 ’ -11" AN161-SS RH & 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 ANI61-8SRH~
AN155-8S RH AN155-8S

109463-2 -4 Rudder Tab Rear 26’-I-7/8" R.A.2490-2 R. A. 2490-2

R.A.2505-2 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 R. A. 2500-2
AN669S-2LH AN669S-2 LH
109464-I -3 Elevator Tab Front 60’-0~1/2" AN161-8SRH & AN161-SSRH&
1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1
AN155-8S AN155-8S
109464-2 -4 Elev~tor Tab Rear 27’-0" R.A.2490-2 R. A. 2490-2
1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1
R. A. 2500~2 Ro A. 2500-2

,Elevator Tab Front (When equipped AN669S-2 LH AN669S-2 LH

109464-7 -8 with auto pilot) 61’-4-1/2" AN161-8S RH
AN161-8 RH& 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1
AN155-8S & AN155-8S

110320 Chair Adjusting 2’-0-9/16" R.A. 2490-3 R.A. 2490-3

3/32 7x7- C43 IL - IR
111356 111359
110643~1 Tail Strut Control 9’-7-11/16"~ R.A. 2490-3
752 & subs 9’-I0-I/8" 3/32 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-3 LH AN155-16S
RoA. 2540-2
110643-2 AN669S-3 LH
~52 & sub~ Tail Strut Control 20’ -10-1/8" 3/32 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-3 RH AN155-16S 21’-0-3/4"
AN155-16S .
110643-3
¯ ~52 & subs Tail Strut Control 3’ -0-5/8" AN668-3 3’-3" 3/32 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-3 RH

AN669S-4 LH
110721-1 -3 Auto Pilot Rudder Servo 2’-11-1/2" 2’-6-13/16" R.A. 2490-4 1/8 - 7x7 - C48 AN155-32S
AN161-22 RH

110721-2 -4 Auto Pilot Rudder Servo AN669S-4 LH

2’ -9-5/8" 2’ -4-15/16" R.A. 2490-4 1/8 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN155-32S
161-22 RH
110726-1 -3 Auto Pilot Aileron 2’-0-1/4" R.A. 2490-4 2’-2-II/16" 1/8 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-4 LH AN155-32S

110726-2 -4 Auto Pilot Aileron 2’ -2-I/4" 1 AN669S-4 LH AN155-325

R.A. 2490-4 2’-4-II/16" 1/8 - 7x7 - C48

110736-1 -3 Auto Pilot Elevator 1’-9-3/16" AN669S-4 LH

R.A. 2490-4 I’-11-5/8" 1/8 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN155-32S
E. V. 35 RH

110736-2 -4 Auto Pilot Elevator 1 AN669S-4 LH AN155-32S

2’-1-13/16"] R.A. 2490-4 2’-4-I/4" 1/8 - 7x7 - C48 E°V. 35 RH
AN669S-2 LH
-4 Elevator Clutch 7’-9-1/4" From B.P. to 2610 - AN155-8S 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 LH ANI55-8S
0’-5-9/16" 0’-10-3/8" AN165-8 RH
FromB. Po to 2610- & 2610-2
110744-1 -6 Elevator Clutch Attached 33’ -4-5/8" 2’ -14" 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 AN668-2 AN155-8S
2’ -1" R, A. 2610-2
AN669S-2 LH
-5 Elevator Clutch Attached 25’-2-9/16" AN155-S & 1/16 - 7x7 - C48 1 AN669S-2 RH
AN161-8 RH

AN669S-2 LH
II0744-2 -7 Aileron Clutch 3’-0" 2’-7-I/4" AN668-2 1/16 ~ 7x7 - C48 1 AN155-8S &
AN165-8 RH
AN669S-2 LH
Rudder Clutch 1/16 - -7x7 - ANI55-SS& " -
"~~ ~110744"3 -8 ~’- - ’ AN165-8 RH
~~AN668~2
= B.P. means "Bearing Point. "’

Figure 141 (Sheet 6 of 6 Sheets)5-Cable Chart

247
SECTION IV

NOTICE

Reproductions of the following forms are supplied as

an appendix to Section IV of this manual:
C.A.A. Periodic Inspection Report (Form ACA-319)
Mallard 100 Hour Inspection Sheets
Mallard Check List, 800/1600 Hr.
 DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Budget Bureau No. 41-R048.1o
[11-49) Approval Expires 9-30-51.
CIVIL AERONAUTICS ADM INISTRATION

PERIODIC AIRCRAFT INSPECTION REPORT

(For All Aircraft, Including Lighter-Than-Air)

(SEE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS FORM FOR INSTRUCTIONS)

AIRCRAFT MAKI" MODEL SERIAL NO. NATIONALITY AND REGISTRATION MARK

2. INSPECTION (INDICATE WHETHER AIRWORTHY OR NOT BY CHECKING (~’) APPROPRIATE BLOCK)

3. Fuselage---Hull Group Yes No 4. Cabin--Cockpit Group
a~ Fuselage structure, a. Fuel systemwtanks , . .
b. Fabric--skin ....... ~__~__ b. Oil system .........
c. External bracing c. Electrical system .....
d. Control mechanism d. Batteries ..........
e. Electrical system e. Hydraulic system .....
f. Hydraulic system ..... --i /. Instruments
g. Fuel system--tanks g. Fllght-engine controls¯ .
h. Emergency exits .... h. ~eats--berths .......
£ Cargo compartments .... i. Safety belts
j. Fire-warning system. . .
k. Hull ....... k. Fire-extinguisher system . .
l. Envelope... ...... l. Heatingwventflating ....
m. Gas bag ......... I m. Windows--windshields. .
-n. Ballast tanks ........ n. Control car
Yes No 5. EnginemNacelle Group Yes No
a. Fuel system .......
b. Oil systemwtanks .....
¢. Ignition--electrica! system
d. Exhaust stacks or manifolds.
e. Cooling system .......
f. Engine controls ’
g. Power plant--general . .
i
h. Superchargers ......
£ Heating--ventilating system.
. ~. Engine mount-attach fit-
tings .........
/¢. Engine accessories . .
m. Main rotor transmission
gear box .........

6. Landing Gear Group Group Yes No 8. Empennage Group Yes No

a. Main landing gear a. Fixed surfaces ....... a. Fixed surfaces
b. Tail--nose gear ........ b. ~Movable surfaces ..... b. Movable surfaces ......
v. Latches ......... I-- c. F~abrm--skm ........ ¢. Fabric--skin ........
...... , d. External bracing .....
e. Landing gear attach fittings .
.f. Electrical system ....
g. Hydraulic system ....
h. Wheels~brakes
~. Floats
Gust lock mechanism ....
Tail rotor blades .....
’ L M~in rotor blades .....

9. Propeller Group
a, Propeller blades .......
b. Propeller hub(s) ......
~. Control mechanism ....
d. Attachment ........
~. Accessories ........
I I
¯
Yes 1No 10. Radio Group (Installation) Yes No 11, Miscellaneous Group
a. Receiver ...........
i b. Transmitter ...........
¢. Antennas--insulators ....
d, Bonding--shielding ..... i
, .
e, ADF receiver--loops .... i
~. Dynamotor ..........
g, Auxiliary power unit ....
h. Electronic devices .....
a. Position-light flasher mech-
au~sm .........
b. First-aid--emergencyequip-
ment .........
. Industrial and advertising
installations ......
d. Pyrotechnics installation ....
e. Water-injection systems
f, Oil-dilution system ....

CERTiFiCATE NO.(S) AND RATING(S) DATE

I

:For]n ACA.-319 (11-49)

 INSTRUCTIONS
Form to be completed in ink or indelible pencil by appropriately rated mechanlc(s) and to be used for the periodic inspectlom
required every 100 hours of operation for aircraft operated for hire, except those aircraft being inspected on a continuous inspec-
tion system approved by the Administrator. Aircraft being presented for annual inspection are also required to have this in-
spection accomplished immediately prior to presentation of the aircraft to a representative of the Administrator for such annual
inspection. Sigz~ed copy to be retained by aircraft owner or operator.
Prior to inspection, all inspection plates, access doors, fairing and cowling wilt be opened or removed and the aircraft and engine
thoroughly cleaned to properly reflect the actual condition of the parts being inspected. Airworthiness of the aircraft will be dover-
mined by thoroughly inspecting the pertinent items in groups 3 through 11 in accordance with instructions below, manufacturer’s
inspection procedures, supplemental service information, and standard inspection practices. Each item must conform with CA_A
Aircraft Specifications and Airworthiness Directives before being checked as airworthy.
Upon inspection of the items Hsted in groups 3 through 11, the condition will be indicated by placing a check mark (V) in the
appropriate block. Check only the blocks applicable to the aircraft being inspected. Line through items which do not apply. If
inspection reveals an unairworthy condition, the appropriate block under "No" should be checked. A check mark in each block of a
specific item wil! indicate that an unsatisfactory condition existed but was corrected. A!l entries on this Form pertaining to the con-
dition of the engineer airframe must be based on actual observation at the time the aircraft is inspected.
On completion of the inspection and following necessary repairs, if any, the Form ACA--319 should be signed in item 12, as
required, by the mechanic(s) accomplishing the work~ A notation must be made inthe appropriate log bookS describing brlefly the
work accomplished. Upon determination that the aircraft is airworthy, a statement must be made as follows: "It is certified that this
aircraft has been thoroughly inspected, as required by Civil Air Regulations, and found to be airworthy." All log book entries will
include the certifying mechanic’s name, certificate number, rating(s), and date.
S. Fuselage and Hull Group. Carefully inspect the fuselage fatigue, distortion, and security of attachment. Assure that
and/or hull for general condition; fabric or skin for deteriora- the retracting and locking mechanisms, when installed, are
tion, distortion, pulled rivets, fabric attachment, other evidence operating satisfactorily. Check hydraulic lines for leakage and
of failure, and security of attachment fittings. The various electrical system for chaffing and proper operation of switches.
systems and components installed in this group should be Remove the wheels and examine for cracks or other defects, tires
checked to assure that they are properly installed with no appar- for wear or cuts, brakes for proper adjustment. Lubricate en-
ent defects and are operating satisfactorily. When applicable, tire landing gear assembly. If floats or skis are installed, in-
the same general inspection procedures will apply to lighter- spect for security of attachment, genera] condition, and any
than-air craft and a determination made of the condition of the obvious or apparent defects.
envelope, gas bags, ballast tanks, etc. Rotaryrwing-type air- 7. Wing and Centersection Group. Determine the alrwor~i-
craft or other craft utilizing rotor or other propellant drive ness of the wing and centersection group by thoroughly inspect-
shafts should have the shafts inspected in accordance with the ing the complete assemblies for general condition, fabric or skin
manufacturer’s maintenance manual. Lubricate items as for deterioration, distortion, pulled rivets, fabric attact~ment,
quired. other evidences of failure, and for security of attachment. This
4o Cabin and Cockpit Group. Check the cabin and cockpit inspection is to include the various systems installed which make
for cleanliness and loose equipment which might foul the con- up a complete wing assembly. Rotary-wing-type aircraft are
trols; seats and safety belts for condition and apparent defects; to be inspected in accordance with the manufacturer’s mainte-
windows and windshields for deterioration or breakage; instru- nance manual. Lubricate items as required. ¯
ments for proper operation, mounting, and marking; flight and
engine controls for installation and operation; batteries for in- 8. Empennage Group. Inspect the complete empennage
sembly for genera] condition; fabric or skin for deterioration,
stallation and proper charge; the various systems for installa-
tion, general condition, apparent and obvious defects and secur- distortion, fabric or skin attachment, other evidences of failure,
and for security of attachment. Components and systems which
ity of attachment. The above inspection procedure will also make up the complete assembly should receive the same atten-
apply to the control car of lighter-than-air craft. Lubricate
items as required. tion and it should be determined that they are installed properly
and operating satisfactorily. Lighter-than-air craft should be
5. Engine and Nacelle Group. Remove all engine cowling inspected in the same manner. Helicopters should have the tail
and make a visual inspection of the entire engine section for rotors inspected in accordance with the manufacturer’s main-
evidence of excessive oil, fuel, or hydraulic leaks. Trace any and
all leaks to their origin so that they may be corrected° Check tenance manual. Lubricate items as required.
all studs and nuts for tightness or obvious defects. Inspect the 9. Propeller Group. Carefully examine all parts of the pro-
engine mount for cracks, tightness of mounting, and security peller for cracks, nicks,-bends, or oil leakage, if hydraulically
of engine attachment to mount. Insure that flexible ~ibration controlled. Assure that all bolts are tight and properly safe-
dampeners are in good condition. Examine the engine con- tied. Check the propeller anti-icing devices for proper opera-
trols for defects, proper travel, and safetying; lines for leaks tion or obvious defects. Assure that control mechanism oper-
and hoses and clamps for condition and tightness. Check ex- ates satisfactorily, is securely mounted, and controls operate
haust stacks for cracks or other defects and satisfactory attach- through full range of travel. Lubricate as required.
mont. Examine accessories for apparent defects and security
10. Radio Group. Inspect radio and electronic equipment for
of mounting. Inspect the various systems for proper installa-
tion, general condition, defects, and attachment. Inspect cowl- installation and security of mounting. Assure that wiring and
ing for cracks or other defects. On rotary-wing-type aircraft conduits are properly routed to prevent short-circuiting and that
inspect the main rotor .transmission gear box for obvious defects there are no obvious defects. Determine that bonding and
as outlined in the manufacturer’s maintenance manual, Prop- shielding is properly installed and in good condition. If
erly lubricate items so requiring. stalled, inspect trailing antenna mechanism for security and
6o Landing Gear Group. Examine the landing gear for gen- proper functioning.
eral condition and security of attachment of all units. ]Yiake 11: Miscellaneous Group. When installed, inspect the miscel-
certain the oleo fluid level is at proper height or ~other shock- laneous items of equipment to determine that the component or
absorbing devices are in good condition. Inspect ~l! linkage, assembly is installed in accordance with accepted standard prac-
trusses, and members for evidence o~ undue or excessive wear, tices, and that the items are operating satisfactorily.
 MALLARD INSPECTION
100 Hour

OWNER LICENSE NO. SERIAL NO.

A IRPLAHTE TIME E~oI~ T~ (L) (R) DAT~

ENGINE MEC]YANICI I S CTOR

Left Right Left Right
Remove a’]l cowling, clean and inspect.
2 Wash engine, (remove oil and salt).
3 i Drain carburetor bowls.
4 Drain fuel strainer and clean.
5 Drain fuel sumps. M
6 Change 0il, (on Customer request only). M
7 Remove oil strainer and clean. M
8 Actuate oil and hydraulic shut-off valves. l-M
9 Clean and adjust spark plugs. M
i0 Operation and travel~ ~of .all engine controls and
cowl flaps, (excluding head lining). I-M
ll Remove propeller dome, clean and inspect. I-M
12 Operation propeller governor. M
13 All engine nuts for tightness and safety,
(visually). I
Engine mounts, bolts and rubber shocks. (Note 4) I
15 Exhaust collector and tail pipe. I
16 Exhaust deflector Rlate. I
17 Intake pipes and g~skets. I
18 Oil cooler and mo~uting. I¯
19 All piping, (fuel, oi!, hydraulic, vacuum, fire
extinguishing, pr!~n_er). I
20 Oil tank and mounting. I
21 Installatioh of all controls. I
22 Fuei pumps, mount ing. I
23 Hydraulic pumps. I
24 Vacuum pumps. - !
25 Cowling attachments. I
26 Firewall. I
27 Hydraulic tank and accumulator mounting, and
lines installation. I
28~ Feathering motor. I
s9 Spray engine and mount where necessary.
(E.0. 1122) (On Customer request only). I-M
*30 Remove and thoroughly clean distributor valves.I
Readjus$ to Hami!to~ Standard specifications.I !-M
 MALLARD INSPECTION
100 Hour

I MECHANIC INSPECTOR~
LANDING GEAR
M Left Right Left Right
Air .in landing gear and nose wheel tires.
,31 M
32 Nose wheel strut air pressure. M
33 Landing gear strut height. M
34 Hydraulic oil in nose wheel shimmey damper. I
35 Remove main wheels and nose wheel and check
bearings. I-M
36 Operation landing gear with power pump and
hand pump, I-M
37 Brakes and operation. I-M
38 Nose wheel centering. (Manually). I
39 Landing gear and nose wheel fittings-lubricate. M
40 Hydraulic oil tank filled. M
41 Accumulator pressure. M
’42 Anti-squat strut operation-lubricate. I-M
43 Retracting cylinder and brake flex. lines. I
44 Landing gear and nose wheel tires. I
45 Landing gear and nose wheel compression struts,
drag links and linkage. I
46 L.G. and N.W. up and down locks and indicators. I
47 No~e wheel static balance, (E.0. 1445). I-M
48 Nose gear bushings, (E.0 1446). I

ELECTRICAL

49 Check battery charge-add water if necessary. M

50 All lights including "Press to Check" lights. I
51 Pitot heater. !
52 Voltage regulator, (check in ship with
precision voltmeter ). M
53 Spare light bulbs. I
54 Heater operation. M
55 Heater installation,corrosion, leaks, loose
wiring. (Visual check only). I
56~ Starter and generator leads and mounting° !
57 All wiring for chafing. I
58 Parachute flares. I
 ~ALLARD ~HSPECT~ON
100 Hour

[ITEMI MECHANIC INSPECTOR

INSTRUMENTS
,N0I Left Right Left Right
59 Instrument lines.
~o Ground check.

WING and FLOATS

I
~i Remove all wing access piates, (not floats)’ M
..... ~2 Remove float drain plugs. M
63 Wing skin-cracks, loose rivets~ corroSion,paint I ~
64 Cables and pulleys. I ’
65 Stringers and ribs. I
66 Fuel tank leaks. I
......Float
67 attachment bolts-upper only, (visually). I
68 Float skin and structure-cracks, rivets,
corrosion, paint. (Externally only). I

COCKPIT, CABIN, FUSELAGE

II I
69 Remove center flooring in cockpit. M
70 Remove headliningin cabin (forward)~ including
center section removable panels. M
71 Remove all drain plugs. M
72 Control cables, pulleys, fairleads. I
73 Emergency exit and operation. I-M
74 Check engine and portable fire extinguishing. M
75 Windows and windshield. I
76 Control column, support and fittings. I
77 Rudder pedals~ supports and fittings. I
78 Seats, supports, belts and mechanism. I
79 Doors and locks. I
80 Windshield wipers. I
81 Toilet curtain and window shades. I
82 Upholstery and soundproofing. I
83 Cold air vents and floor registers. I
84 Fuselage and empennage skin and structure-
cracks, loose rivets, corrosion, .paint. I
 MALLARD INSPECTION
100 Hour

’ITEM CONTROL SURFACES

NO M Left Right Left Right

85 Open all control surface inspection plates. M

Operatio~ and travel of rudder, (no boards). I
87 Operation and travel of elevators, (no boards). I
88 Operation and travel of ailerons, (no boards). I
89 Operation and travel of flaps. I
90 Aileron covering. !
91 Aileron hinges and bearings, (visually). I
92 Flap covering. I
93 Flap hinges and bearings, (visually). I
94 Rudder covering. I

95 Rudder hinges and bearings, (visually). I

Elevator covering. I
97 Elevator hinges and bearings, (visually). I
98 Operation .and travel of elevator tabs. I
Operation and travel of rudder tabs. ’I
i00 Operation of aileron bungee. I

i01 Operational ground check. M ¯ ~,

102 Antenna system-check. I

103 Radio sets and control unlts-corrosion, secur-
ity, loose wiring, shockmounts, etc. I
104 Silica gel in loop dehydrator-check. I

NOTES :- i. "M" items are to be performed by mechanic and "I" items by inspector.

2. Report as soon as possible to Service Department any repairs or re-

placements considered necessary in order that the customer may approve
the work without delay. See special form.

3. This check includes the following materials:

Grease ............... i lb. approximately

Par-al-ketone ........ i pto approximately
Varsol ............... 5 gals. approximately
Toilet disinfectant .. i pt. approximately
Battery water .... .....
NOTES : - (Continued)

It does not include the following extra charge items:

Engine oil .i. 28 gallons, ~on Customer request only)

Hydraulic oil
Gasoline
Light bulbs
Spark plugs
Fire extinguisher fluid or C02
Et~ cetera.
Reference Item Noo 14 -- Hairline cracks in the rubber or bond separation
between the rubber and metal bushings are cause for replacement of the
shock mountsl Normally~ this will be required about every 800 hours.

Reference Item No. 30 -- Propeller distributor valves must be thoroughly

disassembled for cleaning. This includes removal of the two small ball
check valves. Resetting of these ball checks must Be done with special
oil pressurizing fixture in accordance with Hamilton Standard specifi-
cations.
 Page i of 4 Pages
MALLAF~D CHECK LIST Gmmman Serial
FURNISHINGS
AND 800 Hr./1600 Hr.
EQUIPMENT
Date

OPEi~ATION I~ECHANIC INSPECTOR

i. Remove flooring, upholstery and access plates

as necessary to permit inspection of all
furnishings and equipment.

Check for damage, fraying or wear on rope~ and

stowage or anchor.

o Curtain between bow and cockpit. Inspect.

Bilge pump. Stowage and condition. Inspect

bilge drain system.

Chairs~ Divans, Upholstery, Cabinets.

Cockpit Chairs.
Inspect operation and locking mechanism. Note
if shock cord tension is satisfactory. Lubricate
all moving parts with light oil. Inspect safety
belts for wear, damage and security of attachment.

Divans.
Inspect operation and security of removable center
section.
Inspect operation and security of floor attach-
ments.
Inspect safety belts for wear, damage and security
of attachment.
Lubricate all moving parts with light oil.

Cabin Chairs.
Inspect operation of reclining back.
Inspect operation and security of floor
attasb_ments.
Inspect safety belts for wear~ damage and
security of attachment.
Lubricate all moving parts with light oil.

Forward Cabinets.
Inspect operation of door hinges and locks.
Lubricate~

Furnishings
and
Equipment
 Page 2 of 4 Pages
MALLARD CHECK LIST
FI~RNISHINGS
AND 800 Hr./1600 Hr.
EQUIPMENT

iTeM OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

Chairs~ Divans, Upho!stery~ Cabinets - (continued)

Wheel Wells.
Inspect operation of door hinges and locks.
Lubricate. ¯
Check mou~ting of thermos bottle and glasses.
Check that spill drain is not clogged.

Toilet Compartment.

Inspect mirrors, toilet seat~ toilet receptacle

and moumting and vent, dispensary compartment and
wash basin. Fill water tank and check for leaks
in system and drain.
Clean receptacle and add disinfectant.
Check operation and condition of draw curtain.

Check operation of all window shades.

Check filling of hand fire extinguishers~

one in cockpit and one in aft cabin.

Upholstery and Finish.

Inspect upholstery, soundproofing, carpeting

and finish for Condition and fastening.
Clean and repair upholstery and refinish interior
as necessary. (To be performed only on specific
request.)

Check installation and stowage of card t’able.

Check condition~ installation and stowage of

boarding ladder.

Furnishings
and
Equipment
 Page 3 of 4 Pages
FAALLAI~D CHECK UST
FURNISHINGS
800 Hr./1600 Hr.
AND
EQUIPMENT

ITE~ OPEEATIOH MECHANIC IHSPECTOE

Cabin Heater

¯ i. Remove heater and components and overhaul

in accordance with Surface Combustion Corp.
instructions. Air pressure test combustion
chamber to 7 psi. Maximum permissible
pressure drop i psi per min.
2. Inspect piping, ducting, heater and com-
ponents for corrosion~ damage or leakage.
3. Overhaul ventilating blower and combustion
blower (1600 Hr. ).
4. Operate fire extinguisher.
5. Function test of heater in flight, checking
fuel pressure and cycling as per standard
production pract ice.

13. Ventilating System

(a) Remove sample section of ducting under cabin

floor for inspection of interior for corrosion.

(b) Inspect all ducting for damage, corrosion, and

security.

(c) Inspect all floor registers for operation and

damage.

(d) Inspect water-tight door mechanisms at station 140

and 180 for operation and damage.

(e) Inspect exhaust ducting at rear of cabin.

14. Fresh Air System

la) Inspect all tubing for damage, corrosion and

security.

(b) Check that drains for water separators are not

clogged.

(c) I Check with air hose or in flight that each outlet

in cockpit and cabin are working properly.

Furnishings
and
Equipment
 Page 4 of 4 Pages
MALLARD CHECK L|ST
FURNISHINGS
AND 8,00 Hr./1600 Hr.
EQUiPMeNT

|TEM OPERATION INSPECTOR

15. Inspect coat hanger installation.

16. Check first aid kit.

17. See Electrical Para. 15.

Check mou~ting and security of parachute flares.

18. Checkthat all nameplates and warning signs are

in good readable condition.

!9. Check that external stencils and registration

numbers are in good readable condition.

Empty ash trays.

Check baggage hold-down straps in baggage

compartment(s).

Furnishings
and
Equipment
 Page h of 6 Pages
MALLARD CHECK LIST
LEC TR IC AL
800 Hr./1600 Hr.

ITEM
MECHANIC INSPECTOR
Propeller Feathering Relays

Check mounting, terminals and condition contacts.

Ignition Circuit

Inspect carefully all wiring and terminals between

magnetos and switch in cockpit for abrasion,
looseness or corrosion. Measure resistance in
magneto ground connections when ignition switch is
"OFF" Maximum resistance 5 Ohms. Measure
insulation resistance when magneto switch is "0N"
Minimum resistance 1/2 megohm. Warn personnel
away from propellers when this test is being made.

ii. Voltage Regulators

Check regulation by applying unregulated external

power. Check carbon piles on bench. Check
paralleling in flight.

12o Inspect all electrical cables for security of

clamping, interference or abrasion and deterior-
ation of insulation.

13. Inspect all junction boxes for corrosion, loose

terminals. Check relay contacts.

i. E~ine Accessory Compartment (L-R)

2. Nacelle ~
3. Pilot’s Cockpit Tnstrument
4. Pilot’s Cockpit Circuit Breaker
5. Main Cabin Dist~on

Electrical
 Page 5 o/~ 6 Pages
MALLARD CHECK LiST
ELECTRICAL
800 Hr./1600 Hr.

OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

Inspect the following for corrosion, loose

connections and make a functional test in
conjunction with theapplicab!e labor group.

I. Engine Primer Circuit

2. Propeller Feathering Circuit
3. Tachometer Circuit
4. Fuel Booster Pump Circuit
5. Fuel Quantity Indicator Circuit
6. General Instruments
7. Cylinder Head Temperature Gages
8. Landing Gear and Flaps Position Indicator
9. Fire Extinguisher Circuit
i0. Wing Tip Float Fuel Transfer Pump
(if installed).

15. Parachute Flares

Disconnect flares and check wiring with test lamp.

Inspect flares. Send tomfg, for reconditioning
not longer than every 3 years.

Ce~bin Heater

Remove heaterand components and overhaul

in conjunction with Furnishings Item No. 12.
Inspect all wi~ing~ terminalsfor corrosion,
looseness.
Glean and inspect spark plug and ground
electrode.
Inspect the thermal switches just below the
heater.

Electrical
 Page (~ of ~ Pages
MALLARD CHECK LIST
ELECTRICAL
800 Hr./1600 Hr,

ITE~ OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

Cabin Heater - (continued)

Overhaul fuel pump.

Function test of heater in flight,
checking fuel pressure andcycling as ....
per standard production practices.

17. Smoke Detector

Inspect and check for operation by blowing smoke

into unit.

18. Fire Detectors - Engine and Heater Compartments

Inspect wiring and check circuit by grounding

terminal.

Check insulation between termina! and ground with

megohmmeter. Minimum resistance i00 megohms.

Electrical
 Page I of 2 Pages
MALLARD CHECK LIST Grumman Serial
COMMUNICATIONS
800 Hr./1600 Hr.

][]Pate

OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

Antennas

Inspect antenna wires for damage, wear and

tension of springs. Check attachment to lead-in
studs. Clean and inspect strain insulators,
lead-in insulators and masts. Check loopmount-
hags. Check internal leads and guards.

I. Fixed Loop
2. -Automatic Loop
3. Communications Antenna
4. Range and Sense Antenna
5. Marker Beacon Antenna

Wiring

Check all terminals for tightness and corrosion.

Inspect all wiring for abrasion and security of

fastening.

o Equipment

(a) Remove control panels in cockpit. Check terminals

and wiring.

(b) Remove all equipment for bench check of corrosion,

shock mounts and loose components.

(o) Test all tubes.

Check sensitivity Of all receivers and power out-

put of transmitter using production bench test
procedure.

(e) Inspect brushes and commutator on dynamotors.

Check silica gel in loop dehydrator.

Communications
 Page 2 of Pages
MALLARD CHECK LIST Grumman Serial
COMMUNICAT IONS
800 Hr./1600 Hr. No.

Date

ITEM OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

3- Equipment - (c0ntinued)

......... (g) . R~install equipment. Safety wire all connectors.

(h) Check all controls for proper operation and give .........................................
standard pre,flight test.

(i) Flight check using regularproduction proced.ure.

Communications
 Page ! of 4 Pages
MALLARD CHECK L~ST GrummanSerial
FLIGHT
CONTROLS 800 Hr./1600 Hr. ,

Date

OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

Ailerons

Remove .ailerons - inspect fabric covering for

tautness, holes and condition of dope and paint.
Inspect interior by cutting fabric as necessary.

Replace hinge bolts. Inspect hinge and horn

bearings. Do not clean with steam or solvent.

(c) Inspect cables for corrosion and fraying. Remove

cables if necessary for this inspection.

Inspect all pulleys~ fairleads and pushrods.

Remove control column. Disassemble and inspect

for corrosion~ damage. Inspect chain, bearings.
Replace chain if wear exceeds 1/8" per foot.

Disassemble, clean and inspect bu~gee.

Reassemble system and lubricate as necessary.

Check range of movement.
~p: 21° (~-13/16" ±I/~) Down: 18° (~-1/8" ±l/~)
Cable tension 4Q ibs.
Rudder

Remove rudder - inspect fabric covering for taut-

ness~ holes and condition of dope and paint.
Inspect interior by cutting fabric as necessary.
Inspect seal at rudder hinge line.

Replace hinge bolts (by cutting fabric as

necessary). Inspect bearings. Do not clean~ with
steam or solvent.

(c) Inspect cables for corrosion and fraying. Remove

cables if necessary for this inspection.

Inspect all pulleys~ fairleads and bellcranks.

Plight
Controls
 Page 2 of 4 Pages
MALLAI~D CHECK LIST
FLIGHT
CONTROLS 800 Hr./1600 Hr.

OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

Rudder - (continued)

........... (~) ....... Inspect rudder pedals and rudder pedal mountings -
pilot and co-pilot.

(f) Reassemble system and lubricate as necessary.

Check range of movement.
Left-Right: 25° (9-1/2" +1/16)
Cable tension i00 ibs.

Rudder Trim Tab

Remove trim tab - inspect for corrosion~ damage.

Check looseness or wear in piano hinge.

Remove drum and actuator assemblies. Inspect

for play in actuator. Inspect universals.
Inspect drum bearings.

Inspect cables for corrosion and fraying. Remove

cables if necessary for this inspection; Inspect
cable tension springs.

(d) Remove tab control in cockpit and disassemble

for inspection for corrosion or wear.

(e) Reassemble system and lubricate as necessary.

Check range of movement.
Left-Right: 20° (3-1/8" ±1/16)
Cable tension 20 ibs.

Elevator

Remove elevator - inspect fabric covering for

tautness, holes and condition of dope and paint.
Inspect interior by cutting fabric as necessary.

Replace hinge bolts (by cutting fabric as

necessary). Inspect bearings. Do not clean with
steam or solvent.

(c~) ~ Inspect cables for corrosion and fraying. Remove

cables if necessary for this inspection. Check
bungee spring.

Inspect ~ii puileys~ fairleads; pushrods~ jack-

shafts-and belicranks. Flight
Controls
 Page "3 of 4 Pages
MALLARD CHECK LIST
FLIGHT
C 0NTR OLS 800 Hr./1600 Hr.

OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

Elevator -. (continued)

Remove control column an~ inspect as noted in

I. (e) above.

Reassemble system and lubricate as necessary.

Check range of movement.
Up: 30° (12-5/64" -+1/16) Down: i0° (3-3/6" -+1/16)
Cable tension i00 ibs.
Adjust bungee balance spring to 7-3/4" when
elevator is in full down position.

Elevator Trim Tab

Remove trim tabs - inspect for corrosion~ damage.

Check looseness or wear in piano hinges.

Remove drum and actuator assemblies. Inspect for

play in actuators. Inspect universals and drum
bearings.

Inspect cables for corrosion and fraying. Remove

cables if necessary for this inspection. Inspect
cable tension springs.

Remove tab control in cockpit and disassemble for

inspection for corrosion or wear.

Reassemble system and lubricate as necessary.

Check range of movement.
~p: 7° (1-S/l~" ~l/16)Down: 25° (~-~7/~" ±l/16)
Cable tension 20 ibs.

Wing Flaps

Remove flaps - inspect exterior and interior for

corrosion, damage. If fabric covered check
tautness~ damage and condition of dope and paint.
Cut fabric if necessary for inspection.

Replace hinge bolts. Inspect~bearings. Do not

clean with steam or solvent.

(c) Inspect cables for corrosion and fraying. Remove

cables if necessary for this inspection. Remove
control handle in cockpit and check for wear or
corrosoion. Flight
Controls
 Page 4 of 4 Page~
MALLARD CHECK LIST
FLIGHT
C 0NTR OLS 800 Hr.!1600 Hr.

OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

Inspect mounting of hydraulic actuating

cylinders.

(e) Inspect mounting of selector valve.

Inspect positioning mechanism. Check for

corrosion~ wear, looseness of joints.

(g) Reassemble system and lubricate as necessary.

Check range of movement and indicator in cockpit.
~o~m (~x.) : ~o (~O-1/~" ±l/16)

General

Make sure that movement of all controls and tabs

is in rfght direction.

Inspect and operate gust lock in cockpit.

(c) Check all control surface bonding wires and

attachments.

Fli~t
Controls
 Page i of ~ Page~
MALLARD CHECK L~ST Grumman serial
E LEC TR IC AL
800 Hr./1600 Hr.

Date

__ ~T~ OPE~ATiO~ ~ECHA~C I~SPECTOE

i. Storage Battery

Remove to battery room for test at high rate

discharge. If satisfactory recharge and
reinstall. .....................

(b) Clean battery acid jar and refill wi~h one cup
full of strong bicarbonate of soda solution.

(c) Inspect vent lines and ventilation air tubing

and ducts for corrosion~ damage.

Inspect battery mou~t and adjacent area for

corrosion damage. Repaint with acid proof paint.

2. Exterior Lights mud Switches

Remove cover and bulb and check for corrosion~

loose connections. Note condition of sockets.
Function test:

i. Wing Running Lights

2. Mooring Lights (L-R)__
3. Landing Lights (L-R) Operate Motor.
4. White Tail Light .....
5. Red Tail Light (if installed)
6. Nose Well Light ........

Interior Lights and Switches

Check for loose connections~ corrosion ~nd

operation:

I. Bow Compartment
2o Instrument Fluorescent (L-R)
3. Cockpit Aft Wall (L-R)
4. Compass

Electrical
 Page 2 of 6 Pages
MALLAED CHECK LIST
EleCTRICAL
800 Hr./!600 Hr.

Interior Lights and Switches - (continued)

6. Forward Cabin-Forward Column (L-R)

7. Card Table Spot
8. Forward Cabin Window (L-R)
9, Forward Cabin Aft Column (L-R)
I0. Thermos Compartment
ii. Intercompartment
12. Aft Cabin Forward Window (L~R)
13. Aft Cabin Aft Window (L-R)
14. Aft Cabin Cornice Horizontal (L-R)
l~. Lavatory (2)
Id. Entrance
17. Baggage Compartment__
18. Heater Compartment

Pitot Heater

Inspect terminals for corrosion~ looseness.

Apply 24 Volts D.C. across terminals. At end of

~ min. current reading should not be more than ~
amps.

(c) Megger check for leakage. Apply 500 volts between

one terminal and the case. Resistance should not
be less than 25 megohms.

Gene rators

Check for~presence of oil. If oil is noted

check engine oil seal for leakage.

(b) Inspect all visible assembling screws for

tightness.

Inspect all connections for tightness and

corrosion.

Clean generator. Blow out dust with dry air.

Electrical
 Page 3 of 6 Pages
MALLARD CHECK LIST
ELEC TR ICAL
800 Hr./1600 Hr.

MECHANIC INSPECTOR
Generators - (continued)

Inspect brushes. If less than 5/8" long replace.

Minimum l@ngth 1/2".

Inspect commutator. If rough~ pitted or out of

round send generator for overhaul.

Overhaul generator (1600 Hrs.).

6. Starters

(a) Inspect all visible assembling screws for

tightness.

Inspect all Connections for tightness and

corrosion.

Clean starter.

(d) Inspect brushes. If less than 13/32" long

replace. Minimum length 11/32".

(e) Inspect commutator. If rough~ pitted or out of

round send starter for overhaul.

If slipping clutch or lack of power has been

reported send for overhaul. Overhaul (1600 Hr.).

InductionVibrators

Check mounting terminals and condition of

contacts.

Starter Relays

Check mounting terminals and condition of

contacts.

Electrical
 \

Page 3 of 6 Page~
MALLARD CHECK LIST
POWER PLANT
800 Hr./1600 Hr.

OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

L R L R
0il System - (continued)

Flush out and inspect all tubing and flex., lines

including vent line.

Disassemble and inspect emergency shut-off valve.

Replace "0" ring seals. Inspect valve operating
cable and controls.

(e) Inspect oil cooler and oil tank mounting and

straps. Soak webbing in castor oil.

Inspect tubing to pressure gages in cockpit. Fill

with No. i0 engine oil.

Inspect oil cooler ducting for cracks, corrosion,

etc.

Fuel System

Inspect wing fuel tanks for signs of leakage or

damage. Inspect vent lines and blow out. Inspect
drain valve and note if corroded.

(b) Inspect float fuel tanks, if installed, for signs

of leakage or damage. Inspect vent lines and blow
out.

(c) Inspect all tubing and flex. lines forward and aft
of the firewall for corrosion, ~leaks or damage.

Engine Fuel Pump. Overhaul by authorized station.

Set pressure adjustment 4-6 psi.

(e) Electric Fuel Pump. Bench check for operation and

pressure (4-6 psi). Overhaul by authorized
station (1600 Hr.).

Fuel Strainer. Disassemble~ clean and inspect.

Inspect fuel selector valves. Operate and check

for wear and play in sprockets.

Powez
 Page 4 of 6 Pages
MALLARD CHECK LIST
POWER PLANT
800 Hr./1600 Hr.

ITEM OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

L R L E
7. Fuel System - (continued)

Inspect selector valve conZrol cables for corrosion

or fraying. Normal length of chain is 11-3/4". If
length exceeds ii-13/16" replace. Inspect valve
control in cockpit for corrosion or wear.

Inspect all pulleys and fairleads.

Remove fuel outlet line with finger or basket

strainer in tanks and examine.

(k) Wing tip float fuel pumps, if installed. Check

for operation and pressure (2-1/2 - 3-1/2. psi).
Overhaul by authorized station (1600 Hr. ).

Carburetor Air System

Clean header and inspect carefully for cracks or

damage.

Check operation of hot air valve, cold air valve

and alternate air door.

(c) Inspect heat control cables for corrosion or

fraying.

(a) Inspect all pulleys, fairleads push rods and

bellcranks.

(e) Inspect heat control unit in cockpit. Note if

ratchet is worn.

(f) Check position of carburetor temperature bulb.

Tip of bulb should extend into the "Y" nozzle
3/16" from inside of nozzle wall.

(g) Inspect charge air ducts for corrosion, cracks

or chafing.

Fire Extinguishing System

Inspect al! tubing, valves and fittings from C02

bottle(s) to engines. Check perforations in ring
and nozzles in oil cooler ducts, carburetor header,
generator and magneto blast tubes and make sure
they a~e not clogged.
Power IPlant
 \

Page of ~ Pages,,
MALLARD CHECK LIST
POWER PLANT
800 Hr./1600 F’lr.

OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

L R L R
Fire Extinguishing System - (continued)

Test function of system and inspect operation by

discharging bottle into each engine. Check
rupturing of discharge indicator in cockpit. Check
overboard discharge on left side of hull.

Vacuum System

Remove vacuum pumps and overhaul at approved

repair station.

Inspect vacuum lines, oii separators, check valves

and relief valves.

Power Plant Controls

Disassemble throttle, mixture and propeller control

unit in cockpit, and check for wear or corrosion.
Inspect ’~" groove in pulleys. Inspect friction
pads and friction control adjustment. Check
ratchet on mixture control.

Inspect all cables for corrosion or fraying.

Remove cables if necessary for this inspection.

(c) Inspect all pulleys, fairleads~ pushrods and

bellcranks.

(4) On assembly check operation a~d travel of all

controls.

Na ce lle s

Clean all cowling including ring cowling and

inspect for cracks, loose Dzus buttons, chafing
and corrosion.

Inspect rubber bushings, Grumman type ,G300~ in

ring cowl and aft end of acces~sory cowl support
channels.

Inspect cowling supporting ring~ channels, attach-

ments on firewall and cowl flap~ supporting
structure.

Powez Plant
 Page ~ of ~ Pages
MALLAE~D CHECK LIST
POWER PLANT
800 Hr./1600 Hr.

ITEM OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

12. Nacelles- (continued)

(d) InSpec~ cowl flaps, hinges, pushrods, spider and

hydraulic cylinder supporting structure.

(e) Inspect firewa!l and engine mount fittings.

(f) Inspect exhaust deflector panel.

13. Ge nera i

(a) When reinstalling engines use new bolts attaching

mount to engine and to firewa!l.

(b) Coat all exposed rubber bushings with rubber

cement.

(c) After installation spray and brush par-al-ketone

in accessory compartment and all unpainted parts of
engine. Do not permit par-a!-ketone to get on
cylinder fins or in oil cooler tubes.

(d) After applying par-al-ketone light engine oil

should be "fogged" into the accessory compartment.

Power Plant
 Page i of 2 Pages
MALLARD CHECK LIST Grumman Serial
INSTRUMENTS
800 Hr./1600 Hr. No.

Date

I
OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR
i. Disconnect airspeed lines, blow out and pressure
test. Inspect for corrosion.

2. Artificial Horizon.
Directional Gyro~
Turn and Bank.
Remove and Overhaul.

Altimeter(s). Inspect for corrosion, tightness

and mounting. Check barometric scales against
actual barometric reading. Tolerance +.03" Hg. =
+1.5 millibars = +50 ft. i000 millibars = 29.53"
Hg. Remove and overhaul (1600 Hr. ).

Airspeed(s). Inspect for corrosion, tightness and

mounting. Check zero adjustment. Tolerance +3.5
MPH, 3 knots. Remove and overhaul (1600 Hr. ).

Rate of Climb. Inspect for corrosion, tightness

and mounting. Check zero adjustment.
Tolerance -+50 ft./rain. Remove and overhaul
(1600 Hr. ).

Automatic Pilot (if installed). Remove and over-

haul in accordance with Sperry instructions.

Direction Indicator. Inspect for corrosion,

tightness and mounting. Check liquid level.
Check compensation. Remove and overhaul (1600 Hr. ).

C!ock(s). ~Remove and overhaul (1600 Hr. ).

Tachometer and Tachometer Generator. Remove. and

overhaul.

10. Manifold Pressure. Inspect for corrosion, -tight-

hess, and mounting. Check against actual baro-
metric reading. Tolerance -+.4" Hg. Remove and
overhaul (1600 Hr. ).

Engine Gage Un.its.

Cylinder Temp. Gage.
Carburetor Air Temperature.
Outside Air Temperature.

Instruments
 Page 2 of 2 Pages
MALLARD CHECK LIST
INSTRUMENTS
800 Hr./1600 Hr.

OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOE

(continued)

Inspectfor corrosion, tightness and mounting.

Check thermometers for uniformity or against
control thermometer. Tolerance ±2°C., ±4OF.
Check zero reading of pressure gages. Tolerance
±! lb. (fuel) ±~ ibs. (oil). Remove and overhaul
(1600 Hr.).
12. Hydraulic Pressure Gage. Inspect for corrosion,
tightness and mounting. Check zero reading.
Tolerance ±50 ibs. Remove and overhaul (1600 Hr.).

13. Suction Gage. Inspect for corrosion, tightness

and mounting. Check zero reading. Tolerance
±.2" Hg. Remove and overhaul (1600 Hr.).

14. Fuel Quantity Gage. Inspect for corrosion, tight-

ness and mounting. Inspect transmitters. Check
accuracy against empty or full or other known
quantity of fuel in tanks. Remove gage and trans-
mitter for overhaul (1600 Hr.).

15. Landing Gear and Flap Indicator. Inspect for

corrosion, tightness and mounting. Inspect
transmitters and switches. Check operation.
Remove gage and transmitters for overhaul (1600
Hr.).
Clean and adjust suction regulator valve and
replace filter. Clean and adjust suction relief
valves in nacelles. Inspect vacuum tubing for
corrosion and tightness.
Vacuum setting on gyro instruments 4 ±1/4" Hg.
Turn and Bank 2 ±.2" Hg.

17. Check that pitot heads and static vents are free
from dirt.

18. Check instrument panel rubbe.r shock mounts for

cracks~ bond separation and permanent set.

19o Clean instrument glasses and check that none are

loose. Check that pointers~ dials and markings
are in good condition.

Instruments
 Page i of 4 Pages
MALLARD CHECK LIST Grumman Serial
HYDRAULICS
AND 800 Hr./1600 Hr. No2
LANDING GEAR
Date

ITEM OPERATION MECFIAN~C IF~SPECT~)R

Preparation

PI~~ ~i~lame on jacks,

Operate landing gear with external power rig thru

several Cycles noting clearances and whether lock
fairings and doors operate properly. Check nose
wheel at same time; Operate all other hydraulic
equipment and note any malfunctioning.

Repeat above operations for Final Test after

completion of detailed check.

Remove all hydraulic cylinders, units and valves,

inspect and install new seals.

Wing Flap Cylinders (2)

L.G. Strut Lock Cylinders (2)
3. Cowl Flap Cylinders~
4. L.G. Main Gear Cylinders (2)
5. Nose WheelCylinder (i)
Wing Flap Selector Valve (i)
7. L.G. Selector Valve (I)
8. Cowl Flap Selector Valve
9. Hand Pump Selector Valve (i)
i0. Vent and Dump Valve (i)
ii. Emergency Shut-off Valves (2)
12. Brake Shuttle Valves (2)
13. Engine Pumps (2)
14. Filter (i) (16~0 Hr.)
15. Main Relief Valve (I) (1600 Hr.)
Wing Flap Relief Valve (i) (1600 Hr.
17. Hand Pump (i)
18. Unloader Valve (!) (1600 Hr.)
19. Restrictors (8) (1600 Hr.)"
20. Hand Pump Filter (i) (1600 Hr.)
21. Landing Gear Dashpot (2)

a Accumulator

Inspect and install new diaphragm.

Hydrau! ics
and
Landing Gear
 Page 2 of 4 Pages
MALLARD CHECK L~ST
HYDRAULICS
AND 800 Hr./1600 Hr.
LANDING GEAR

OPERATION J~ECHANIC INSPECTOR

Hydraulic Tank (1600 Hr.)

Remove, clean and pressure test to 5 psi.

Examine for cracks and leaks and replace.

Inspect shut-off valve operating cable and

controls in conjunction with Power Plant Item
6
Inspect all tubing, flex lines and fittings for
corrosion, leaks or damage.

Windshie id Wipers

Inspect and check operation. Windshield should

be wet or covered with paper when operating to
avoid scratching.

Landing Gear LR L R

Check all moving joints, bolts and bushings for

excessive wear and play. Do not take any correc-
tive action unless specifically authorized.

Remove wheels-and tires. Check tires for cuts

and wear.

Inspect wheels for cracks~ corrosion.

Inspect inner and outer bearings and axles for

wear, corrosion~ damage.

(e) Remove complete landing gear from airplane,.

disassemble and inspect main strut assemb!y~
drag link bolts and pins and upper strut
fitting and bolts. Magnaflux (1600 Hr.).

(f) Inspect drag links for cracks~ corrosion and

loose rivets.

Hydraulic s
and
Landing Gear
 Page 3 of 4 Pages
MALLARD CHECK LIST Grumman Serial
HYDRAULIC S
AND 800 Hr./1600 Hr. No.
LANDING "GEAR
Date,

MECHANIC INSPECTOE
8. Landing Gear - (continued)

(g) Inspect,retract and extend lock mechanisms for

wear, corrosion and operation. Magnaflux all
steel parts (at 1600 Hr.).

(h) Inspect fairings, doors and operating mechanisms

for cracks, damage and security.

(i) Disassemble shock struts and install new seals

and "0" rings. Refill with oil and air.

(j) Inspect brake discs and note condition of brake

lining pads. Note brake adjustment pins. Install
new "0" rings and seals in brake cylinder heads and
pistons. Check disc guide assemblies for wear.
Reline brakes only on specific authority.

(k) Inspect all flexible brake and hydraulic lines

for wear and leakage. Inspect guides and supports.

(!) Disassemble brake master cylinders, inspect and

install new seals and "0" rings.

(m) Reinstall complete .landing gear and lubricate.

Bleed brakes and fill master cylinders. Inflate
tires to correct pressure. Operate gear on jacks.
When jacked down check air pressure in shock
struts.

9. Nose Wheel

(a) Check all moving joints, bolts and bushings for

wear and play. Note if shimmy has been reported.
Take no corrective action unless specifically
authorized.

(b) Remove wheel and tire. Check tire for cuts and
wear.

(c) Inspect wheel for cracks, damage, corrosion.

(d) Inspect bearings and axle for we~ corrosion,

damage.

Hydraulics
and
Landing Gear
 Page 4 of 4 Pages
MALLARD CHECK LIST Grumman Serial
HYDRAULICS
800 Hr./1600 Hr.
AND
LANDING GEAR
Date

iTEM OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

Nose Wheel - (continued)

Remove complete nose wheel gear including

actuating cylinder, indicatoractuating mechanism
and door operating linkage. Disassemble fork from
shock strut and inspect shock strut assembly, fork,
axle, retracting hinge pins and cylinder attaching
bolts. Magnaflux (1600 Hr.).

(f) Inspect centering cam and remove burring if

present in slight amount.

Disassemble shock strut and install new seals

and "0" rings.

Replace shimmy damper with overhauled unit. (On

specific authorization only.) Otherwise refill as
necessary.

(i) Inspect "scissors" and damper linkage for corro-

sion, damage.

Inspect indicator linkage and operation. Clean

inspectionwindow in bow compartment floor.

(k) Inspect door linkage and operation.

(1)Reinstall complete nose gear and lubricate.
Inflate tire to correct pressure. Add air to
correct pressure in shock strut. Operate gear on
jacks. ¯

i0. Anti-Squat Strut

Remove control cable and inspect for wear, damage

or corrosion. Inspect pulleys and guide tube.

Inspect strut and retracting linkage and spring

for wear, corrosion.

(c) Inspect control handle assembly.

(d) Reinstall system, lubricate, check operation and
protect spring with anti-corrosion compound.

Hydraulics
and
Landing Gear
 Page I of 6 Pages~
MALLARD CHECK LIST Grumman Serial
POWER PLANT
800 Hr./1600 Hr.

Date

OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

L R L R
Remove all cowling~ nacelles, access p!ates~ etc.
Replace after completing the inspection.~

Prope l!e rs

Remove propellers and overhaul at approved repair

station. Minimum allowable diameter after dressing
down tips 8’ 4-5/16". If propellers are changed
make sure that the threads on the hydraulic distri-
bution valve match the internal threads at the
end of the engine propeller shaft. Low pitch
setting 12° at 42" station. High pitch setting
30° at 42" station. Full feathered position 84°.

Remove governors and overhaul at approved repair

station.

Remove feathering pumps and overhaul at approved

repair stat±on.

Inspect all tubing and hose for leakage or damage.

Blow out.

Inspect cables for corrosion and fraying, Remove

cables if necessary for this inspection.

Inspect control in cockpit for smoothness, correct

friction~ corrosion and wear in conjunction with
Item i! (a).

Reinstall ~Lnd check in a~cordance with Grumman

Mallard Service Manual.

Engine s

Remove engines~ strip and preserve for shipment to

an authorized overhaul station. If engines are
changed make sure that the threads on the propeller
hydromatic distribution valve match the internal
threads at the end of the engine propeller shaft.
Also make sure that the generator drive gears are
identical with those on the original engines. J-i
thru J-9 engines had 1-1/2 to i drive gears with
75 amp. generators. J-10 thru J-31 had 2 to i

Power Plant
 Page 2 of 6 Pages
MALLARD CHECK LIST
POWER PLANT
800 Hr.!1600 Hr.

OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOI~

L R L R
3. Engines - (continued)

drive gears with i00 amp. generators restricted to

60 amps. each. J-32 and up had 2 to I drive gears
with i00 amp. generators unrestricted.

4. Engine Mounts

(a) Strip mounts. Remove rubber vibration absorbing

bushings.

(b) Clean and inspect for corrosion~ damage.

(c) Magnaflux and carefully inspect.

(d) Install new rubber vibration absorbing bushings

in accordance with Grumman drawing 108303. Coat
exposed ends of these rubber bushings with rubber
cement after installation.

(e) Repaint including par-al-ketone inside.

5. Exhaust System and Blast Tubes

(a) Inspect tail pipe supports and rubber vibration

absorbing bushings. Replace bushings.

(b) Inspect flexible hose on intensifier tubing at

carburetor headers.

(c) Inspect blast tubes for intensifiers; generators,

and magnetos.

0il System ~

(a) Remove oil tanks, clean and pressure test to

5 psi. Examine for cracks or leaks. (1600 Hr. )

(b) Inspect oil cooler a~d oil temperature control

valve. Flush oil passages in cooler with Varsol
or equivalent solvent. Check that air tubes are
not clogged. Pressure test cooler to 60 psi.
Disassemble, inspect and calibrate temperature
control valve (1600 Hr. ). See Grumman Mallard
Service Manual.

Pow ~r Plant
 MALLARD CHECK LIST
800 Hr./1600 Hr. Page 1 of 1 Pages

i. The Mallard 800 hr./1600 hr. check list consists of the following groups:

Airframe Flight Controls

Hydraulics and Landing Gear Electrical
Power Plant Communicating
Instrument s Furnishings and Equipment

This check list is based on an elapsed time under average operating con-
J
ditions of 1-1/2 to 2 years for 800 hours of flight t~me, and between 3
and 4 years for 1600 hours of flight time. It is recon~ended that, under
any circumstances, those parts of the list having to do with inspection
or replacement of parts subject to corrosion or climatic deterioration be
performed not less often than 2 years for the 800 hour check and 4 years
for the 1600 hour check. It is also recommended that where the aircraft
is operated principally in salt water or in tropical climates, the 800_
hour check be performed yearly and the 1600 hour check every two years.

Where the term "overhaul" is used in this check list it means the dis-
assembling, cleaning, inspection and adjustment of such part by an
agency authorized for that purpose. It does not include the repair or
replacement of any parts unless such repair or replacement is normally
included in the overhaul.

The following materials or parts are supplied by Grumman on the standard

job:

800 Hr./1600 Hr. Checks

Engine 0il ....................... 28 gals.

Hydraulic 0il ...................... 4 gals.
Par-al-ketone ...................... i - 2 pints
Varsol ......................... 5 gals. approx.
Cleaning Fluid ..................... i qt.
Toilet Disinfectant ................... i pint
Battery Water ......................
Fire Extinguisher C02 .................. 3-15 lb. bottles
Protek plugs - for engine spark plugs .......... 36
Engine Preserving 0il ..................
Engine Mount Rubber Bushings (Dwgo 108303) ....... 16
Engine Mount Attaching Bolts - engine and firewall
Bolts and Nuts for all Hinges of Ailerons, Flaps,
Elevators and Rudder
Vacuum Suction Regulator Filter Element
Complete replacement of all Hydzaulic "0" Ring Seals.
See list in Standard Equipment Specification 3.1o
Complete Set Wheel Brake "0" Ring and Seals
Diaphragm for Hydraulic Accumulator
 Page I of 3 Pages
MALLARD CHECK L~ST Grumman Serial
AiRFRAM~
800 Hr./!600 Hr.

Date

OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

Wings

Remove all access plates, ailerons and flaps,

and inspect interior and exterior for cracks~
loose rivets and corrosion.

Inspect wing tipfloat attachment bolts and

internal wing structure at pedestal.

Remove removable upholstery and cover plates in

cabin to permit inspectio~ of center section and
attachment to hull. Inspect C02 bottle supports.

Remove wing tip cap for inspection including

rtumuing light mounting.

(e) Check tapped holes at center section leading edge

removable skin for stripped threads or damage.

Inspect landing ~ight mounting.

Inspect wing fuel tanks in conjunction with

Power Plant Item 6 (a).

(h) Inspec~ flap and aileron hinge brackets and

mounting.

Wing Tip Floats

Remove all access plates and drain plugs. If

water is found check for leaks~

Flush with fresh water and inspect interior and

exterior for corrosion, damage or loose rivets.

(c) Inspect pedestals for corrosion~ damage or loose

rivets. It will be necessary to detach pedestal
from wing to permit inspection of interior. Not
necessary to detach pedestal from float unless
corrosion or damage is suspected.

Airframe
\ \

Page 2 of 3 Pages
MALLARD CHECK LIST
AIRFRAME
800 Hr./1600 Hr.~

OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

Wing Tip Floats - (continued)

.......
!f fl~ts are fuel tank type make additional check
in accordance with Power Plant Item 7 (b).

Hull

Inspect exterior for corrosion~ damage or loose

rivets. Remove all drain plugs~ access plates,
removable fairings, etc.

Remove furnishings including upholstery, flooring,

bulkhead plates as necessary to permit inspection
of complete interior of hull structure including
bulkheads and floor frames~ for corrosion or
damage. Flush out each water tight compartment
with fresh water. Inspect for clogging of weep
holes. If leaks are suspected or reported~ test
and seal in accordance with Mallard Engineering
Specification No. 2. This water test may be
performed during a flight test.

Inspect nose wheel well and main gear wells.

Flush out nose well ~oors with fresh water.

Inspect doors for operation of locks and handles~

hinges~ corrosion, damage, water tight sealing,
and condition of door sills.

!. Bow Hatch
2. Cockpit to Cabin Door
3. Emergency Hatch and Break-out Panel
4. Main Cabin Door
5. Baggage Compartment Door
6. Heater Compartment Door.

(e) Inspect cockpit and cabin chair attachments.

(f) Check windshield for cracks~ condition of

sealing.

Airframe
 Page 3 of 3 Pages
MALLARD CHECK LIST
A!RFRAM~
800 Hr./1600 Hr.

ITEM OPERATION MECHANIC INSPECTOR

Hull- (continued)

Check cockpit side windows for operation, cracks,

condition of water proof channels and operation of
drain tube. Lubricate.

Check all cabin windows for scratches~ looseness~

sealing.

Check all flooring for damage to honeycomb

sandwich or peeling of metal. Not necessary to
remove flooring for this inspection.

o Fixed Tail Surfaces

Remove elevators and rudder as per Fl~ght

Controls Items 2 (a) and 4 (a), and all access
plates and fairings.

Inspect structure and atta6hment of fin and

stabilizer for corrosion, damage. Replace attach-
ing bolts (1600 Hr.).

Inspect mounting of control surface hinge

brackets and tab drums.

General

(a) Coat exposed ends of all unpainted nuts, bolts,

screws~ etc.~ except those visible in cockpit
or cabin ~fter upholstering, with Par-al-ketone.

Airframe